Skip to main content

Full text of "Our benevolent feudalism"

See other formats


ill 


OUR  BENEVOLENT 
FEUDALISM 


GHENT 


OUR    BENEVOLENT   FEUDALISM 


OUR  BENEVOLENT 
FEUDALISM 


BY 
W.   J.   GHENT 


THE   MACMILLAN   COMPANY 

LONDON:  MACMILLAN  &  CO.,  LTD. 
1902 

AU  rights  reserved 


COPYRIGHT,  1902, 
BY  THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY. 

Set  up  and  electrotyped  October,  1902. 


Norfooofc  $wgJJ 

J.  S.  Gushing  &  Co.  —  Berwick  &  Smith 
Norwood  Mass.  U.S.A. 


PREFACE 

THE  germ  of  this  book  was  contained  in  an  article 
published  in  the  Independent,  April  3,  1902.  The 
wide  interest  which  that  article  awakened  prompted 
the  elaboration  and  arrangement  of  its  briefly  con- 
sidered and  somewhat  disjointed  parts  into  the  present 
form. 

The  chapters  on  "  Our  Makers  of  Law  "  and  "  Our 
Interpreters  of  Law"  have  been  carefully  read  by  a 
member  of  the  New  York  Bar  who  has  made  a  spe- 
cial study  of  the  matters  treated  therein.  Some  of 
the  decisions  cited  in  the  latter  chapter  are  admitted 
to  be  those  of  subordinate  courts  in  comparatively 
unimportant  States.  The  intention,  however,  was  to 
give  a  general  view  of  judicial  interpretation;  and 
for  that  reason  it  became  necessary  to  cite  decisions 
of  inferior  as  well  as  superior  courts,  and  those  from 
semi-industrial  as  well  as  industrial  States. 

As  the  book  goes  to  press,  the  news  is  published 
that  the  anthracite  magnates  have  yielded  and  made 
concessions  to  public  sentiment.  It  is  an  act  in 
harmony  with  the  wiser  forethought  of  most  of  the 
magnates  of  to-day,  and  it  strengthens  the  general 
seigniorial  position  immeasurably. 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

PREFACE  ....  v 

CHAPTER 

I.  UTOPIAS  AND  OTHER  FORECASTS  i 

II.  COMBINATION  AND  COALESCENCE         .  .11 

III.  OUR  MAGNATES 27 

IV.  OUR  FARMERS  AND  WAGE-EARNERS    ...      47 
V.  OUR  MAKERS  OF  LAW 83 

VI.  OUR  INTERPRETERS  OF  LAW        ....    102 

VII.  OUR  MOULDERS  OF  OPINION         .        .        .        .122 

VIII.    GENERAL  SOCIAL  CHANGES 154 

IX.  TRANSITION  AND  FULFILMENT      .        .        .        .180 

INDEX 199 


vii 


CHAPTER   I 
UTOPIAS  AND  OTHER  FORECASTS 

"  THE  old  order  changeth,  yielding  place  to  new." 
But  what  the  new  order  shall  be  is  a  matter  of  some 
diversity  of  opinion.  Whoever,  blessed  with  hope, 
speculates  upon  the  future  of  society,  tends  to  imag- 
ine it  in  the  form  of  his  social  ideals.  It  matters 
little  what  the  current  probabilities  may  be  —  the 
strong  influence  of  the  ideal  warps  the  judgment. 
To  Thomas  More,  though  most  tendencies  of  his 
time  made  for  absolutism,  the  future  was  republican 
and  communistic ;  and  to  Francis  Bacon  the  present 
held  the  promise  of  a  new  Atlantis,  despite  the 
growing  arrogance  of  the  Crown  and  the  submissive- 
ness  of  the  people. 

The  great  diversity  of  social  ideals  produces  a 
like  diversity  of  social  forecasts.  All  the  soothsayers 
give  different  readings  of  the  signs.  Even  those  of 
the  same  school,  who  build  the  future  in  the  light 
of  the  same  dogmas,  differ  in  regard  to  particulars 
of  form  and  structure.  How  many  forecasts  of  one 
sort  or  another  have  been  given  us,  it  is  impossible 
to  say.  Mr.  H.  G.  Wells,  in  a  footnote  to  his  "  An- 
ticipations," complains  of  their  scarcity.  "  Of  quite 
serious  forecasts  and  inductions  of  things  to  come," 
he  says,  "  the  number  is  very  small  indeed ;  a  sug- 
B  i 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

gestion  or  so  of  Mr.  Herbert  Spencer's,  Mr.  Kidd's 
'  Social  Evolution/  some  hints  from  Mr.  Archdall 
Reid,  some  political  forecasts,  German  for  the  most 
part  (Hartmann's  '  Earth  in  the  Twentieth  Century/ 
e.g.),  some  incidental  forecasts  by  Professor  Langley 
(Century  Magazine,  December,  1884,  e-g-\  and  such 
isolated  computations  as  Professor  Crookes's  wheat 
warning  and  the  various  estimates  of  our  coal  supply, 
make  almost  a  complete  bibliography."  But  surely 
the  Utopians,  from  Plato  to  Edward  Bellamy,  have 
given  us  "  quite  serious  forecasts  " ;  there  is  some- 
thing of  serious  prophecy  in  both  Karl  Marx  and 
Friedrich  Engels,  much  more  in  Tolstoi  and  Peter 
Kropotkin ;  and  the  "  Fabian  Essays "  are  charged 
with  it.  Mr.  Henry  D.  Lloyd's  "Wealth  against 
Commonwealth  "  closes  with  a  brilliant  and  eloquent 
picture  of  a  regenerated  society,  and  Mr.  Edmond 
Kelly's  "  Individualism  and  Collectivism  "  is  in  large 
part  prophetic.  All  the  social  reformers  who  write 
books  or  articles  give  us  engaging  pictures  of  things 
as  they  are  to  be;  and  though  the  Philosophical 
Anarchists  deal  rather  more  largely  with  polemics 
than  with  prophecy,  the  Socialists  are  conspicuously 
definite  and  serious  in  their  forecasts.  Even  the 
popular  scientists  —  the  astronomers,  biologists,  and 
anthropologists  —  often  run  into  prediction ;  and  in 
the  pages  of  Richard  A.  Proctor,  E.  D.  Cope,  and 
Grant  Allen,  and  of  such  living  men  as  M.  Camille 
Flammarion,  Mr.  Alfred  Russell  Wallace,  and  Pro- 
fessor W.  J.  McGee,  we  have  frequent  depictions  of 
certain  phases  of  the  future. 

Doubtless,  any  reader  can  add  to  this  list.     Of  a 

2 


UTOPIAS  AND   OTHER   FORECASTS 

surety,  we  have  had  no  lack  of  forecasts  of  one  sort 
or  another;  and  now  we  have  some  new  contribu- 
tions,—  Mr.  Wells's  "Anticipations,"  Mr.  Benjamin 
Kidd's  "  Principles  of  Western  Civilization,"  two 
brief  but  sententious  papers  by  Professor  John  B. 
Clark,  on  "The  Society  of  the  Future"  and  "A 
Modified  Individualism"  (published  in  the  Indepen- 
dent),  a  definite  Socialist  prediction  by  Mr.  Henry 
D.  Lloyd,  and  a  semi-Socialist  one  by  Mr.  Sidney 
Webb. 


Mr.  Wells,  in  his  lecture  before  the  Royal  Institu- 
tion last  January,  put  forth  the  thesis  that,  just  as  we 
can  picture  the  general  aspects  of  the  earth  in  meso- 
zoic  times  by  a  study  of  geology  and  paleontology,  so 
by  a  study  of  the  present  sociological  drift  can  we 
picture  the  society  of  a  hundred  years  hence.  He 
thereupon  gives  us  "  Anticipations  "  as  a  result  of 
the  more  or  less  rigorous  working  out  of  this  method. 
There  is  much  to  be  said  for  the  method,  and  its 
right  employment  might  probably  give  us  something 
of  great  value.  Unfortunately,  Mr.  Wells  forgets  his 
thesis,  and  plunges  into  pure  vaticination.  He  writes 
with  a  spirited  aggressiveness,  and  his  pictures  are 
often  vivid  and  impressive.  But  the  greater  part  of 
his  revelation  is  of  a  state  of  things  which  seems 
far  removed  from  what  would  be  produced  by  any 
current  tendencies,  actual  or  latent. 

Mr.  Kidd's  predictions  lack  somewhat  in  definite- 
ness  of  outline,  and  need  not  here  concern  us.  Tol- 

3 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

stoi,  on  the  other  hand,  is  specific.  He  dreams  of  a 
return  to  a  more  primitive  manner  of  production,  and 
a  social  change  toward  a  status  of  Anarchist-Commu- 
nism. He  scoffs  at  the  enormous  diversity  of  wants 
made  necessary  by  the  growing  intelligence  and 
refinement  of  the  race,  and  urges  mankind  to  live 
more  simply.  "The  town  must  be  abandoned,  the 
people  must  be  sent  away  from  the  factories  and 
into  the  country  to  work  with  their  hands ;  the  aim 
of  every  man  should  be  to  satisfy  all  his  wants  him- 
self." But  the  counsel  falls  upon  heedless  ears. 
Urged  to  live  more  simply,  the  race,  impelled  by 
natural  and  irresistible  laws,  yearly  increases  the  sum 
of  its  wants.  Science,  art,  and  industry  constantly 
pile  up  new  commodities.  Mankind  finds  that 
through  them  it  secures  longer  and  healthier,  if  not 
happier  lives.  It  recognizes  that  by  this  increase  of 
wants  more  human  beings  are  employed,  and  that 
by  a  slight  diminution  thereof  tens  of  thousands  are 
thrown  into  idleness.  And  finally  it  recognizes  that 
by  a  division  of  labor,  in  which  natural  aptitude  in 
particular  directions  is  sought  to  be  secured,  the 
greatest  and  most  economical  production  follows. 
Under  Anarchist-Communism  and  the  performance 
of  labor  in  the  direction  of  each  individual  attempt- 
ing to  create  the  things  needful  for  himself,  there 
would  be  entailed  upon  us  a  productive  waste  vastly 
greater  than  that  heretofore  compelled  by  capitalism, 
diffusing  a  degree  of  want  and  consequent  wretched- 
ness at  present  unknown.  There  is  no  present  indi- 
cation that  mankind  will  take  this  step. 

Something  better  is  to  be  said  for  Peter  Kropot- 

4 


UTOPIAS  AND  OTHER  FORECASTS 

kin's  ideal  of  a  communistic  union  of  shop  industry 
and  agriculture.  In  remote  places,  outside  the  cur- 
rent of  factory  industrialism,  there  are  still  survivals 
of  this  union,  though  the  communistic  feature  is  gen- 
erally wanting.  Doubtless,  under  any  form  of  society, 
even  a  well-regulated  State  Socialism,  this  union 
would  to  some  extent  persist.  But  if  there  are  any 
present  tendencies  toward  its  growth,  they  are  but 
feeble  and  isolated.  Kropotkin's  recent  book,  "  Fields, 
Factories  and  Workshops,"  which  was  intended  to 
sound  the  glad  timbrel  of  rejoicing  over  the  expan- 
sion of  this  movement,  turns  out  to  be  a  rather  pitiful 
threnody  on  the  decline  and  death  of  petty  industries 
throughout  Europe.  Moreover,  it  is  one  thing  to 
argue  the  persistence  of  this  manner  of  production  in 
scattered  places,  and  quite  another  to  argue  it  the 
dominant  manner  of  production  in  a  transformed 
society  of  the  future.  Of  the  coming  of  such  a 
society  the  evidences  are  painfully  scant, 

We  have  also  the  Single-Taxers,  the  followers  of 
the  late  Henry  George,  who  are  quite  as  fertile  in 
prophecy  as  in  polemics.  They  dream  of  a  millen- 
nium through  the  imposition  of  a  tax  on  the  economic 
value  of  land,  and  the  abolition  of  all  other  taxes 
and  duties  of  whatsoever  kind.  Free  competition  is 
their  shibboleth ;  and  it  is  no  less  the  shibboleth  of 
the  Neo-Jeffersonians,  the  followers  of  Mr.  Bryan. 
Except  for  the  fact  that  these  two  schools  are  some- 
what Jacobinical,  their  general  notions  of  the  com- 
ing society  do  not  differ  greatly  from  the  notions 
of  the  orthodox  economists.  All  of  these  desire,  or 
think  they  desire,  free  competition.  Arising  out  of 

5 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

an  era  of  competition,  Professor  Clark  sees  a  coming 
order  wherein  the  rich  "  will  continually  grow  richer, 
and  the  multi-millionnaires  will  approach  the  billion- 
dollar  standard ;  but  the  poor  will  be  far  from  grow- 
ing poorer.  ...  It  may  be  that  the  wages  of  a  day 
will  take  him  [the  worker]  to  the  mountains,  and 
those  of  a  hundred  days  will  carry  him  through  a 
European  tour." 

The  dreadful  spectre  of  monopoly,  however,  arises 
to  threaten  these  visions.  Most  of  the  orthodox 
economists  acknowledge  a  possible  danger  from  it, 
but  the  Single-Taxers  and  Jeffersonians  are  sure  it  is 
a  real  and  growing  menace.  Says  Professor  Clark, 
"  Between  us  and  the  regime  of  monopoly  there 
ranges  itself  a  whole  series  of  possible  measures 
stopping  short  of  Socialism,  and  yet  efficient  enough 
to  preserve  our  free  economic  system."  It  is  a  "free 
economic  system"  which  all  these  are  bent  on 
having,  —  the  economists  determined  on  preserving 
it,  the  others  on  establishing  it ;  for  the  Single-Taxers, 
with  their  bete  noir  of  private  ownership  of  land, 
and  the  Jeffersonians,  with  their  bites  noirs  of  rail- 
roads and  trusts,  deny  that  our  economic  system  is  at 
present  "  free."  Doubtless  they  are  both  right ;  but 
if  there  be  one  fact  in  the  realm  of  political  economy 
fairly  established,  it  is  that  the  era  of  competi- 
tion, whether  free  or  unfree,  is  dead,  and  the  means 
of  its  resurrection  are  unknown  to  political  science. 
With  old  men  the  dream  of  its  revival  is  warrantable, 
for  it  springs  from  that  retrospective  mood  of  age 
which  gilds  past  times,  and  that  attendant  mood  which 
recreates  and  projects  them  into  some  imagined 

6 


UTOPIAS   AND   OTHER   FORECASTS 

future;  but  with  the  younger  generation  visions  of 
free  competition  are  but  as  children's  dreams  of  wild 
forests  and  shaggy  animals  —  the  atavistic  reminders 
of  experiences  unknown  to  the  individual,  though 
knit  into  the  fibre  of  the  race.  The  subject  is  one 
far  better  suited  to  the  domain  of  a  psychologist 
like  Dr.  Stanley  Hall  than  to  the  scope  of  this 
book. 

Finally,  we  have  the  Socialists,  with  their  prophecy 
of  the  early  establishment  of  a  cooperative  common- 
wealth. It  is  a  noble  picture,  in  its  best  expression 
based  upon  the  extreme  of  faith  in  the  coming  gen- 
erations of  mankind,  however  its  draughtsmen  may 
criticise  the  wisdom  and  justice  of  the  present.  There 
is  no  doubt  that  now  a  ground-swell  of  Socialist  con- 
viction moves  like  a  tide  "  of  waters  unwithstood  " ; 
everywhere  one  notes  its  influences.  Even  so  conserv- 
ative a  scholar  as  Professor  Henry  Davies,  lecturer 
on  the  history  of  philosophy  in  Yale  University,  can 
write,  "There  is  no  doubt  that  the  next  form  of  po- 
litical activity  to  claim  attention  is  the  socialistic,  as 
it  is  the  most  popular  and  serious  of  any  now  before 
the  educated  minds  of  this  country."  Its  propaganda 
is  carried  on  untiringly,  and  that  its  results  are  feared 
is  evident  from  the  equal  aggressiveness  of  a  counter- 
propaganda  maintained  by  the  ingenious  defenders 
v  of  the  present  regime  against  the  whole  form  and 
spirit  of  Socialism.  But  though  socialist  conviction 
spreads,  the  substance  sought  for  seems  as  far  away 
as  ever.  It  would  seem,  for  the  most  part,  to  be  but 
a  lukewarm  conviction,  much  like  that  for  which  the 
Laodiceans  were  so  widely  famed.  Present  tendencies 

7 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

make  for  other  forms  of  production,  for  a  vastly  dif- 
ferent social  regime. 

II 

The  dominant  tendencies  will  be  clearly  seen  only 
by  those  who  for  the  time  detach  themselves  from 
their  social  ideals.  What, ,  then,  in  this  republic  of 
the  United  States,  may  Socialist,  Individualist,  and 
Conservative  alike  see,  if  only  they  will  look  with 
unclouded  vision  ?  In  brief,  an  irresistible  movement  - 

—  now  almost  at  its  culmination  —  toward  great  com- 
binations in  specific  trades ;  next  toward  coalescence 
of  kindred  industries,  and  thus  toward  the  complete 
integration    of    capital.        Consequent    upon    these 
changes,  the  group   of   captains  and   lieutenants  of 
industry  attains  a  daily  increasing  power,  social,  in- 
dustrial, and  political,  and  becomes  the  ranking  order 
in  a  vast  series  of  gradations.     The  State  becomes 
stronger  in  its  relation   to   the   propertyless  citizen, 
weaker  in  its  relation  to  the  man  of  capital.     A  grow- 
ing subordination  of   classes,  and  a   tremendous  in- 
crease in  the  numbers  of  the  lower  orders,   follow. 
Factory  industry  increases,  and  the  petty  industries, 
while  still  supporting  a  great  number  of  workers,  are 
in  all  respects  relatively  weaker  than  ever  before; 
they  suffer  a  progressive  limitation  of  scope  and  func- 
tion and  a  decrease  of  revenues.     Defenceless  labor 

—  the  labor  of  women  and  children  —  increases  both 
absolutely  and  relatively.       Men's  wages  decline  or 
remain  stationary,  while  the  value  of  the  product  and 
the  cost  of  living  advance  by  steady  steps.     Though 

8 


UTOPIAS   AND   OTHER   FORECASTS 

land  is  generally  held  in  somewhat  smaller  allotments, 
tenantry  on  the  small  holdings,  and  salaried  manage- 
ment on  the  large,  gradually  replace  the  old  system 
of  independent  farming ;  and  the  control  of  agricul- 
x  -  ture  oscillates  between  the  combinations  that  deter- 
mine the  prices  of  its  products  and  the  railroads  that 
determine  the  rate  for  transportation  to  the  markets. 

In  a  word,  they  who  desire  to  live — whether  farm- 
ers, workmen,  middlemen,  teachers,  or  ministers  — 
must  make  their  peace  with  those  who  have  the  dispo- 
sition of  the  livings.  The  result  is  a  renascent  Feu- 
dalism, which,  though  it  differs  in  many  forms  from 
that  of  the  time  of  Edward  I,  is  yet  based  upon  the 
same  status  of  lord,  agent,  and  underling.  It  is  a 
Feudalism  somewhat  graced  by  a  sense  of  ethics  and 
somewhat  restrained  by  a  fear  of  democracy.  The 
new  barons  seek  a  public  sanction  through  conspicu- 
ous giving,  and  they  avoid  a  too  obvious  exercise  of 
their  power  upon  political  institutions.  Their  benefi- 
cence, however,  though  large,  is  but  rarely  prodigal. 
It  betokens,  as  in  the  case  of  the  careful  spouse  of 
John  Gilpin,  a  frugal  mind.  They  demand  the  full 
terms  nominated  in  the  bond;  they  exact  from  the 
traffic  all  it  will  bear.  Out  of  the  tremendous  reve- 
nues that  flow  to  them  some  of  them  return  a  part  in 
benefactions  to  the  public;  and  these  benefactions, 
whether  or  not  primarily  devoted  to  the  easement  of 
conscience,  are  always  shrewdly  disposed  with  an  eye 
to  the  allayment  of  pain  and  the  quieting  of  discon- 
tent. They  are  given  to  hospitals ;  to  colleges  and 
churches  which  teach  reverence  for  the  existing 
regime,  and  to  libraries,  wherein  the  enforced  lei- 

9 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

sure  of  the  unemployed  may  be  whiled  away  in  rela- 
tive contentment.  They  are  never  given,  even  by 
accident,  to  any  of  the  movements  making  for  the 
correction  of  what  reformers  term  injustice.  But 
not  to  look  too  curiously  into  motives,  our  new  Feu- 
dalism is  at  least  considerate.  It  is  a  paternal,  a 
Benevolent  Feudalism. 


10 


CHAPTER   II 
COMBINATION  AND  COALESCENCE 


WE  have,  first,  the  enormous  growth  of  industrial, 
commercial,  and  financial  combinations.  A  crude 
idea  of  the  extent  to  which  concentration  in 
manufactures  had  grown  up  to  May  31,  1900,  may 
be  gained  from  Census  Bulletin  No.  122.  In  this 
report  only  those  aggregations  are  considered  which 
consisted  of  "a  number  of  formerly  independent 
mills  which  have  been  brought  together  into  one 
company  under  a  charter  obtained  for  that  purpose." 
Several  of  the  new  security-holding  stock  companies 
are  included,  but  "many  large  establishments  com- 
prising a  number  of  mills  which  have  grown  up,  not 
by  combination  with  other  mills,  but  by  erection  of 
new  plants  or  the  purchase  of  old  ones,"  are  not  con- 
sidered, nor  are  gas  and  electric  lighting  plants,  or 
pools,  and  "gentlemen's  agreements." 

The  list  contains  records  of  183  corporations,  with 
2029  active  and  174  idle  plants,  an  average  of  n 
active  plants  each.  The  actual  capital  invested  in 
these  corporations,  exclusive  of  that  for  56  of  the 
idle  plants,  was  $1,458,522,573,  and  the  authorized 
capitalization  was  $3,607,539,200.  These  combina- 
tions employed  24,585  salaried  officers  and  clerks, 

ii 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

and  an  average  of  399,192  wage-earners.  The  1047 
officers  received  an  average  of  $6,825.28  yearly  and 
the  wage-earners,  $487.32.  There  were  40  combina- 
tions in  iron  and  steel,  with  447  plants ;  28  in  liquor 
and  beverages,  with  219  plants;  21  in  food  and  allied 
products,  with  273  plants ;  1 5  in  clay,  glass,  and  stone 
products,  with  180  plants,  and  14  in  chemicals,  with 
248  plants.  The  gross  value  of  the  manufactured 
product  of  these  combinations,  as  given  by  the  census, 
was  $1,661,295,364.  Excluding  hand  trades,  govern- 
ment establishments,  educational,  eleemosynary,  and 
penal  workshops,  and  shops  with  a  product  of  less 
than  $500,  this  total  represented  14  per  cent  of  the 
value  of  the  manufactured  product  for  the  whole 
country. 

The  spring  of  1900  was,  however,  but  the  mid- 
morning  of  the  combination  movement.  Only  63  of 
these  companies  had  been  formed  previous  to  1897, 
while  more  than  50  per  cent  of  them  were  formed 
during  the  eighteen  months  from  January  i,  1899, 
to  June  30,  1900.  Since  then  the  movement  has 
swept  forward  like  a  great  tide.  The  consolidations 
of  manufacturing  companies  for  the  first  five  months 
of  1901  alone  probably  exceeded  $2,000,000,000  in 
capitalization.  The  great  steel  " trust"  (to  use  the 
popular  term),  an  $88,000,000  tin-can  trust,  still  other 
trusts  in  tobacco  machinery,  carpets,  coal  and  coke, 
witch-hazel,  glass  lamps  and  electric  glass  fittings, 
ship-building,  cotton  duck,  agricultural  implements, 
and  watches,  had  their  birth  during  this  period. 
More  recently  came  the  steel-castings  trust,  subordi- 
nate to  the  steel  corporation,  a  recombination  in 

12 


COMBINATION   AND   COALESCENCE 

tobacco,  and  very  lately  a  new  ship-building  combina- 
tion, a  $120,000,000  harvester  trust,  and  a  cotton 
compress  trust.  The  capital  invested  in  manufactur- 
ing combinations  is  now  probably  two  and  one-half 
times  what  it  was  in  May,  1900;  and  it  is  a  reason- 
able guess  that  nearly  one-third  of  the  manufactured 
product  of  the  country,  outside  of  the  petty  trades, 
comes  from  the  combinations. 

Of  the  magnitude  of  some  of  these  concerns  the 
average  mind  can  form  but  an  inadequate  idea.  The 
figures  expressing  it  are  comparable  with  those  of 
star  distances,  which  must  be  transmuted  into  light- 
years  to  make  them  conceivable.  A  New  York  news- 
paper has  recently  made  some  computations  on  the 
great  steel  trust,  which  help  to  bring  home  to  us  a 
realization  of  its  size  and  power.  Its  yearly  net 
profits  are  now  double  the  amount  of  the  total  reve- 
nues of  the  United  States  Government  in  the  year 
Lincoln  was  elected.  Its  wage-roll  carries  on  an 
average  of  the  round  year  over  158,000  names — an 
army  of  employees  larger  by  45,000  than  serves  the 
National  Government  in  every  branch  of  its  civil 
service,  classified  and  unclassified,  except  only  fourth- 
class  postmasters.  Its  wage-payments  for  last  year 
aggregated  nearly  $113,000,000,  more  by  $13,000,000 
than  the  huge  annual  city  budget  of  Greater  New 
York.  Its  annual  production  of  steel  is  10,000,000 
tons,  67  per  cent  of  the  total  production  of  the  country  ; 
and  its  freight  payments  for  the  year  1901  amounted* 
to  more  than  $54,000,000. 

During  the  same  period  financial,  commercial,  min- 
ing, and  transportation  trusts  have  also  had  their  splen- 

13 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

did  inning.  We  read  of  an  accident-insurance  trust 
with  a  capitalization  of  $50,000,000,  the  great  shipping 
trust,  the  $120,000,000  jobbing  hardware  trust,  the 
Interurban  Street  Railway  stock-holding  combination, 
the  beef  trust,  a  $50,000,000  lead  merger,  a  recom- 
bination in  copper,  and  a  universal  oil  trust.  Moody  s 
Manual  of  Corporation  Securities  for  1902  gives  a 
list  of  82  industrial  and  mercantile  consolidations 
effected  between  January  i,  1899,  and  September  i, 
1902,  each  of  which  is  capitalized  at  $10,000,000 
or  more,  the  whole  aggregating  a  capitalization  of 
$4,318,005,646.  Thirty-nine  of  these,  with  $1,232,- 
947,790  authorized  capital,  were  formed  during  1899; 
7  with  $186,110,400  capital,  in  1900;  20  with  $2,141,- 
197,456  capital  in  1901,  and  16  with  $757,750,000 
capital  during  the  first  eight  months  of  1902.  The 
list  is  admittedly  incomplete.  "  It  embraces  only  the 
so-called  gigantic  combinations  which  have  been  form- 
ing in  the  past  three  and  one-half  years.  A  complete 
list,  without  regard  to  date  of  formation,  and  including 
both  large  and  small,"  says  this  authority,  "would 
probably  aggregate  850  different-going  combinations, 
and  would  easily  foot  up  over  $9,000,000,000  of 
capitalization.  Including  railroad  consolidations,  such 
a  list  would  make  a  total  of  over  $15,000,000,000  out- 
standing capitalization."  As  for  the  railroads,  the 
formation  of  the  Northern  Securities  Company,  the 
recent  assimilation  of  the  Louisville  and  Nashville, 
and  the  "  reorganization  "  of  the  Rock  Island  show  the 
same  drift.  Five  men,  according  to  a  recent  statement 
of  Interstate  Commerce  Commissioner  J.  A.  Prouty, 
control  all  the  railroads  of  the  country;  and  Mr.  John 

14 


COMBINATION   AND   COALESCENCE 

W.  Gates,  a  financier  who  may  be  supposed  to  know 
something  on  that  head,  has  more  recently  declared, 
according  to  a  newspaper  interview,  that  two  men  are 
really  in  control.  "  I  believe  that  the  time  is  not  far 
distant,"  declared  Professor  Francis  L.  Patton,  former 
head  of  Princeton  University,  in  a  recent  address 
before  the  Presbyterian  Social  Union  of  Chicago, 
"  when  there  will  not  be  a  thing  that  we  eat,  drink, 
or  wear  that  will  not  be  made  by  a  trust."  He  might 
have  gone  farther  and  fared  as  well ;  for  the  theat- 
rical trust  determines  what  dramas  we  shall  witness ; 
the  pulp  trust,  the  typefounders'  trust,  the  news  trust, 
and  the  school-book  trust  exert  a  most  direct  bearing 
on  what  we  read  and  what  our  reading  costs  us ;  and 
finally  the  undertakers'  trust  determines  the  style 
and  cost  of  our  burial. 


II 

The  tendencies  make  not  only  for  combination  in 
specific  trades,  but  for  unification  —  for  complete 
integration  of  all  capital  which  is  susceptible  of 
organization.  Capitalistic  atoms  of  low  valency  — 
to  use  a  term  from  chemistry,  —  such  as  those  in- 
vested in  some  of  the  hand  trades,  custom  and 
repairing  and  the  like  —  may  continue  their  course, 
but  those  of  a  high  valency  are  sooner  or  later 
brought  into  association.  From  this  fundamental 
grouping  comes  integration,  the  concentration  of  the 
material  units  which  go  to  make  up  an  aggregate. 
The  lesser  gravitates  to  the  larger.  It  needs  no 
modern  Newton  to  proclaim  that  in  finance,  com- 

15 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

merce,  and  industry,  as  in  the  physical  world,  all 
bodies  attract  one  another  in  direct  proportion  to  their 
mass.  Distance  provides  a  limitation,  it  is  true,  to 
the  action  of  this  law  in  the  physical  world;  but 
less  so  in  the  economic  world,  for  such  is  the  per- 
fection of  our  means  of  communication  that  they 
provide  a  more  transmissible  medium  to  capital  than 
is  the  pervading  ether  to  light  and  gravitation. 

The  separate  trade  trusts  are  not  sufficient  unto 
themselves,  but  move  steadily  toward  unification. 
A  glance  at  the  directorates  of  the  leading  combina- 
tions shows  many  names  repeated  through  a  long 
list  of  varied  industries.  The  combinations  them- 
selves reach  out  and  acquire  new  interests,  often  dis- 
tinct from  their  primary  interests.  In  Pennsylvania 
coal  is  mined  and  railroads  are  operated  by  practically 
the  same  companies,  and  in  Colorado  and  West  Vir- 
ginia nearly  as  complete  an  identity  is  discovered. 
The  steel  corporation  owns  coal  lands,  limestone 
quarries,  railroads,  and  docks ;  it  is  allied  with  the 
great  Atlantic  shipping  trust;  it  is  related,  not  dis- 
tantly, to  the  Standard  Oil  Company ;  and  the  begin- 
nings of  a  public  opinion  trust  are  indicated,  for 
already  its  chief  magnate  has  acquired  several  news- 
papers and  a  prominent  magazine.  Bishop  Potter's 
prediction,  it  would  seem,  is  in  fair  way  of  fulfilment. 
"  We  must  fully  realize,"  he  said  to  the  Yale  students 
last  April,  "  the  danger  that  mind  as  well  as  matter 
will  be  at  some  time  in  the  future  capitalized,  and 
that  the  real  thinking  and  planning  for  the  many  will' 
be  done  by  a  mere  handful."  Beet  and  cane  sugar 
are  soon  to  be  joined,  we  read ;  paper  and  lumber,  if 

16 


COMBINATION   AND   COALESCENCE 

not  already  wedded,  are  at  least  on  excellent  terms. 
Oil  and  gas  on  the  one  hand,  coal  and  iron  on  the 
other,  have  a  "  common  understanding,"  and  each  of 
them  holds  morganatic  relations  with  one  or  more  of 
the  railroads.  All  the  great  combinations  recognize 
a  growing  community  of  interest;  they  tend  more 
and  more  to  a  potential,  if  not  an  actual,  coalescence ; 
and  in  the  face  of  popular  agitation,  legislative  aggres- 
siveness, or  the  formal  demands  of  labor,  they  develop 
a  unity  of  purpose  and  method.  Their  support  is 
thrown,  in  general,  to  the  same  candidates  for  gov- 
ernors, senators,  judges,  and  tax  assessors.  In  brief, 
they  tend  to  the  formation  of  a  state  within  a  state, 
and  their  individual  members  to  the  creation  of  an 
industrial  and  political  hierarchy. 

Ill 

The  counter-tendency  toward  the  persistence  of 
small-unit  farming  and  of  small-shop  production  and 
distribution  must  not  be  lost  sight  of,  nor  must  the 
great  combinations  be  looked  upon  as  necessarily  a 
proof  of  individual  concentration  of  wealth.  That 
they  generally  so  result  is  hardly  to  be  disputed ;  but 
primarily,  they  mean  the  massing  together  of  sepa- 
rately owned  capitals,  often  small,  for  a  particular 
use.  There  is  every  reason  to  suppose  that  the 
shareholders  grow  in  numbers,  and  that  they  increase 
their  holdings.  So  that  while  the  magnates  tend  to 
become  Midases,  there  is  a  concurrent  tendency  mak- 
ing for  diffused  ownership.  The  small  investor  is  to 
be  found  in  every  stratum  of  society,  and  the  num- 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

her  of  shareholders  in  some  of  the  great  combinations 
reaches  an  astonishing  figure.  The  "one  touch  of 
nature  "  which  in  Shakespeare's  eyes  made  the  whole 
world  kin  was  the  love  of  novelty ;  in  our  day  it  is 
the  passion  for  investing  in  shares. 

Petty  industries  and  small-unit  farming  persist,  de- 
spite the  movement  toward  combination.  The  recent 
census  gives  the  number  of  manufacturing  establish- 
ments in  the  United  States  as  512,726,  an  increase  of 
44.3  per  cent.  This  is  a  larger  percentage  of  increase 
than  is  shown  for  any  other  of  the  fifteen  items  in  the 
census  summary  of  manufactures,  except  capital, 
children's  wages,  and  miscellaneous  expenses.  Doubt- 
less many  of  these  establishments  belong  to  the 
trusts ;  but  with  all  allowances  the  numerical  growth 
is  remarkable.  The  undeveloped  sections  show  the 
greatest  increase,  but  even  industrially  settled  States, 
su-ch  as  Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  and  Rhode  Island, 
reveal  marked  gains.  Professor  Ely  has  pointed  out 
several  branches  of  industry  in  which  small-shop  pro- 
duction is  increasing.  Some  investigations  which  the 
present  writer  made  two  years  ago  in  two  branches 
confirm  this  tendency.  It  is  pronounced  in  the  notion 
trades  and  in  the  manufacture  of  women's  ready- 
made  wear.  In  the  latter  the  industry  has  been 
revolutionized,  the  large  houses  being  menaced  with 
disaster  and  some  of  them  with  extinction.  In  dry- 
goods  distribution  the  tendencies  are  confused  and 
puzzling.  While  the  number  of  general  jobbing 
houses  in  New  York  City  has  decreased  from  thirty- 
five  to  five  in  twenty-five  years,  the  remaining  ones 
growing  to  enormous  proportions,  the  number  of 

18 


COMBINATION   AND   COALESCENCE 

smaller  houses  distributing  special  lines  has  either 
maintained  its  own  or  has  grown.  In  Baltimore  and 
St.  Louis  small  jobbing  houses  persist  in  the  face  of 
the  larger  houses.  In  the  retail  trades,  even  in  New 
York,  despite  the  creation  of  a  number  of  mammoth  , 
general  stores,  the  dullest  observer  will  note  the  con- 
tinuance of  thousands  of  small  grocery,  dry-goods, 
and  furniture  stores,  confectionery  and  butcher  shops  ; 
while  custom  and  repairing  work  is  still  done  in  the 
little  tailoring  and  shoemaking  shops  that  speak  a 
sort  of  defiance  to  the  great  emporiums.  Through 
convenience  of  location  to  the  community  of  cus- 
tomers about  them  —  often,  too,  by  the  giving  of 
credit  —  many  of  these  little  shops  and  stores  furnish 
a  social  service  that  cannot  be  performed  by  the 
larger  stores,  which  are  mostly  to  be  found  massed  in 
the  central  shopping  district. 

Something  of  the  same  naoire  is  to  be  found  in 
agriculture.  Though  the  great  estates  are  increasing 
in  size,  so  also  is  the  number  of  small  holdings  increas- 
ing. Nearly  every  State  and  Territory  shows  an  in- 
crease in  the  number  of  farms,  while  the  majority 
show  a  decrease  in  average  acreage.  The  great 
stock-grazing  farms  of  the  West  and  the  unproductive 
"  gentlemen's  estates  "  of  the  East  help  to  make  the 
census  figures  misleading.  It  is  probable  that  in 
every  State  real  farming  is  done  on  a  smaller  average 
acreage  than  ever  before. 

Even  independent  capital  in  trading  and  manu- 
factures shows  an  unexpected  persistence.  An  inter- 
esting article  in  a  recent  issue  of  the  New  York 
Journal  of  Commerce  puts  the  capitalization  of  the 

19 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

great  trusts  for  the  twelve  years  ending  with  1901  at 
$6,474,000,000,  of  which  it  marks  off  $2,000,000,000 
as  "  spurious  common  stock,"  that  is,'  stock  not  repre- 
senting real  capital  in  any  form.  Not  more  than 
$300,000,000  of  new  capital,  it  maintains,  had  been 
thrown  into  the  consolidations.  This  would  leave 
$4,474,000,000  as  the  sum  of  values  already  estab- 
lished by  previous  investment.  On  the  other  hand,  it 
maintains  that  actual  records  show  that  in  seventeen 
months  from  the  beginning  of  1901,  in  the  four  States 
of  New  York,  New  Jersey,  Delaware,  and  Maine, 
the  aggregate  capitalization  of  newly  organized  com- 
panies with  a  capital  of  $1,000,000  and  upwards  is 
$1,969,650,000;  and  it  calculates  that  for  the  whole 
country,  including  the  large  and  small  corporations, 
"the  national  industrial  capital  (exclusive  of  that  for 
transportation  appliances)  must  have  increased  ap- 
proximately $5,000,000,000  since  the  end  of  1900." 
Several  rather  obvious  demurrers  might  be  made 
to  the  conclusions  reached,  but  they  need  not  now 
concern  us.  With  all  possible  discounting,  strong 
proof  is  given  of  the  aggressive  persistence  of  inde- 
pendent capital. 

IV 

Such  facts,  however,  do  not  carry  on  the  surface 
their  real  import.  Independent  capital  persists  as  a 
force,  but  the  units  that  compose  it  melt  like  bubbles 
in  a  stream.  These  companies  are  but  the  raw  or 
"  partly  manufactured "  material  out  of  which  the 
great  combinations  are  made.  Formation,  growth, 
and  absorption  into  a  trust  are  generally  the  three 

20 


COMBINATION   AND   COALESCENCE 

terms  in  their  life-history ;  or  if,  through  ill  environ- 
ment or  spirited  warfare  waged  against  them,  they 
fail  to  get  secure  footing,  they  soon  slip  back  into  the 
slough  of  disaster.  The  fate  of  independent  tobacco 
factories,  sugar  and  oil  refineries,  railroads,  indepen- 
dent companies  of  one  kind  or  another,  is  constantly 
before  us.  If  they  are  worth  having,  they  are  more 
or  less  benevolently  assimilated ;  and  if  they  are  not 
worth  having,  they  are  permitted  to  struggle  onward 
to  the  almost  inevitable  collapse. 

Neither  do  small  holdings  in  agriculture  mean 
economic  independence.  As  the  late  census  reveals, 
they  mean  tenantry.  The  number  of  farms  operated 
by  owners  is  decreasing ;  tenantry  is  becoming  more 
and  more  common,  and  so  is  salaried  management  of 
great  estates.  Of  the  5,739,657  farms  of  the  nation, 
tenants  now  operate  2,026,286.  Owners  operated 
74.5  per  cent  of  all  farms  in  1880,  71.6  per  cent  in 
1890,  64.7  per  cent  in  1900.  The  tendency  is  gen- 
eral, and  applies  to  all  sections.  Since  1880  tenantry 
has  relatively  increased  in  every  State  and  Territory 
(no  comparative  data  are  given  for  the  Indian  Terri- 
tory) except  Arizona,  Florida,  and  New  Hampshire. 
Since  1890  it  has  increased  in  Arizona.  In  twenty 
years  it  has  increased  49.4  per  cent  in  Florida, 
though  the  unloading  of  "  orange  groves  "  and  other 
tropical  paradises  on  the  too  susceptible  Northerner 
has  increased  ownership  by  a  slightly  greater  ratio  ; 
while  in  New  Hampshire,  where  2857  farms  have 
been  given  up  in  the  last  twenty  years,  tenantry  has 
decreased  by  but  five-tenths  of  i  per  cent  since 
1890,  and  but  six-tenths  of  i  per  cent  since  1880. 

21 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

So,  too,  with  petty  industries  and  the  small  retail- 
ers. M.  Emile  Vandervelde,  in  his  sterling  work, 
"  Collectivism  and  Industrial  Evolution,"  has  well 
shown  how  "  small  trade  is  the  special  refuge  of  the 
cripples  of  capitalism."  It  is  the  particular  refuge 
"  of  all  who  prefer,  in  place  of  the  hard  labor  of  pro- 
duction, the  scanty  gleaning  of  the  middleman,  or 
who,  no  longer  finding  a  sufficient  revenue  in  indus- 
try or  farming,  desire  to  add  a  string  to  their  bow  by 
opening  a  little  shop."  But  it  would  be  a  mistake, 
he  continues,  to  suppose  that  these  miniature  estab- 
lishments, which  the  census  officials  characterize  as 
distinct  enterprises,  can  be  generally  regarded  as  the 
personal  property  of  those  who  carry  them  on.  "  A 
great  number  of  them,  and  a  number  constantly  in- 
creasing, as  capitalism  develops,  have  only  a  phantom 
of  independence,  and  are  really  in  the  hands  of  a  few 
great  money  lenders,  manufacturers,  or  merchants." 

Though  M.  Vandervelde  argues  on  the  basis  of 
these  phenomena  as  observed  in  Belgium,  France, 
Germany,  and  England,  the  same  conclusions  are 
applicable  in  the  United  States.  Our  national  census 
figures  are  practically  useless  as  illuminators  on  the 
subject,  and  one  must  get  his  data  from  the  obser- 
vation or  investigation  of  himself  or  others.  It  is 
generally  known  that  small  industries  the  product 
of  which  is  more  or  less  ingenious  or  artistic  manage 
to  survive ;  that  those  the  product  of  which  is  com- 
mon or  usual  are  sooner  or  later  extinguished ;  and 
that  the  petty  retailers  represent  so  many  heterogene- 
ous elements  that  it  is  impossible  to  predicate  any- 
thing of  them  as  a  class.  Of  these  latter  there  is 

22 


COMBINATION   AND   COALESCENCE 

a  moderate  number  who,  by  furnishing  a  needful 
social  service,  make  profits;  there  is  a  large  and 
constantly  changing  number  who,  through  ease  of 
credit,  manage  to  obtain  stock  without  capital,  and 
who  almost  invariably  succumb ;  there  is  then  a 
larger  number  whose  little  shops  are  run  by  women 
and  children,  the  husbands  and  fathers  working  at 
some  trade  or  office  job,  and  hopefully  expending 
their  weekly  earnings  in  the  vain  attempt  to  "  build 
up  a  business  "  ;  finally,  there  is  a  class,  the  numbers 
and  relative  importance  of  which  it  is  impossible  to 
estimate,  whose  businesses  are  owned,  directly  or 
indirectly,  by  other  men  or  by  companies. 


Many  of  these  so-called  independent  concerns 
find  it  possible,  and  some  of  them  find  it  fairly  prof- 
itable, to  continue.  But  the  more  the  large  combi- 
nations wax  in  power,  the  greater  is  the  subordination 
of  the  small  concerns.  An  increasing  constraint 
characterizes  all  their  efforts.  They  are  more  closely 
confined  to  particular  activities  and  to  local  ter- 
ritories, their  bounds  being  dictated  and  enforced 
by  the  pressure  of  the  combinations.  The  petty 
tradesmen  and  producers  are  thus  an  economically 
dependent  class.  Equally  subordinate  —  and  for  the 
most  part  subservient  —  are  the  owners  of  small  and 
moderate  holdings  in  the  trusts.  The  larger  holdings 
—  often  the  single  largest  holding  —  determine  what 
shall  be  done.  Generally,  too,  the  petty  investors 
are  acquiescent  to  the  will  of  the  Big  Men.  But 

23 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

occasionally,  as  in  the  case  of  the  transfer  of  the 
Metropolitan  Street  Railway  stock,  they  rebel,  and  it 
becomes  necessary  to  suppress  them.  At  the  meet- 
ing which  determined  this  action,  the  protesting 
minority  were  emphatically  ordered  to  "  shut  up "  ; 
when  they  still  objected,  the  presiding  officer 
declared,  "We  will  vote  first;  you  can  discuss  the 
matter  afterward,"  and  the  vote  was  promptly 
taken.  The  head  of  an  American  corporation 
moreover,  is  often  an  absolute  ruler,  who  determines 
not  only  the  policy  of  the  enterprise,  but  the  person- 
nel of  the  board  of  directors.  It  was  a  nafve  letter 
which  a  well-known  New  York  financier  recently 
wrote  to  his  "  board  of  directors "  on  the  occasion 
of  his  retirement  from  the  presidency  of  a  great 
trust  company  in  favor  of  a  retiring  Cabinet  minister. 
He  had  been  looking  about,  he  explained,  for  some 
time  for  a  competent  successor.  Now  he  had  found 
him  and  had  chosen  him.  Of  course  the  formal 
action  of  the  board  would  be  a  welcome  detail ;  and, 
equally  a  matter  of  course,  it  was  promptly  given. 
One  of  the  copper  kings  recently  testified  in  a  legal 
action  that  he  "didn't  want  to  call  the  board  of 
directors  together  to  obtain  authority  to  buy  adjacent 
properties."  He  went  ahead,  did  what  he  pleased, 
and  let  the  board  discuss  the  matter  afterward.  If 
there  was  ever  so  much  as  a  question  about  it,  it 
was  but  a  profitless  interference. 

VI 

The  tendencies  thus  make,  on  the  one  hand,  toward 
the  centralization  of  vast  power  in  the  hands  of  a  few 

24 


COMBINATION   AND   COALESCENCE 

men  —  the  morganization  of  industry,  as  it  were  — 
and,  on  the  other,  toward  a  vast  increase  in  the  num- 
ber of  those  who  compose  the  economically  dependent 
classes.  The  latter  number  is  already  stupendous. 
The  laborers  and  mechanics  were  long  ago  brought 
under  the  yoke  through  their  divorcement  from  the 
land  and  the  application  of  steam  to  factory  operation. 
They  are  economically  unf ree  except  in  so  far  as  their 
organizations  make  possible  a  collective  bargaining  for 
wages  and  hours.  The  growth  of  commerce  raised  up 
an  enormous  class  of  clerks  and  helpers,  perhaps  the 
most  dependent  class  in  the  community.  The  growth 
and  partial  diffusion  of  wealth  has  in  fifty  years  largely 
altered  the  character  of  our  domestic  service  and  in- 
creased the  number  of  servants  many  fold.  The  pro- 
fessions, too,  have  felt  the  change.  Behind  many  of 
our  important  newspapers  are  private  commercial 
interests  which  dictate  their  general  policy,  if  not,  as 
is  frequently  the  case,  their  particular  attitude  upon 
every  public  question  ;  while  the  race  for  endowments 
made  by  the  greater  number  of  the  churches  and  by 
all  colleges  except  a  few  State-supported  ones,  com- 
pels a  cautious  regard  on  the  part  of  synod  and  fac- 
ulty for  the  wishes,  the  views,  and  the  prejudices  of 
men  of  wealth.  To  this  growing  deference  of  preacher, 
teacher,  and  editor  is  added  that  of  two  yet  more 
important  classes, — the  makers  and  the  interpreters  of 
law.  The  record  of  legislation  and  judicial  interpre- 
tation regarding  slavery  previous  to  the  Civil  War 
has  been  paralleled,  if  not  surpassed,  in  recent  years 
by  the  record  of  legislatures  and  courts  in  matters 
relating  to  the  lives  and  health  of  manual  workers, 

2$ 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

especially  in  such  matters  as  employers'  liability  and 
factory  inspection.  Thus,  with  a  great  addition  to 
the  number  of  subordinate  classes,  with  a  tremendous 
increase  of  their  individual  components,  and  with  a 
corresponding  growth  of  power  in  the  hands  of  a  few 
score  magnates,  there  is  needed  little  further  to  make 
up  a  socio-economic  status  that  contains  all  the  essen- 
tials of  a  renascent  Feudalism. 


26 


CHAPTER   III 

OUR  MAGNATES 

WITH  the  rise  of  the  magnates  to  power  comes 
a  growing  self-consciousness  of  their  authority  and 
responsibility.  "  I  am  a  citizen  of  no  mean  state," 
is  the  reflection  of  each  of  them  as  he  looks  upon 
the  emergent  order  of  which  he  is  so  large  a  part ; 
and  thereupon  it  becomes  his  mission  to  live  up  to 
his  rank  and  function.  Frequently  his  benefactions 
increase,  and  always  he  takes  on  a  more  Jovian  air, 
and  views  with  a  more  providential  outlook  the  phe- 
nomena passing  before  and  about  him.  He  is  a  part 
not  only,  as  Tennyson  makes  Ulysses  say,  of  all 
that  he  has  met,  but  of  the  primary  causes  of  things. 
He  is  at  once  the  loaf-giver  to  the  needy,  the  regu- 
lator of  temporal  affairs,  the  lord  protector  of  church 
and  society ;  and  he  holds  his  title  directly  from  the 
Creator.  "The  rights  and  interests  of  the  laboring 
man,"  wrote  the  chief  of  the  anthracite  coal  mag- 
nates last  August,  "  will  be  protected  and  cared  for, 
not  by  the  labor  agitators,  but  by  the  Christian 
men  to  whom  God  in  His  infinite  wisdom  has  given 
the  control  of  the  property  interests  of  the  country." 
Gradually  there  comes  the  renascent  development  of 
the  seigniorial  mind. 

27 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

I 

"  Business  "  is  the  main  thought,  and  the  apothe- 
osis of  "  business  "  the  main  cult  of  the  new  magnates. 
"Of  gods,  friends,  learnings,  of  the-lmcomprehended 
civilization  which  they  overrun,"  indignantly  writes 
Mr.  Henry  D.  Lloyd,  "they  ask  but  one  ques- 
tion :  How  much  ?  What  is  a  good  time  to  sell  ? 
What  is  a  good  time  to  buy  ?  .  .  .  Their  heathen 
eyes  see  in  the  law  and  its  consecrated  officers 
nothing  but  an  intelligence  office,  and  hired  men  to 
help  them  burglarize  the  treasures  accumulated  for 
a  thousand  years  at  the  altars  of  liberty  and  justice, 
that  they  may  burn  their  marble  for  the  lime  of 
commerce." 

Though  a  forcible,  it  is  an  extreme  view,  for  it 
leaves  out  of  consideration  the  high  professions  of 
morality,  the  frequent  appeal  to  Christian  ideals,  the 
tender  solicitude  for  honesty,  integrity,  law  and 
order,  with  which  our  new  magnates  gild  their  wor- 
ship of  "  business."  Such  of  them  as  have  recently 
invaded  literature  give  edifying  glimpses  of  the  new 
seigniorial  attitude.  The  artistic  career,  writes  Mr. 
Andrew  Carnegie  in  his  entertaining  volume,  "The 
Empire  of  Business,"  is  most  narrowing,  and  pro- 
duces "petty  jealousies,  unbounded  vanities,  and 
spitefulness " ;  the  learned  professions  also  produce 
narrowness,  albeit  often  a  high  specialization  of 
faculty  and  knowledge.  But  "business,"  properly 
pursued,  broadens  and  develops  the  whole  man.  It  is 
a  view  echoed  to  greater  or  less  extent  by  the  other 
literary  magnates,  particularly  Mr.  James  J.  Hill, 

28 


OUR   MAGNATES 

Mr.  Russell  Sage,  Mr.  S.  C.  T.  Dodd,  Mr.  John  D. 
Rockefeller,  Jr.,  the  Hon.  Marcus  A.  Hanna,  and 
Mr.  Charles  R.  Flint. 

A  flattering  unction  that  all  lay  to  their  souls  is 
the  dictum  that  success  in  business  is  a  matter  of 
honesty,  intelligence,  and  energy.  "  There  is  no  line 
of  business,"  writes  Mr.  Carnegie,  "in  which  success 
is  not  attainable.  It  is  a  simple  matter  of  honest 
work,  ability,  and  concentration."  "To  rail  against 
the  accumulation  of  wealth,"  writes  Mr.  Sage,  in  the 
Independent,  "is  to  rail  against  the  decrees  of  justice. 
Intelligence,  industry,  honesty,  and  thrift  produce 
wealth.  ...  So  long  as  some  men  have  more  sense  ' 
and  molfe  self-control  than  others,  just  so  long  will 
such  men  be  wealthy,  while  others  will  be  poor." 
Mr.  Dodd,  in  his  address  to  the  students  of  Syracuse 
University,  adds  this  contribution :  "  Why  is  there 
still  so  much  poverty  ?  One  reason  is  because 
nature  or  the  devil  has  made  some  men  weak  and 
imbecile  and  others  lazy  and  worthless,  and  neither 
man  nor  God  can  do  much  for  one  who  will  do  nothing 
for  himself."  Mr.  Rockefeller  appeals  both  to  evolu-' 
tion  and  to  divine  sanction.  "  The  growth  of  a  large 
business,"  he  is  reported  as  declaring  in  one  of  his 
Sunday-school  addresses,  "is  merely  a  survival  of 
the  fittest.  .  .  .  The  American  Beauty  rose  can  be 
produced  in  the  splendor  and  fragrance  which  bring 
cheer  to  its  beholder  only  by  sacrificing  the  early 
buds  which  grow  up  around  it.  This  is  not  an  evil 
tendency  in  business.  It  is  merely  the  working  out 
of  a  law  of  nature  and  a  law  of  God." 

It  matters  not  that  many  millions  of  men,  tirelessly 
29 


OUR   BENEVOLENT   FEUDALISM 

energetic  and  reasonably  intelligent,  can  be  shown  to 
have  toiled  all  their  lives  without  winning  even  a 
competence.  Nor  does  it  matter  that  some  of  these, 
in  addition  to  being  energetic  and  intelligent,  have 
been  reasonably  honest.  To  be  honest,  as  this  world 
goes,  is  to  be  one  man  picked  out  of  ten  thousand ; 
and  the  fact  that  most  of  the  greater  affairs  of  the 
business  world  sooner  or  later  find  their  way  into  the 
courts,  for  the  testing  of  the  amount  and  quality  of 
honesty  involved  therein,  might  well  cause  some 
hesitation  in  positing  this  virtue  as  a  necessary  quali- 
fication for  "business."  But  the  notion  is  not  to  be 
argued  with  ;  it  is  a  characteristic  outcropping  of  the 
seigniorial  mind. 

The  praise  of  labor  is  the  antiphony  to  the  praise 
of  "  business,"  and  the  lyres  of  all  the  magnates  are 
strung  tensely  when  chanting  tributes  to  toil. 

"Round  swings  the  hammer  of  industry,  quickly  the  sharp  chisel 

rings, 

And  the  heart  of  the  toiler  has  throbbings  that  stir  not  the 
bosom  of  kings," 

warbles  Mr.  Flint  in  his  article  on  "  Combinations 
and  Critics,"  in  "The  Trust:  Its  Book."  Toil  is  the 
foundation  of  wealth,  they  all  aver,  though  the  rhap- 
sodical nature  of  the  tributes  prevents  a  clear  and 
definite  utterance  on  the  question,  Of  whose  wealth 
is  it  the  foundation  ?  But  there  is  no  lack  of  definite- 
ness  regarding  their  attitude  toward  those  defensive 
societies,  the  trade-unions,  which  the  toilers  organize 
to  secure  a  larger  part  of  their  product  to  themselves. 
Mr.  Flint,  indeed,  somewhat  cautiously  acknowl- 

30 


OUR   MAGNATES 

edges  an  element  for  good  in  the  unions,  but  the 
general  attitude  of  the  seigniorial  mind  is  distinctly 
inimical.  The  recent  interesting  correspondence  be- 
tween the  coal  magnates  and  President  Mitchell  is  an 
instance  in  point ;  so  are  the  frequent  utterances  on 
the  subject  by  the  president  of  the  steel  trust,  and 
any  number  of  examples  could  be  given  of  a  like 
character.  A  crowning  example  of  a  distinctly  feudal 
attitude  is  furnished  by  a  letter  from  a  prominent 
New  York  merchant,  printed  in  the  issue  of  June 
9,  1902,  of  a  newspaper  which  makes  a  considerable 
to-do  about  the  printing  of  such  of  the  news  as  it 
sees  fit  to  print.  The  prominent  merchant  objects 
very  strongly  to  labor  leaders  and  walking  delegates, 
describing  them  in  almost  as  temperate  and  judicial 
language  as  that  of  United  States  District  Judge 
Jackson.  The  flower  of  his  contribution  is  his 
seigniorial  remedy  for  strikes  :  — 

"  The  only  remedy,  in  my  opinion,  for  strikes  is  to 
get  as  many  men  as  there  are  officers  in  the  different 
[labor]  associations  admitted  to  their  meetings,  where 
they  would  have  a  chance  to  talk  to  the  men  in  a 
businesslike  way,  explaining  matters  to  them  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  bring  the  effects  of  a  strike  very  plainly 
before  them." 

Moral  suasion,  however,  is  not  the  only  method 
suggested  for  bringing  sense  to  the  workers.  A 
hint  of  more  forcible  means  is  occasionally  broached. 
A  New  York  newspaper,  which  makes  a  boast  of 
printing  unimpeachable  interviews,  reports,  in  its 
issue  of  July  3ist  last,  a  significant  warning  from  the 
president  of  the  New  York,  Ontario  and  Western  Rail- 

31 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

road.  This  is  one  of  the  coal-carrying  railroads,  and 
the  reference  is  to  the  anthracite  strike.  "  After  the 
men  return  to  work,"  he  said,  "  I  believe  that  legal 
steps  will  be  taken  in  the  United  States  courts 
against  those  who  are  responsible  for  the  loss  occa- 
sioned by  the  strike."  The  Hon.  Abram  S.  Hewitt 
echoed  this  interesting  suggestion  in  an  interview  of 
August  25th.  "  The  consequences  of  such  strikes," 
he  says,  "  are  so  disastrous,  not  merely  to  the  parties 
directly  concerned,  but  to  the  whole  community,  that 
every  effort  should  be  made  as  soon  as  the  existing 
strike  has  been  called  off  and  the  excitement  is 
abated  to  prevent  by  appropriate  legislation  the  re- 
currence of  such  calamitous  conflicts  where  everybody 
is  injured  and  no  one  is  benefited."  Criminal  codes, 
it  may  be  said  generally,  depend  largely  on  the  eco- 
nomic conditions  of  the  time  and  place  where  they 
obtain :  horse-stealing,  in  a  community  girdled  by 
trolley  lines,  degenerates  to  petty  larceny,  while  in 
Wyoming  or  Arabia  it  is  a  capital  offence.  In  the 
new  order,  which  requires  peace  and  stability  for  its 
proper  operation,  it  may  readily  enough  come  about 
that  voluntary  leaving  of  work  will  be  severely 
penalized. 

II 

The  new  seigniorial  attitude  toward  government 
and  public  policy  is  also  significant.  Often  it  is 
paternalistic  in  a  princely  degree.  The  offer  of  a 
retired  magnate  to  settle  a  great  national  problem  by 
paying  to  the  Government  the  $20,000,000  demanded 

32 


OUR   MAGNATES 

of  Spain,  on  condition  that  the  Filipinos  be  "set 
free,"  had  in  it  something  of  the  "  grand  style " 
which  Matthew  Arnold  so  extols.  The  rallying  to 
the  defence  of  the  Government's  gold  reserve  by  cer- 
tain financiers,  several  years  ago,  need  not  be  in- 
stanced, since  in  certain  quarters  it  is  gravely 
suspected  that  their  interest  was  not  entirely  platonic. 
^ut  certainly  the  recent  offer  of  a  wealthy  magnate 
to  pay  one-third  of  the  cost  of  repairing  all  the  roads 
in  the  vicinity  of  Lakewood,  N.J.,  showed  the  true 
seigniorial  spirit.  Not  different  in  kind,  though  some- 
what in  degree,  was  the  recent  action  of  a  Pittsburg 
magnate,  on  the  rude  refusal  of  the  Department  of 
Public  Works  to  pave  his  street  otherwise  than  with 
blocks  at  a  cost  of  65  cents  the  square  yard,  in 
doing  the  thing  himself  at  a  cost  of  $4.50  the  square 
yard. 

Usually,  however,  the  seigniorial  attitude  toward 
government  is  somewhat  more  in  the  direction  of 
intervention.  The  seasonal  migration  to  Washington 
of  representatives  of  all  the  great  commercial  interests 
has  become  a  salient  datum  in  political  zoology. 
Curiosity  regarding  a  proposed  parcels  post  or 
government  telegraph  alone  draws  hundreds  of  these 
birds  of  passage  there.  The  rights  of  private  initi- 
ative must  be  maintained  at  any  cost.  In  the  great 
West  one  of  the  prime  necessities  for  a  living  is  the 
access  to  water  for  irrigation  purposes.  One  may 
have  land ;  but,  if  he  has  not  water  to  irrigate  it,  the 
soil  is  worthless.  The  prevailing  sentiment  is  for 
public  ownership  of  waterways,  since,  in  many  places, 
monopoly  controls  the  supply.  At  the  electrical  con- 

33 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

vention  held  at  San  Francisco  recently,  the  presiding 
officer,  who  is  also  the  president  of  a  public-service 
corporation,  after  denouncing  organized  labor  and 
municipal  ownership,  added :  "  For  us  a  far  more 
dangerous  agitation  is  that  which  now  proposes  State 
appropriation  of  all  water  rights.  The  scheme  advo- 
cated makes  the  appropriation  little  less  than  sheer 
confiscation."  Luckily  the  seventy-one  mile  enve- 
lope of  air  that  encases  the  globe  yet  eludes  monopo- 
lization. 

"  Hands  off !  "  is  the  warning  to  government;  and 
though  occasionally  government  puts  hands  on,  they 
are  not  very  closely  or  tenaciously  applied.  The 
report  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  (1901), 
for  instance,  employs  a  rather  pessimistic  tone  regard- 
ing government  control  of  traffic  rates.  "  We  simply 
call  attention  to  the  fact,"  it  recites,  "  that  the  deci- 
sion of  the  United  States  Supreme  Court  in  the 
Trans-Missouri  case  and  the  Joint  Traffic  Association 
case  has  produced  no  practical  effect  upon  the  rail- 
way operations  of  the  country.  Such  associations,  in 
fact,  exist  now,  as  they  did  before  those  decisions,  and 
with  the  same  general  effect."  "  Should  the  Supreme 
Court  declare  the  Northern  railways  consolidation 
unconstitutional,"  one  of  the  interested  magnates  is 
reported  as  saying,  "  we  shall  simply  do  the  thing  in 
another  way.  It  is  something  that  must  be  done." 
Cynically  frank  is  Mr.  Dodd,  in  his  Syracuse  address, 
regarding  the  Anti-trust  law.  "A  modern  Federal 
law  also  exists,"  he  says,  "which,  literally  inter- 
preted, forbids  business  of  any  magnitude ;  but 
Federal  judges  have  thus  far  found  it  easier  to  dis- 

34 


OUR   MAGNATES 

miss  proceedings  under  it  than  to  guess  at  its  real 
meaning."  The  president  of  the  Southern  Pacific 
Railroad  takes  the  bull  by  the  horns,  and  denounces 
all  interference.  In  an  interview  given  to  the  press 
June  2d  of  the  present  year,  he  declares  that  "the 
legislation  of  the  future  must  be  pro-railroad  in- 
stead of  anti-railroad.  ...  I  believe  commissions  are 
things  of  the  past.  I  do  not  think  transportation 
companies  should  have  to  submit  to  dictation  or 
control  by  bodies  who  do  not  know  anything  about 
transportation." 

The  Contract-labor  law  is  another  measure,  to  the 
seigniorial  mind,  unnecessary  and  obstructive,  and  its 
provisions,  therefore,  are  but  lightly  observed.  Known 
evasions  have  been  numerous ;  and,  were  the  full 
truth  revealed,  it  would  probably  be  found  that  this 
law  has  met  with  about  the  same  degree  of  observ- 
ance as  have  the  Interstate  Commerce  and  Anti-trust 
laws.  As  recently  as  July  i6th,  comes  word  from 
Berlin  to  the  Chicago  Daily  Neivs  that  "  agents  of 
American  railroads  are  canvassing  the  Polish  and 
Slavic  districts  of  Europe  for  laborers,  to  whom  they 
offer  $2.50  a  day  and  board,  regardless  of  the  Federal 
Contract-labor  law." 

Not  only  do  the  magnates  demand  immunity  from 
government  interference  in  their  business  affairs,  but 
they  demand  also  a  more  real,  if  not  a  more  obvious, 
share  in  the  operations  of  government.  The  inva- 
sion, during  the  last  ten  years,  of  the  National  Sen- 
ate by  a  number  of  the  magnates  or  their  legates  is 
a  part  of  the  process ;  but  something  more  to  the 
point  is  their  insistence  on  the  right  to  be  consulted 

35 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

in  grave  affairs  by  the  President  and  Cabinet.  A 
New  York  daily  newspaper,  edited  by  the  distin- 
guished scholar  who  delivers  lectures  on  journalism 
before  Yale  University,  published  last  February  an 
account  of  a  remarkable  gathering  at  Washington. 
It  verges  closely  upon  contumacy  to  mention  the 
names  of  the  attending  magnates,  such  is  their 
eminence,  and  they  will  therefore  not  be  given. 
Their  purpose  was  to  protest  to  the  President  against 
a  repetition  of  his  action  in  the  Northern  Securities 
case.  "The  financiers  declare,5'  says  this  news- 
paper, "that  they  should  have  been  notified  of  the 
intended  Federal  action  last  week,  so  that  they  could 
be  prepared  to  support  the  stock  market,  and  that 
their  unpreparedness  came  very  near  bringing  on  a 
panic.  Had  not  the  big  interests  of  the  street  been 
in  possession  of  the  bulk  of  securities,  instead  of 
speculators  and  small  holders,  there  would  have  been 
a  panic,  the  capitalists  assert."  It  is,  when  con- 
sidered, a  modest  claim  —  the  powers  of  an  extra- 
constitutional  cabinet,  intrusted  with  the  conservation 
of  the  public  peace.  There  is  no  proof  that  the 
claim  has  been  conceded,  though  some  light  is  thrown 
on  the  problem  by  the  newspaper's  further  declara- 
tion that  the  chief  magnate,  a,fter  an  interview  with 
the  President,  "felt  very  much  better." 

Something  of  the  same  nature  was  revealed  in  the 
negotiations  last  March  between  the  Mayor  of  New 
York  City  and  the  directors  of  the  New  York  Central 
Railroad  Company.  The  company  requested  the 
Mayor  to  secure  the  withdrawal  of  the  Wainwright 
bill  in  the  State  Assembly,  compelling  the  railroad 

36 


OUR   MAGNATES 

to  abandon  steam  in  the  Park  Avenue  tunnel  by  a 
fixed  date,  and  promised  to  do  the  required  thing  in 
its  own  time  and  at  its  own  pleasure.  The  letter  of 
the  Mayor  to  Assemblyman  Bedell  records  the  re- 
sult :  "  This  letter  [of  the  directors]  seems  to  me  to 
lay  a  good  foundation  for  the  waiving  a  fixed  date  to 
be  named  in  the  bill ; "  and  the  date  was  accordingly 
"waived." 

Of  the  seigniorial  attitude  toward  the  police  law, 
the  abundant  crop  of  automobile  cases  alone  furnishes 
signal  testimony.  Dickens  made  a  highly  dramatic, 
though  perhaps  rather  unhistorical,  use  in  his  "  A 
Tale  of  Two  Cities  "  of  the  riding  down  of  a  child 
by  a  marquis,  and  the  long  train  of  tragic  conse- 
quences that  ensued.  We  do  the  thing  differently 
in  our  day :  we  acquit,  or  at  most  fine  the  marquis, 
and  the  matter  rests ;  we  are  too  deferential  to  carry 
it  further.  Fast  driving  in  the  new  "  machines  "  has 
become  one  of  the  tests  of  courage,  manliness,  and 
skill,  —  what  jousting  in  full  armor  was  in  the  fif- 
teenth century,  or  duelling  with  pistols  in  the  early 
part  of  the  nineteenth,  —  and  if  the  police  law  inter- 
feres, the  exploit  is  the  more  hazardous  and  therefore 
the  more  emulatory.  The  scion  of  a  great  house 
who  recently,  on  being  arrested  for  fast  driving  and 
then  bailed,  subsequently  sent  his  valet  to  the  police 
court  to  pay  the  fine,  showed  the  true  seigniorial 
spirit.  Possibly,  though,  had  his  identity  been  known 
before  arrest,  he  would  have  escaped  the  irritating 
interference  of  the  law;  for  it  happened,  about  the 
same  time,  on  the  arrest  for  the  same  offence  of  a 
millionnaire  attorney,  companioned  by  a  Supreme 

37 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

Court  judge,  that  a  too  vigilant  policeman  came  to 
learn  his  severest  lesson  —  that  to  know  whom  not 
to  trouble  is  the  better  part  of  valor. 

At  Newport,  the  summer  home  of  the  seigniorial 
class,  the  automobile  enforces  a  right  of  way.  This 
is  not  sufficient,  however,  for  the  automobilists,  who 
would  prefer  a  sole  and  exclusive  way.  In  the  sum- 
mer of  1901  the  resident  magnates  fixed  upon  a  cer- 
tain Friday  afternoon  for  their  motor  races,  and 
demanded  exclusive  control  of  Ocean,  Harrison,  and 
Carroll  avenues  between  the  hours  of  two  and  four 
o'clock.  In  the  "grand  style"  characterizing  the 
dealings  of  this  class  with  the  public,  the  magnates 
offered  to  pay  all  the  fines  if  the  races  led  to  any 
prosecutions.  This  meant,  of  course,  that  the  ordi-. 
nance  prohibiting  a  speed  greater  than  ten  miles  an 
hour  was  to  be  overlooked,  since  the  races  would 
surely  have  developed  speed  up  to  forty,  fifty,  and 
sixty  miles  an  hour.  The  deferential  City  Council 
acquiesced.  For  once,  however,  the  ever  serviceable 
injunction  was  found  to  be  available  against  other 
persons  than  striking  workmen.  A  few  property 
owners  sought  refuge  in  the  Supreme  Court,  a  tem- 
porary injunction  was  issued  by  Judge  Wilbur,  and, 
though  the  magnates  hired  lawyers  to  fight  it,  the 
order  was  made  permanent.  It  is  but  natural  that 
keen  resentment  should  follow  this  high-handed 
action  of  the  courts.  It  is  announced  that  some  of 
the  magnates  are  tiring  of  Newport,  and  one  of  the 
wealthiest  of  them  has  recently  threatened  to  for- 
sake the  place  entirely. 

Laws  are  like  cobwebs,  said  Anacharsis  the  Scyth- 

38 


OUR   MAGNATES 

ian,  where  the  small  flies  are  caught  and  the  great  \ 
break  through.  Yet  that  even  the  great  can  some- 
times bow  to  the  reign  of  law,  and  particularly  that 
the  seigniorial  mind  can  on  occasion  be  conciliatory, 
is  well  illustrated  by  the  recent  action  of  the  gov- 
ernors of  the  Automobile  Club,  in  suspending  two 
members  and  disciplining  a  third,  for  fast  driving. 
The  troublesome  restrictions  of  the  law  on  this  point 
are  probably  destined,  however,  to  be  soon  abolished. 
Already  the  Board  of  Freeholders  of  Essex  County, 
N.J.,  a  region  much  frequented  by  automobilists, 
has  advanced  the  speed  limit  in  the  country  districts 
to  twenty  miles  per  hour.  Further  changes  are  ex- 
pected, and  it  will  probably  be  but  a  short  time 
before  a  man  with  a  "  machine  "  will  enjoy  the  God- 
given  right  of  "  doing  what  he  will  with  his  own." 

Ill 

Most  of  the  magnates  show  a  frugal  and  a  dis- 
criminating mind  in  their  benefactions;  but  it  is  a 
prodigal  mind  indeed  which  governs  the  expenditures 
that  make  for  social  ostentation.  It  is  probable  that 
no  aristocracy  —  not  even  that  of  profligate  Rome 
under  the  later  Caesars  —  ever  spent  such  enormous 
sums  in  display.  Our  aristocracy,  avoiding  the  Eng- 
lish standards  relating  to  persons  engaged  in  trade, 
welcomes  the  industrial  magnate,  and  his  vast  wealth 
and  love  of  ostentation  have  set  the  pace  for  lavish 
expenditure.  Trade  is  the  dominant  phase  of  Ameri- 
can life,  —  the  divine  process  by  which,  according 
to  current  opinion,  "the  whole  creation  moves,"  - 
and,  as  it  has  achieved  the  conquest  of  most  of  our 

39 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

social  institutions  and  of  our  political  powers,  that 
it  should  also  dominate  "society"  is  but  a  natural 
sequence.  Flaunting  and  garish  consumption  be- 
comes the  basic  canon  in  fashionable  affairs.  As 
Mr.  Thorstein  Veblen,  in  his  keen  satire,  "  The 
Theory  of  the  Leisure  Class,"  puts  it:  — 

"  Conspicuous  consumption  of  valuable  goods  is 
a  means  of  reputability.  .  .  .  As  wealth  accumu- 
lates on  his  [the  magnate's]  hands,  his  own  unaided 
effort  will  not  avail  sufficiently  to  put  his  opulence 
in  evidence  by  this  method.  The  aid  of  friends  and 
competitors  is  therefore  brought  in  by  resorting  to 
the  giving  of  valuable  presents  and  expensive  feasts 
and  entertainments.  Presents  and  feasts  had  prob- 
ably another  origin  than  that  of  na'fve  ostentation, 
but  they  acquired  their  utility  for  the  purpose  very 
early,  and  they  have  retained  that  character  to  the 
present." 

The  conspicuous  consumption  of  other  days  was, 
however,  as  compared  with  that  of  the  present,  but  a 
flickering  candle  flame  to  a  great  cluster  of  electric 
lights.  Against  the  few  classic  examples,  such  as 
those  of  Cleopatra  and  Lucullus,  our  present  aristoc- 
racy can  show  hundreds ;  and  the  daily  spectacle  of 
wasteful  display  might  serve  to  make  the  earlier 
Sybarites  stare  and  gasp.  Present-day  fashionable 
events  come  to  be  distinguished  and  remembered  not 
so  much  on  the  score  of  their  particular  features  as 
of  their  cost.  A  certain  event  is  known  as  Mr.  A's 
$5,000  breakfast,  another  as  the  Smith-Jones's  $15,000 
dinner,  and  another  as  Mrs.  C's  $30,000  entertain- 
ment and  ball. 

40 


OUR   MAGNATES 

Conspicuous  eating  becomes  also  a  feature  of 
seigniorial  life.  The  "  society  "  and  the  "  yellow  " 
journals  are  crowded  with  accounts  of  dinners  and 
luncheons,  following  one  after  another  with  an  almost 
incredible  frequency.  And  not  only  is  the  frequency 
remarkable,  but  the  range  and  quantity  of  the  viands 
furnished  almost  challenge  belief.  So  far,  it  is 
believed,  the  journals  which  usually  deal  in  that 
sort  of  news  have  neglected  to  give  an  authoritative 
menu  for  a  typical  day  in  the  life  of  a  seigniorial 
family.  We  have  dinner  menus,  luncheon  menus, 
and  so  on,  but  nothing  in  the  way  of  showing  what 
is  consumed  by  the  individual  or  family  during  a  term 
of  twenty-four  hours.  Some  light  on  the  subject, 
however,  is  furnished  by  Mr.  George  W.  E.  Russell, 
the  talented  author  of  "  Collections  and  Recollec- 
tions," in  his  recent  volume,  "An  Onlooker's  Note- 
book." Objection  may  be  made  to  the  effect  that 
Mr.  Russell  is  an  Englishman,  and  that  he  is  describ- 
ing an  English  royal  couple.  But  the  demurrer  is 
irrelevant,  since  it  is  well  known  that  our  seigniorial 
class  founds  its  practices  and  its  canons  (excepting 
only  the  canon  regarding  persons  engaged  in  trade) 
upon  English  precedents,  and  that  English  precedents 
are  made  by  the  Royal  Family.  And  not  only  does 
our  home  nobility  imitate  English  models,  but  it  piles 
Pelion  upon  Ossa,  and  seeks  constantly  to  outshine  and 
overdo  the  actions  of  its  transatlantic  cousins.  Mrs. 
George  Cornwallis-West  (formerly  Lady  Randolph 
Churchill)  recently  stated  that  the  vast  sums  spent 
by  Americans  in  England  have  lifted  the  standard 
of  living  to  a  scale  of  magnificence  almost  unknown 

41 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

before.  So  for  whatever  is  shown  to  be  English 
custom,  something  must  be  added  for  American 
improvement  and  extension  when  assuming  its  trans- 
plantation to  these  shores.  Mr.  Russell  writes  :  — 

"  A  royal  couple  arranged  to  pay  a  two  nights' 
visit  to  a  country  house  of  which  the  owners  were 
friends  of  mine.  For  reasons  of  expediency,  we  will 
call  the  visitors  the  duke  and  duchess,  though  that 
was  not  their  precise  rank.  When  a  thousand  prep- 
arations too  elaborate  to  be  described  here  had  been 
made  for  the  due  entertainment  of  them  and  their 
suite  and  their  servants,  the  private  secretary  wrote 
to  the  lady  of  the  house,  enclosing  a  written  memo- 
randum of  his  royal  master's  and  mistress's  require- 
ments in  the  way  of  meals.  I  reproduce  the  substance 
of  the  memorandum  —  and  in  these  matters  my  mem- 
ory never  plays  tricks.  The  day  began  with  cups  of 
tea  brought  to  the  royal  bedroom.  While  the  duke 
was  dressing,  an  egg  beaten  up  in  sherry  was  served 
to  him,  not  once,  but  twice.  The  duke  and  duchess 
breakfasted  together  in  their  private  sitting  room, 
where  the  usual  English  breakfast  was  served  to 
them.  They  had  their  luncheon  with  their  hosts 
and  the  house  party,  and  ate  and  drank  like  other 
people.  Particular  instructions  were  given  that  at  5 
o'clock  tea  there  must  be  something  substantial  in 
the  way  of  eggs,  sandwiches,  or  potted  meat,  and 
this  meal  the  royal  couple  consumed  with  special 
gusto.  Dinner  was  at  8.30,  on  the  limited  and  abbre- 
viated scale  which  the  Prince  of  Wales  introduced  — 
two  soups,  two  kinds  of  fish,  two  entrees,  a  joint,  two 
sorts  of  game,  a  hot  and  cold  sweet,  and  a  savory, 

42 


OUR   MAGNATES 

with  the  usual  accessories  in  the  way  of  oysters, 
cheese,  ice,  and  dessert.  This  is  pretty  well  for  an 
abbreviated  dinner.  But  let  no  one  suppose  that  the 
royal  couple  went  hungry  to  bed.  When  they  retired, 
supper  was  served  to  them  in  their  private  sitting 
room,  and  a  cold  chicken  and  a  bottle  of  claret  were 
left  in  their  bedroom,  as  a  provision  against  emer- 
gencies." 

All  the  men  of  great  wealth  are  not  men  of  leisure. 
Some  of  them  work  as  hard  as  do  common  laborers. 
For  such  as  these  the  tremendous  gastronomy  re- 
counted by  Mr.  Russell  would  be  impossible  as  a 
daily  exercise.  When,  therefore,  it  is  assumed  of  any 
of  our  seigniorial  class,  it  must  be  limited  to  mag- 
nates on  vacation,  to  their  leisurely  sons,  nephews, 
hangers-on,  and  women,  and  to  those  who  have  retired 
from  active  pursuits.  But  there  are  other  canons  of 
social  reputability  besides  personal  leisure  and  per- 
sonal wasteful  consumption.  These  are,  to  quote 
again  from  Mr.  Veblen,  vicarious  leisure  and  vicarious 
consumption  —  the  leisure  and  lavishness  of  wives, 
sons,  and  daughters.  It  is  these  who,  in  large  part,  at 
New  York,  Lenox,  and  Newport,  support  the  social 
reputation  of  their  seigniorial  husbands  and  fathers. 
The  "dog  parties,"  wherein  the  host  "puts  on  a  dog 
collar  and  barks  for  the  delectation  of  his  guests,"  the 
"  vegetable  parties,"  wherein  host  and  guests,  perhaps 
from  some  latent  sense  of  inner  likeness,  make  them- 
selves up  to  represent  cabbage  heads  and  other  garden 
products,  the  "  monkey  parties,"  the  various  "  cir- 
cuses "  and  like  events,  are  given  and  participated  in 
more  generally  by  the  vicarious  upholders  of  the 

43 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

magnate's  social  reputation  than  by  the  seignior  him- 
self. 

But  in  ways  more  immediate  —  by  means  which 
do  not  conflict  with  his  daily  vocation  —  the  working 
magnate  gives  signal  example  of  that  virtue  of  capi- 
talistic "  abstinence  "  which  is  the  foundation  of  ortho- 
dox political  economy.  The  splendors  of  his  town 
house,  his  country  estate,  and  his  steam  yacht,  to  say 
nothing  of  his  club,  are  repeatedly  described  to  us  in 
the  columns  of  popular  periodicals.  His  paintings, 
decorations,  and  bric-a-brac,  his  orchids  and  roses,  his 
blooded  animals  and  his  $10,000  Panhard,  are  depicted 
in  terms  which  make  one  wonder  how  paltry  and  mean 
must  have  been  the  possessions  of  Midas  and  how 
bare  the  "  wealth  of  Ormus  and  of  Ind."  And  when, 
for  a  time,  he  lays  down  the  reins  of  power,  and  betakes 
himself  to  Saratoga  or  Newport  or  Monte  Carlo,  yet 
more  wonderful  accounts  are  given  of  his  lavish  expen- 
diture. The  betting  at  the  Saratoga  race-tracks  last 
August  is  reported  to  have  averaged  $2,000,000  a  day. 
"  The  money  does  not  come,"  said  that  eminent  maker 
of  books,  Mr.  Joe  Ullman,  "  from  any  great  plunger 
or  group  of  plungers,  but  from  the  great  assemblage  of 
rich  men  who  are  willing  to  bet  from  $100  to  $1,000 
on  their  choices  in  a  race."  On  the  transatlantic 
steamers,  in  London  and  in  Paris,  the  same  prodigal- 
ity is  seen.  A  king's  ransom  —  or  what  is  more  to 
the  point,  the  ransom  of  a  hundred  families  from  a 
year's  suffering  —  is  lost  or  won  in  an  hour's  play  or 
lightly  expended  for  some  momentary  satisfaction. 


44 


OUR   MAGNATES 

IV 

There  remain  for  brief  mention  the  benefactions  of 
the  magnates.  Most  of  these  come  under  the  head  of 
"conspicuous  giving."  Gifts  for  educational,  religious, 
and  other  public  purposes  last  year  reached  the  total 
of  $107,360,000.  In  separate  amounts  they  ran  all 
the  way  from  the  $5,000  gift  of  a  soap  or  lumber 
magnate  to  the  $13,000,000  that  had  their  origin  in 
steel.  It  is  an  interesting  list  for  study  in  that  it 
reveals  more  significantly  than  some  of  the  instances 
given  the  standards  and  temper  of  the  seigniorial 
mind.  An  anonymous  writer,  evidently  of  Jacobinical 
tendencies,  some  time  ago  suggested  in  the  columns 
of  a  well-known  periodical  a  list  of  measures  for  the 
support  of  which  rich  men  might  honorably  and  wisely 
devote  a  part  of  their  fortunes  :  — 

"  He  [the  rich  man]  could  begin  by  requiring  the 
assessors  to  hand  him  a  true  bill  of  his  own  obliga- 
tions to  the  public.  He  could  continue  the  good  work 
by  persuading  the  collector  to  accept  a  check  for  the 
whole  amount.  This  would  make  but  a  small  draft 
upon  his  total  accumulations.  A  further  considerable 
sum  he  could  wisely  devote  to  paying  the  salaries  of 
honorable  lobbyists,  who  should  labor  with  legislative 
bodies  to  secure  the  enactment  of  just  laws,  which 
would  relieve  hard-working  farmers,  struggling  shop- 
keepers, mechanics  trying  to  pay  for  mortgaged 
houses,  and  widows  who  have  received  a  few  thousand 
dollars  of  life  insurance  money,  from  their  present 
obligation  to  support  the  courts,  the  militia,  and  other 
organs  of  government  that  protect  the  rich  man's 

45 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

property  and  enable  him  to  collect  his  bills  receivable. 
Finally,  if  these  two  expenditures  did  not  sufficiently 
diminish  his  surplus,  he  could  purchase  newspapers 
and  pay  editors  to  educate  the  public  in  sound  principles 
of  social  justice,  as  applied  to  taxation  and  to  various 
other  matters." 

Perhaps  it  is  not  singular  that  no  part  of  the  gifts 
of  the  great  magnates  is  ever  devoted  to  any  of  these 
purposes.  Doubtless  they  see  no  flaw,  or  at  least  no 
remediable  defect,  in  the  present  industrial  regime.  It 
is  the  regime  under  which  they  have  risen  to  fortune 
and  power,  and  it  is  therefore  justified  by  its  fruits. 
Their  benefactions  are  thus  always  directed  to  a 
more  or  less  obvious  easement  of  the  conditions  of 
those  on  whom  the  social  fabric  most  heavily  rests. 
Hospitals,  asylums,  and  libraries  are  the  objects, 
though  recently  a  bathing,  beach  for  poor  children 
has  .been  added  to  the  list.  The  propriety  of  secur- 
ing learned  justification  of  the  existing  regime  causes 
also  a  considerable  giving  to  schools,  colleges,  and 
churches.  But  nowhere  can  there  be  found  a  seign- 
iorial gift  which,  directly  or  indirectly,  makes  for 
modification  of  the  prevailing  economic  system. 


46 


CHAPTER   IV 
OUR  FARMERS  AND  WAGE-EARNERS 

THE  increasing  dependence  of  middleman  and 
petty  manufacturer  has  already  been  considered. 
The  same  pressure  which  bears  upon  these  bears  also 
upon  farmer  and  wage-earner.  The  editorials  and 
the  oratory  of  election  years,  it  is  true,  supply  us  with 
recurring  paeans  over  the  independence,  the  self- 
reliance  and  the  prosperity  of  these  classes,  and  such 
graphic  tropes  as  "the  full  dinner  pail"  and  "the 
overflowing  barn,"  become  the  party  shibboleths  of 
political  campaigns.  Plain  facts,  however,  accord  but 
ill  with  this  exultant  strain. 


In  most  ages  the  working  farmer  has  been  the 
dupe  and  prey  of  the  rest  of  mankind.  Now  by 
force  and  now  by  cajolery,  as  social  customs  and  po- 
litical institutions  change,  he  has  been  made  to  pro- 
duce the  food  by  which  the  race  lives,  and  the  share 
of  his  product  which  he  has  been  permitted  to  keep 
for  himself  has  always  been  pitifully  small.  Whether 
Roman  slave,  Prankish  serf,  or  English  villein; 
whether  the  so-called  "  independent "  farmer  of  a 
free  democracy  or  the  ryot  of  a  Hindu  prince,  the 

47 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

general  rule  holds  good.  Occasionally,  by  one  means 
or  another,  he  gains  some  transitory  betterment  of 
condition;  the  Plague  of  1349  and  the  Peasants' 
Rebellion  of  1381  won  for  his  class  advantages  which 
were  retained  during  three  generations.  But  in  the. 
long  run  he  is  the  race's  martyr.  Under  a  military 
autocracy  his  exploitation  was  inevitable.  There  is 
no  reason  for  it  now,  for  the  lives  and  well-being 
of  the  rest  of  mankind  are  in  his  hands  :  were  the 
working  farmers  organized  as  the  manufacturers  and 
the  skilled  artisans  are  organized,  and  could  they  lay 
by  for  themselves  a  year's  necessities,  they  could 
starve  the  race  into  submission  to  their  demands. 
But  the  thing  is  not  to  be  ;  nor,  indeed,  is  any  marked 
change  to  their  advantage  likely  to  happen,  for,  so  far 
as  current  tendencies  £oint,  the  future  is  to  repeat 
the  past 

In  our  day  and  in  our  land  both  force  and  cajolery 
conspire  to  keep  the  peasant  farmer  securely  in  hi,s 
traces.  He  cannot  break  through  the  cordon  which 
the  trusts  and  the  railroads  put  about  him ;  and  even 
if  he  could  he  would  not,  since  the  influences  showered 
upon  him  are  specifically  directed  to  the  end  of  keep- 
ing him  passive  and  contented.  Our  statisticians 
assure  him  of  his  prosperity  ;  our  politicians  and  our 
moulders  of  opinion  warn  him  of  the  pernicious  in- 
fluence of  unions  like  the  Farmers'  Alliance,  and 
further  preach  to  him  the  comforting  doctrine  that 
by  "  raising  more  corn  and  less  politics  "  he  will  ulti- 
mately work  out  a  blissful  salvation.  Sometimes  he 
must  burn  his  corn  for  fuel ;  often  he  cannot  sell  his 
grain  for  the  cost  of  production,  even  though  many 

48 


OUR   FARMERS   AND  WAGE-EARNERS 

thousands  of  persons  in  the  great  cities  may  be  hun- 
gering for  it ;  frequently  he  cannot  afford  to  send  his 
children  to  school,  and  in  a  steadily  increasing  num- 
ber of  cases  he  is  forced  to  abandon  his  farm  and 
become  a  tenant  or  a  wanderer.  He  is  puzzled,  no 
doubt,  by  these  things ;  but  they  are  all  carefully  and 
neatly  explained  to  him  from  the  writings  and  preach- 
ments of  profound  scholars,  as  "natural"  and  "in- 
evitable "  phenomena.  His  ethical  sense  may  be 
somewhat  disturbed  by  the  explanations,  but  he 
learns  that  it  is  useless  to  protest,  and  he  thereupon 
acquiesces. 

A  sort  of  symposium  on  the  joys  of  the  farmer  is 
to  be  found  in  the  September  number  of  the  Ameri- 
can Review  of  Reviews.  Mr.  Clarence  H.  Matson 
writes  of  improved  conditions  due  to  rural  free  deliv- 
ery of  mails  and  a  few  other  reforms ;  Mr.  William 
R.  Draper  dilates  upon  the  enormous  revenues  which 
have  flowed  to  the  farmers  during  the  current  year,  and 
Professor  Henry  C.  Adams  contributes  a  symphony 
on  the  diffusion  of  agricultural  prosperity.  A  fourth 
article,  by 'Mr.  Cy  Warman,  furnishes  a  rather  dis- 
cordant note  to  the  general  harmony,  since  it  shows 
a  large  and  increasing  immigration  of  our  prosperous 
farmers  into  Canada.  Some  20,000  crossed  the  bor- 
der last  year,  according  to  Mr.  Warman,  while  during 
the  first  four  months  of  1902,  11,480  followed,  and 
indications  pointed  to  a  total  of  40,000  emigrants  for 
the  present  year.  The  official  figures  of  the  Cana- 
dian Government,  since  published,  partly  confirm 
these  estimates.  The  number  of  immigrants  from 
the  United  States  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  1902, 
E  49 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

was  22,000.  The  number  for  the  current  year  will 
probably  be  larger,  for  according  to  a  Montreal  press 
despatch  of  September  1 7th :  "  The  immigration  from 
the  American  to  the  Canadian  Northwest  has  assumed 
mucjh  greater  proportions  this  year  than  ever  before, 
and  land  sales  to  Americans  are  daily  reported.  The 
latest  large  sale  is  by  the  Saskatchewan  Valley  Land 
Company,  which  has  sold  100,000  acres  in  Saskatche- 
wan to  an  American  syndicate  for  $500,000." 

"The  American  farmer,"  sententiously  and  truth- 
fully remarks  Professor  Adams,  "  does  not  hoard  his 
cash."  He  gives  no  reason  for  the  fact,  and  the 
determination  must  be  left  to  the  reader.  "  The 
American  farmer,"  he  further  remarks,  "  is,  as  a  rule, 
his  own  landlord."  This  statement  reveals  a  very 
serious  misapprehension  of  the  facts.  Something 
more  than  every  third  farm  in  the  United  States, 
according  to  the  recent  census,  is  operated  by  a  ten- 
ant. Moreover,  the  proportion  of  tenants  is  con- 
stantly rising.  For  the  whole  country,  tenants 
operated  25.5  per  cent  of  all  farms  in  1880,  28.4  per 
cent  in  1890,  and  35.3  per  cent  in  1900.  Further, 
the  tendency  is  not  confined  to  particular  sections, 
but  is  common  to  the  whole  country.  During  the 
last  decade  the  number  of  tenant-operated  farms  in- 
creased relatively  to  the  whole  number  of  farms  in 
every  State  and  Territory  except  Maine,  Vermont,  and 
New  Hampshire.  In  Maine  tenantry  decreased 
seven-tenths  of  i  per  cent,  in  New  Hampshire  five- 
tenths  of  i  per  cent,  and  in  Vermont  one-tenth  of 
i  per  cent.  For  the  twenty-year  period,  as  was 
pointed  out  in  Chapter  II,  the  only  exceptions  to  the 

50 


OUR   FARMERS   AND   WAGE-EARNERS 

general   increase    are    Arizona,    Florida,   and   New 
Hampshire. 

The  recent  census,  out  of  its  abundant  optimism, 
does  not  segregate  these  facts,  and  makes  no  general 
comment  other  than  that  tenantry  has  increased  and 
that  salaried  management  is  believed  to  be  "  constantly 
increasing."  The  bulletin  on  "  Agriculture :  The 
United  States  "  does  not  even  furnish  a  general  clas- 
sified summary  of  the  data  on  tenantry.  But  the 
separate  reports  give  the  statistics,  and  out  of  them 
the  following  table  is  compiled  :  — 

INCREASE  OF   FARM   TENANTRY 


STATES  AND  TERRITORIES 


PER  CENT  OF  FARMS  OPERATED 
BY  TENANTS 


I.  Alabama  

1880 
468 

l8gO 
486 

IQOO 

57  7 

2    Arizona                    ... 

T  -3  2 

jri 

(a.    8.4  * 

3.   Arkansas  

ij.-* 

•JO  Q 

7-9 

72  I 

|  £.  11.9  2 

4.5  x 

4    California      

jV-y 
IQ  8 

34.1 
17  8 

2/3  T 

<5    Colorado  .          . 

17.0 

^.1 
22  6 

6.   Connecticut  

j.  j.«_> 
jO  2 

"•3 

TIC 

12  Q 

7    Delaware  ...          .     . 

•••5 

i^.y 

8.   District  of  Columbia  .     . 

38.2 
•JQ.Q 

4u.y 

36.7 

27.6 

5°o 
43-i 
26  c 

10.   Georgia    

44..Q 

C7.C 

CQ  Q 

II     Idaho  

47 

4.6 

oy-y 

8  7 

12    Illinois                     . 

21  4. 

24.  O 

"•/ 

2Q   ~J 

1  3    Indiana 

21  7 

2C    A 

•^y-o 

28  6 

14    Iowa    

*3-l 
27.8 

*3«^ 

28  I 

74.  Q 

15    Kansas     

16  1 

282 

•7-J   2 

OJ'^ 

1  Including  Indian  farms. 


8  Excluding  Indian  farms. 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 


STATES  AND  TERRITORIES 

PER  CENT 

OF  FARMS  c 
BY  TENANTS 

JPERATED 

1  6    Kentucky      

1880 

26  4 

1890 

2d.  Q 

1900 
728 

•2T   2 

3*.o 

rfi  r, 

1  8    Maine       

J3-* 

A    •} 

44-4 

4.  7 

3I.O 

•21  O 

4'/ 

•3T  6 

20.   Massachusetts    .... 

8.2 
IO.O 

9-3 

14  O 

OJ'W 

9.6 

ICQ 

22     Minnesota     

Q  2 

12  Q 

*yy 

17"? 

23.   Mississippi     
24    Missouri              .... 

43-8 
27  ? 

52.8 
268 

^/•J 
62.4 
•JQ  C 

2?     Montana  

C? 

48 

O^'O 
Q  2 

26    Nebraska                 .     .     . 

18  o 

24.  7 

"?6  Q 

27    Nevada     

0.7 

7  ^ 

114 

28.   New  Hampshire     .     .     . 
20    New  Jersey   

8.1 
246 

8.0 

27  2 

7-5 
•?6  Q 

30.   New  Mexico      .... 
31     New  York     

8.1 
16.5 

4-5 

2O  2 

9-4 

2"?  Q 

32.   North  Carolina       .     .     . 
33.   North  Dakota    .... 
34     Ohio                                * 

33-5 
3-9  l 

10  ^ 

34-i 
6.9 

22  Q 

41.4 

8.5 

27  C 

7C     Oklahoma.                *     •     • 

*y-j 

O  7 

*7*3 

21  O 

IA  I 

**••/ 

I  2  C 

178 

37.    Pennsylvania      .... 
38.    Rhode  Island    .... 
39.   South  Carolina  .... 
40.   South  Dakota    .... 
41.  Tennessee     
42    Texas             .     .          .     . 

21.2 
19.9 

5°-3 
3-9  * 

34-5 
376 

1^.5 

23-3 

18.7 

55-3 
13.2 
30.8 

41  O 

l/.O 

26.O 
20.1 

61.0 

21.8 

40.5 

40  7 

AJ     Utah    . 

O/*** 

46 

C.2 

8.8 

44    Vermont        . 

1  3  A 

14  6 

14  t; 

20  C 

26  o 

•^•3 

•20.  7 

46    \Vashington       . 

72 

8  c 

14  A. 

47.    West  Virginia    .... 

I9.I 
O.I 

°o 

17.8 

1  1.  4 

21.8 
1-2.  e 

40     Wyoming       ... 

28 

4  2 

7  6 

1  Dakota  Territory. 
52 


OUR   FARMERS   AND  WAGE-EARNERS 

There  were  2,026,286  tenants  in  1900,  an  increase 
in  twenty  years  of  97.7  per  cent.  There  were  3,713,- 
371  owners,  part  owners,  "owners  and  tenants,"  and 
managers,  an  increase  in  twenty  years  of  24.4  per 
cent.  During  the  twenty-year  period  owners  in 
Washington  increased  less  than  fivefold,  tenants  ten- 
fold. Utah  shows  a  doubling  of  the  number  of 
owners,  and  a  quadrupling  of  the  number  of  tenants. 
South  Dakota,  compared  with  Dakota  Territory  in 
1880,  reveals  an  increase  of  owners  of  two  and  one- 
half  times;  of  tenants,  eighteen  times.  There  are 
28,669  fewer  owners  in  New  York  State  than  in 
1880,  and  14,331  more  tenants.  Ownership  has  de- 
clined and  tenantry  advanced,  both  absolutely  and 
relatively,  in  New  Jersey.  The  great  farming  State 
of  Illinois  has  15,044  fewer  owners  and  23,454  more 
tenants  than  in  1880,  and  even  the  young  Territory 
of  Oklahoma,  wherein  one  might  expect  to  find 
evidences  of  increased  ownership,  reveals,  for  the 
ten-year  period,  a  two-hundred-fold  increase  of  ten- 
antry and  only  a  sixfold  increase  of  ownership. 

From  the  foregoing  table  it  will  be  seen  that 
while  during  the  previous  decade  relative  tenantry 
declined  slightly  in  several  States,  the  tide  has  since 
turned.  Though  the  Southern  States  generally  show 
the  greatest  proportion  of  tenants,  the  greatest  per- 
centage of  increase  is  revealed  in  the  Border, 
Northern,  and  Western  States.  Tenants  operate 
62.4  per  cent  of  all  the  farms  of  Mississippi,  61  per 
cent  of  those  of  South  Carolina.  But  while  the 
former  is  a  growth  since  1880  from  43.8  per  cent, 
and  the  latter  from  50.3  per  cent,  Oklahoma  (the 

53 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

comparison  in  this  single  instance  is  with  1890)  in- 
creased the  percentage  of  its  tenant-operated  farms 
from  seven-tenths  of  i  per  cent  to  21  per  cent. 
Washington  doubled  its  percentage,  Montana  and 
Utah  very  nearly  so.  Nearly  one-third  of  the  farms 
of  New  Jersey  are  tenant  farms,  and  more  than  one- 
third  of  those  of  Kansas  and  Nebraska.  Each  of 
these  three  States  doubled  its  relative  percentage  of 
tenant  farmers  for  the  twenty-year  period.  Even  in 
New  York  the  proportion  has  grown  since  1880  from 
16.5  to  23.9  per  cent.  As  marked  as  is  the  showing, 
the  whole  situation  is  not  revealed  by  the  figures,  for 
the  term  "  owners  "  in  the  reports  includes  "  farms 
operated  by  individuals  who  own  a  part  of  the  land 
and  rent  the  remainder  from  others,"  and  "farms 
operated  under  the  joint  direction  and  by  the  united 
labor  of  two  or  more  individuals,  one  owning  the 
farm  or  a  part  of  it,  and  the  other  or  others  owning 
no  part  but  receiving  for  supervision  or  labor  a  share 
of  the  products." 

This  remarkable  growth  of  tenantry  would  be  con- 
sidered, in  any  other  than  our  own  complacent  days, 
as  an  alarming,  even  an  appalling  fact.  So  blithely 
and  for  so  long  a  time  have  the  changes  been  rung 
upon  the  alleged  fact  of  independent  ownership  that 
everybody,  including  professors  of  political  economy, 
assumes  its  truth.  But  even  when  its  baselessness  is 
clearly  shown  we  shall  hear  little  of  an  alarmist 
nature  from  our  publicists  and  teachers.  Rather  it 
may  be  expected  that  their  pronouncements  will 
change  with  the  changing  times,  and  that  we  shall 
soon  hear  reiterated  gratulations  on  the  development 

54 


OUR   FARMERS   AND   WAGE-EARNERS 

of  tenantry.  Is  not  the  humble  tenant's  security 
greater,  are  not  his  troubles  less  ?  Need  he  worry 
over  taxes,  foreclosures,  and  the  like?  Not  at  all; 
and  besides  —  not  the  least  of  considerations  to  our 
paternalistic  moulders  of  opinion  —  there  is  much 
reason  for  satisfaction  in  the  fact  that,  having  no 
land  to  mortgage,  he  will  not  be  led  into  wildly 
prodigal  habits  of  life  by  a  too  ready  recourse  to  the 
money-lender. 

Considering  the  growth  of  tenantry,  the  increasing 
migration  to  Canada,  the  flocking  of  rural  residents 
into  the  cities,  and  the  frequent  outright  abandon- 
ment of  farms  in  several  sections  of  the  country,  the 
unsophisticated  onlooker  may  naturally  wonder  at 
the  tales  of  agricultural  prosperity  which  from  time 
to  time  appear  in  public  print.  Mr.  Draper,  in  the 
article  previously  mentioned,  speculates  somewhat 
ingeniously  over  the  financial  returns  due  the  farmer 
for  his  crop  for  the  present  year.  The  figures  are 
certainly  imposing  when  looked  at  as  totals.  The 
wheat  crop  will  sum  up  700,500,000  bushels,  and 
each  bushel  will  sell  for  60  cents,  making  the  net 
value  $580,100,000  —  a  rather  curious  result,  by  the 
way,  not  obtainable  by  any  of  the  ordinary  processes 
of  mathematics.  The  corn  crop  is  to  bring  $776,- 
985,300,  and  the  remaining  crops  follow,  with  large 
values  attached. 

But  reduced  to  individual  earnings,  values  of  farm 
products  (according  to  the  census,  products  other 
than  those  fed  to  live  stock)  reveal  a  rather  meagre 
diffusion  of  prosperity.  Of  the  5,739,657  farms  in 
the  United  States,  1,319,856  are  listed  in  the  census 

55 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

as  hay  and  grain  farms,  for  the  reason  that  hay  and 
grain  comprise  40  per  cent  of  their  total  products. 
The  average  size  of  these  hay  and  grain  farms  is 
159.3  acres,  and  the  average  value  of  this  product 
per  acre  in  1899  was  $4.77.  The  number  of  miscel- 
laneous farms  is  1,059,416,  with  an  average  acreage 
of  106.8,  and  a  product  value  of  $4.12.  Live-stock 
farms  number  1,564,714,  with  an  average  acreage  of 
226.9  and  a  product  value  of  $3.47.  Thus  the  average 
productive  yield  of  70  per  cent  of  all  the  farms  and 
80  per  cent  of  all  the  farm  land  in  the  nation  ranges 
from  $3.47  to  $4.77  per  acre.  Flowers  and  plants, 
it  may  be  noted  for  comparison,  yield  the  comfortable 
return  of  $431.83  per  acre;  but  their  effect  on  the 
general  census  is  but  slight,  since  the  average  product 
value  of  all  farms  is  but  $4.47  per  acre.  But  let  no 
one  suppose  that  all  this  munificent  sum  goes  to  the 
farmer.  He  pays  43  cents  per  acre  for  labor  and 
nearly  7  cents  per  acre  for  fertilizers.  The  net  income 
is  thus  $3.97  per  acre. 

The  size  of  farms  is  increasing,  though  actual  agri- 
culture is  probably  confined  to  smaller  holdings.  The 
average  was  136.5  acres  in  1890;  it  is  now  146.6  acres. 
The  tendency  varies  in  different  parts  of  the  country. 
Nebraska  increases  her  average  from  190.1  acres  in 
1890  to  246.1  acres  in  1900.  Kansas  shows  almost 
identical  figures,  while  the  New  England  States  show 
little  change,  and  the  Southern  States  generally  show 
reduced  averages.  The  relation  of  size  of  farm  to 
kind  of  tenure  is,  however,  the  main  point,  and  here 
one  discovers  matter  for  reflection.  Farms  operated 
by  cash  tenants  have  102.7  acres  apiece,  by  owners 

56 


OUR   FARMERS   AND   WAGE-EARNERS 

134.1,  by  managers  1514.3.  The  growth  of  manorial 
estates  is  dimly  revealed  in  these  figures,  and  there 
is  no  need  to  doubt  the  census  bulletin's  reserved 
admission  that  farms  operated  by  managers  are  be- 
lieved to  be  constantly  increasing. 

The  subject  of  the  changing  status  of  the  farmer 
—  a  change  which  involves  his  ultimate  reduction  to 
a  sixteenth-century  level  —  is  too  large  to  receive 
adequate  treatment  in  these  pages.  By  all  con- 
siderations it  deserves  the  space  of  a  generous 
volume.  For  present  purposes  there  remains  to 
be  said  that  even  where  apparent  ownership  is  re- 
tained by  the  working  farmer,  effective  ownership  is 
determined  in  other  quarters.  He  is  the  joint  tenant 
of  the  farm  implement  trusts,  of  the  new  harvester 
trust,  of  the  produce  trusts  which  fix  the  value  of  his 
products,  of  the  railroad  trusts  which  fix  the  rate  of 
transportation  to  the  market,  and  in  the  arid  West 
of  the  water  trusts.  Thus,  even  though  he  boasts 
the  possession  of  a  title-deed  to  his  land,  the  holding 
is  in  reality  of  the  nature  of  a  fief,  held  at  the  mercy 
of  several  superiors ;  and  the  tithes  which  he  pays, 
though  less  formally  levied  and  exacted  than  were  the 
redevances  of  the  mediaeval  peasant,  are  as  many  and 
will-nigh  as  burdensome.  And  he  must  pay  or  go;  for 
there  is  no  remission  from  his  superiors,  as  in  olden 
days,  on  account  of  drouth,  floods,  locusts,  or  murrain. 

II 

With  the  decline  of  the  petty  trades,  the  growth 
of  the  combinations,  and  the  concentration  in  fewer 

57 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

hands  of  the  machinery  of  production,  the  subordina- 
tion of  the  wage-earner  becomes  more  certain  and 
more  fixed.  If  ever  he  were  a  free  agent,  —  in  the 
sense  and  to  the  degree  that  any  one  in  human  society 
can  be  free,  —  the  day  is  passed.  Through  agencies 
constantly  augmenting  and  extending,  he  is  "  cabin'd, 
cribb'd,  confin'd,  bound  in,"  to  a  narrowing  circle  of 
possible  efforts.  Divorced  from  the  land  and  from 
the  tools  of  production,  he  can  live  only  by  accepting 
such  wages  and  conditions  as  are  offered  him;  and 
the  terms  are  always  such  that  the  kernel  of  his 
product  goes  to  some  other  man,  while  the  husks  and 
the  tares  remain  his  own  portion.  The  patronizing 
orators  of  Labor  Day  and  of  campaign  times  some- 
times delight  to  symbolize  him  as  a  sturdy  Gulliver; 
though  it  needs  little  reflection  to  see  that  it  is  the 
Gulliver  of  Brobdingnag,  and  not  that  of  Lilliput,  that 
more  correctly  figures  his  present  status.  The  mass 
of  current  tendencies  tends  to  fix  him  as  a  dependent 
—  a  unit  of  a  lower  order  in  a  series  of  gradations 
running  up  to  the  Big  Men.  "  The  corporation," 
writes  Mr.  Richmond,1  "  holds  of  the  State,  and  its 
officers  hold  of  the  corporation,  and  their  retainers, 

1  Since  the  publication  of  the  Independent  article  the  author's  atten- 
tion has  been  called  to  an  address  entitled  "The  New  Feudalism," 
delivered  by  Mr.  Benjamin  A.  Richmond,  of  Cumberland,  Md., 
before  the  Maryland  Bar  Association  in  July,  1898.  The  author  had 
never  seen  or  heard  of  this  address.  It  is  written  from  a  legal  stand- 
point, and  both  the  matter  and  the  treatment  are  widely  different  from 
the  matter  and  manner  of  the  Independent  article.  But  whatever  the 
differences,  the  same  general  idea  is  to  be  found  in  both  papers,  and 
it  is  only  just  that  acknowledgment  should  be  made  of  Mr.  Rich- 
mond's priority. 

58 


OUR   FARMERS   AND   WAGE-EARNERS 

managers,  and  servants  all  hold  the  tenure  of  their 
employment  from  their  superiors  in  office,  from  the 
highest  to  the  lowest."  But  whether  corporation,  or 
partnership,  or  individual,  employs  the  laborer's  ser- 
vices, his  status  is  practically  the  same.  Trade- 
unions  and  other  labor  societies  tend  to  modify  that 
dependence ;  and  occasionally  social  legislation,  when 
it  runs  the  fierce  gantlet  of  the  courts,  exerts  a  fur- 
ther modification.  But  it  is  coming  to  be  recognized 
that  there  is  a  limit,  perhaps  now  nearly  attained, 
beyond  which  the  labor  societies  can  exert  no  influ- 
ence; and  as  for  social  legislation,  as  will  be  shown 
farther  along,  it  has  certainly  reached  its  culmination. 
To  the  natural  causes  making  for  the  laborer's 
subordination  have  been  added  in  recent  years  cer- 
tain conscious  and  deliberate  forces.  There  is  a 
collective  pressure  brought  to  bear  upon  his  wages ; 
there  is  a  collective  antagonism  maintained  against 
his  unions ;  there  is  a  growing  movement  in  the 
direction  of  holding  him  for  the  term  of  his  profitable 
service  to  the  company  or  corporation  by  which  he 
is  employed,  and  there  is  a  judicial  tendency  to 
pretend  still  to  regard  him,  despite  his  changing 
status,  as  an  economically  free  agent,  able  to  do 
what  he  wills,  and  to  protect  himself  from  all  in- 
justice. 

Ill 

The  assurance  of  villein  fidelity  is  a  prime  need  of 
a  feudal  order.  The  fidelity  need  not  be  personal, 
as  in  the  old  days ;  instead,  the  altered  ceremony  of 
"homage"  may  take  in  whole  regiments  by  a  single 

59 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

rite.  Recent  acts  of  the  great  employers  make 
strongly  for  creating  inducements  for  this  fidelity. 
In  spite  of  instances  of  conduct 'like  that  of  the  coal 
magnates  of  Pennsylvania,  there  is  a  growing  ten- 
dency to  unite  for  life-long  service  the  careers  of  the 
more  faithful  workers  with  the  corporations  by  whom 
they  are  employed.  "  Model  workshops,"  and  even 
"  model  villages,"  are  unquestionably  increasing  in 
numbers.  Their  character  is  almost  pure  paternal- 
ism—  "enlightened  absolutism,"  Professor  Ely  calls 
it.  Rarely  have  the  workers  themselves  the  slight- 
est word  to  say  as  to  their  construction  or  conduct. 
What  is  thought  to  be  good  for  them,  what  is  thought 
will  win  their  devotion,  is  given  them.  Whether  at 
Pullman,  111.,  at  Dayton  or  Cleveland,  Ohio,  or  at 
Pelzer,  S.C.,  the  general  spirit  manifested  is  the 
same.  The  perfervid  chapter  on  "  American  Liber- 
ality to  Workmen,"  which  Mr.  Nicholas  Paine  Oilman 
gives  us  in  his  volume,  "  A  Dividend  to  Labor," 
contains  dozens  of  instances  wherein  employers 
have  indulged  their  benevolence  by  the  gift  of  flower- 
pots, wash-basins,  and  other  cultural  paraphernalia 
to  their  employees.  Mr.  Victor  H.  Olmsted,  in  the 
Bulletin  of  the  Department  of  Labor  for  November, 
1900,  gives  another,  though  somewhat  duplicated, 
list;  and  the  Rev.  Josiah  Strong's  monthly  journal, 
Social  Service,  furnishes  a  current  record  of  such 
benevolences.  The  providences  of  the  Colorado 
Fuel  and  Iron  Company  alone  make  a  remark- 
able showing.  This  corporation  has  even  a  "socio- 
logical department,"  and  it  is  at  present  building  a 
$10,000  mission  at  Bessemer,  near  Pueblo.  The 

60 


OUR   FARMERS   AND   WAGE-EARNERS 

plan  of  the  mission,  we  read,  is  to  have  a  refuge, 
with  all  modern  improvements,  for  "  floaters,"  or  the 
unemployed.  These  wayfarers  may  make  a  tempo- 
rary living  by  working  in  an  attached  woodyard.  In 
all  its  camps  in  Colorado  this  company  has  estab- 
lished kindergartens,  libraries,  and,  in  remote  places, 
grade  schools  for  the  children  of  its  employees.  Its 
hospital  at  the  Pueblo  works  is  said  to  be  the  best 
equipped  in  the  West.  "It  is  the  announced  pur- 
pose of  this  corporation,"  we  read,  "to  solve  the 
social  problem." 

Model  workshops  and  the  distribution  of  relief  are 
but  a  small  part  of  the  tendency.  The  giving  of  old- 
age  pensions,  particularly  by  railroad  companies,  has 
recently  taken  on  the  dimensions  of  a  national  move- 
ment. The  pension  system  is  not  a  conspicuously 
expensive  one,  for  the  numbers  of  workmen  who  live 
long  enough  to  avail  themselves  of  its  benefits  are 
but  scant.  The  sums  paid  out  for  pensions  by  the 
Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad  Relief  Department  in 
eighteen  years  average  $31,185.85  yearly  —  about  the 
salary  of  a  first  vice-president  —  and  the  employees 
themselves  have  borne  a  considerable  part  of  the 
expense.  A  total  of  697  pensions  has  been  granted 
during  this  time,  but  365  of  the  beneficiaries  have 
considerately  died,  and  thus  reduced  the  expenses. 

The  pension  system  as  it  obtains  among  railroads 
is  more  or  less  an  outgrowth  of  the  relief  association 
begun  by  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Railroad  Company 
on  May  I,  1880.  Prototypes  can  possibly  be  found, 
but  this  instance  is  the  first  of  any  consequence. 
The  State  of  Maryland  revoked  the  charter  of  the 

61 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

association  in  1888.  This  was  an  embarrassing  in- 
terruption, but  by  no  means  a  fatal  one,  for  the 
society  was  immediately  reorganized  as  a  department 
of  the  company.  The  plan  was  to  pay  accident,  sick, 
and  death  benefits  and  old-age  pensions,  the  com- 
pany contributing  $33,500  yearly,  and  the  employees 
paying  monthly  dues  based  on  their  wages.  Section 
100  of  the  regulations  for  1889  declares  that  "the 
fund  for  the  payment  of  pensions  will  be  derived 
wholly  from  the  contributions  of  the  company,"  a 
change  from  the  earlier  method  in  the  direction  of 
pure  paternalism.  The  usual  age  for  pensioning  is 
sixty-five  years,  and  the  president  and  directors  de- 
termine the  roll. 

The  Pennsylvania  Railroad  Voluntary  Relief  De- 
partment was  begun  in  1886.  In  a  number  of 
respects  it  followed  the  details  of  the  earlier  associa- 
tion. As  to  pensions,  however,  it  put  the  matter 
forward  by  arranging  for  the  gradual  growth  of  a 
superannuation  fund  out  of  the  department's  surplus. 
There  were  six  companies,  according  to  Mr.  William 
Franklin  Willoughby's  "  Workingmen's  Insurance," 
that  before  1898  had  created  regular  insurance  de- 
partments. These  were  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio,  the 
Pennsylvania,  the  Pennsylvania  west  of  Pittsburg, 
the  Chicago,  Burlington,  and  Quincy,  the  Philadel- 
phia and  Reading,  and  the  Plant  System.  Though  in 
two  or  three  instances  the  plans  have  been  altered,  all 
these  companies  founded  their  pension  systems  on 
employees'  contributions. 

The  Pennsylvania's  fund  reached  the  figure  set 
for  it  January  I,  1900,  and  the  pension  system  was 

62 


OUR   FARMERS   AND   WAGE-EARNERS 

proclaimed.  On  the  first  day  of  1901  the  Chicago  and 
Northwestern  put  in  operation  a  gratuitous  pension 
system,  appropriating  $200,000  for  the  purpose.  The 
beneficiaries,  all  of  whom  must  have  been  thirty  years 
with  the  company,  were  divided  into  two  classes: 
first,  those  seventy  years  old,  who  were  to  be  retired 
and  pensioned  at  once  ;  and  second,  those  from  sixty- 
five  to  sixty-nine  years  inclusive,  who  were  to  be 
retired  and  pensioned  at  the  discretion  of  the  pen- 
sion board.  The  rate  fixed  is  one  per  cent  per  year 
of  service  of  the  average  monthly  pay  for  the  pre- 
ceding ten  years.  An  employee  whose  average  wages 
were  $55  per  month,  and  who  had  been  with  the 
company  for  thirty  years,  would  thus  receive  $16.50 
a  month. 

The  Illinois  Central  proclaimed  its  pension  system 
July  i,  1901.  On  March  I,  1902,  the  Delaware, 
Lackawanna,  and  Western  took  the  same  course, 
appropriating  $50,000.  The  terms  are  somewhat 
more  liberal,  in  that  only  twenty-five  years'  service 
is  required,  and  that  some  employees  may  be  retired 
between  the  ages  of  sixty  and  sixty-five.  The  Met- 
ropolitan Street  Railway  Company  followed  on  March 
6th,  and  the  Philadelphia  and  Reading  Company  on 
May  21.  The  details,  while  varying  somewhat,  are 
in  the  main  alike  for  all  of  these  companies. 

Though  the  experiment  is  a  comparatively  frugal 
one,  there  is  no  doubt  that  it  brings  compensatory 
returns ;  for  it  serves  to  keep  quiescent  and  faithful 
large  bodies  of  men,  and  perhaps  to  loosen  the  bonds 
of  the  labor-union.  It  holds  in  servicemen  above  thirty- 
five  or  forty-five  years  of  age,  for  they  know  the  diffi- 

63 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

culty  of  securing  work  elsewhere ;  and  it  feeds  them 
with  a  more  or  less  illusory  hope  of  an  ultimate  pension. 
Indeed,  the  motive  of  inducing  a  closer  dependence 
of  the  laborer  upon  the  employer  is  more  or  less 
frankly  confessed.  "  Under  it"  (the  pension  system), 
reads  the  Lackawanna's  advertisement  to  the  public, 
"  the  road  and  its  employees  are  to  be  more  closely 
knit  by  substantial  ties."  The  president  of  the  Met- 
ropolitan Street  Railway  Company,  however,  sounds 
a  more  altruistic  and  benevolent  note.  "  My  object 
in  establishing  this  department,"  he  is  quoted  as  say- 
ing, "  is  to  preserve  the  future  welfare  of  aged  and 
infirm  employees  and  to  recognize  efficient  and  loyal 


service." 


Despite  such  benevolent  professions  there  are  grave 
grounds  for  scepticism  regarding  the  tangible  benefit 
of  the  system  to  the  employees.  If  Hope  lingers 
with  them,  it  must  be  because,  as  Mr.  William  Wat- 
son sings,  "airiest  cheer  suffices  for  her  food."  For 
both  the  ascertained  results  of  an  eighteen  years' 
operation  of  the  system,  and  a  moment's  glance  at 
conditions  surrounding  the  new  applications  of  it, 
point  to  a  most  rigorous  limitation  of  its  benefits.  In 
the  first  place,  there  is  a  growing  disinclination  to 
employ  in  any  industry  men  past  forty-five  years  of 
age.  The  new  regulations  of  the  Philadelphia  and 
Reading  reduce  even  this  limit  ten  years,  prohibiting 
the  taking  on  of  employees  past  thirty-five  years  of  age, 
except  by  the  approval  of  the  board  of  directors  of 
the  company,  although  in  special  cases  where  unusual 
qualifications  are  desired  the  age  limit  may  be  waived. 
So  general  is  this  attitude  of  employers  that  the  Chi- 


OUR   FARMERS   AND   WAGE-EARNERS 

cago  Federation  of  Labor  was  recently  moved  to  the 
passing  of  a  resolution  proposing  that  "  every  unem- 
ployed man  forty-five  years  of  age  who  cannot  show 
what  the  charity  authorities  call  'visible  means  of 
support '  shall  be  mercifully  shot  in  a  lawful  and 
orderly  manner."  Moreover,  the  chances  of  a  rail- 
road employee  reaching  the  age  of  sixty-five  or  seventy 
years  are  about  equal  to  the  chances  of  winning  a 
large  sum  at  policy.  Discharges  are  frequent  and 
arbitrary,  and  usually  there  is  no  appeal.  Aside 
from  this,  the  casualties  are  enormous.  Of  the 
191, 198  railroad  workers  classed  as  trainmen  employed 
throughout  the  country  in  1900,  1396  (or  one  in  every 
138)  were  killed,  and  17,571  (or  one  in  every  10.8) 
injured.  The  corrected  figures  for  1901  (given  to  the 
public  in  August  of  the  present  year)  show  about  the 
same  percentages.  Of  the  209,043  trainmen,  1537 
(or  one  in  every  136)  were  killed,  and  16,715  (or  one 
in  every  12.5)  were  injured.  Thanks  to  the  new 
safety  appliances,  casualties  caused  by  coupling  and 
uncoupling  cars  declined  by  84  killed  and  2461 
injured  ;  but  in  other  classes  of  accidents  the  percent- 
ages brought  the  averages  to  near  the  previous  figures. 
At  best,  the  chances  of  maiming  or  death  constantly 
increase  with  every  one  of  the  twenty-five  or  thirty 
years'  service  required  for  the  earning  of  a  pension. 
In  the  Metropolitan  (now  Interurban)  Street  Railway 
service,  where  accidents  are  few  but  discharges  many, 
the  benevolent  instincts  of  the  president  will  prove 
difficult  of  realization.  This  official  admitted  that  dis- 
charges had  at  one  time  reached  an  average  of  300  a 
month.  An  employee  informed  the  author  that  he 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

knew  of  but  two  or  three  men  in  the  entire  service 
whom  the  published  terms  entitled  to  pensions,  while 
another  employee  conceded  a  possible  dozen. 

IV 

The  new  Feudalism  evidently  requires  a  tempering 
—  let  us  say,  a  conservative  adjustment  —  of  the 
wage-scale.  Those  whom  the  gods  dower  with  plenty 
may  for  the  present  give  freely  of  their  store,  while 
those  who  feel  the  parsimony  of  Providence  must  with- 
hold. The  recent  increase  of  10  per  cent  in  wages 
given  by  the  steel  corporation,  and  the  refusal  of  the 
anthracite  magnates  to  increase  the  average,  accord- 
ing to  the  Pennsylvania  Bureau  of  Mines,  of  79^  cents 
a  day  which  their  operatives  now  receive,  are  but 
examples  of  the  contrasts  which  may  be  expected 
during  the  transition  period.  The  collective  feudal 
policy  will  avoid  both  extremes.  It  will  pay  some- 
thing better  than  that  which  breeds  discontent,  some- 
thing less  than  that  which  breeds  luxury  and  pride.  It 
will  provide  not  exactly  what  the  workers  desire,  but 
what  is  good  for  them. 

Already  the  more  or  less  collective  pressure  upon 
the  wage-scale  shows  its  effects.  Hon.  Carroll  D. 
Wright's  250  wage-quotations  for  25  selected  occu- 
pations (Bulletin  of  the  Department  of  Labor,  Sep- 
tember, 1898)  reveal  for  the  years  1895-98  a  steady 
decline  from  the  wages  paid  in  the  panic  years, 
1893-94,  to  about  the  same  wages  as  were  paid  in 
1882.  The  figures  in  the  Bulletin  for  September, 
1900,  pertain  to  148  establishments,  representing  26 

66 


OUR   FARMERS   AND   WAGE-EARNERS 

industries  and  192  occupations.  They  show  a  slight 
increase  for  1899  and  another  for  1900.  This 
slight  increase,  however,  is  resolved  into  a  marked 
decrease  by  the  rise  in  the  price  of  commodities  nec- 
essary for  the  average  life.  From  July,  1897,  to  July, 
1901,  according  to  the  careful  index-figures  published 
in  Dun's  Review,  the  price  of  commodities  advanced 
27  per  cent;  and  from  July  i  to  December  i,  of  the 
latter  year,  an  almost  steady  advance  was  recorded. 
Comparing  January  I,  1896,  with  January  i,  1902, 
the  Wall  Street  Journal  finds  an  increase  of  36  per 
cent. 

The  wage-quotations  used  by  Col.  Wright  in  his 
table  of  1898  are  from  the  larger  cities,  and  pertain 
to  trades  the  workmen  in  which  are  organized.  Here, 
if  anywhere,  one  would  expect  evidences  of  increased 
wages.  Generally,  however,  the  figures  for  1897-98 
show  a  parity  with  the  figures  for  1881-82.  Com- 
positors, for  instance,  received  $2.8 1£  daily  in  1898, 
$2.81  in  1882.  Carpenters  received  $2.52!  in  1898, 
$2.55  in  1882.  Often  the  figures  for  the  latter  year 
show  a  considerable  decline;  but  the  averages  are 
maintained  through  the  advances  gained  by  those 
affluent  mechanics,  the  plumbers;  by  the  stone- 
cutters, and  by  the  better-paid  wage-earners  of  the 
railroads,  — conductors,  engineers,  and  firemen.  With 
the  increase  of  railroad  traffic  the  hours  of  labor 
have  been  extended ;  and  the  increase  of  wages  fol- 
lows, at  least  for  the  engineers  and  firemen,  as  a  con- 
sequence of  longer  hours.  As  for  the  common  * 
laborer,  he  is  being  left  behind  in  the  race.  His 
wages  were  less  in  1898  than  in  1882  in  six  of  the  r' 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

ten  cites  quoted,  and  in  four  of  them  there  was  no 
change. 

All  wage-statistics  are  questionable,  and  particu- 
larly the  more  generalized  wage-statements  which 
proceed  from  Washington,  during  the  fall  months  of 
election  years.  A  look  into  the  figures  themselves 
is  usually  fatal  to  the  optimism  voiced  in  the  general- 
izations. From  other  sources  the  conflict  of  figures 
is  puzzling  and  irritating.  It  may  be  shown  by  selec- 
tions from  these  that  wages  are  rising,  that  they  are 
falling,  or  that  they  are  stationary.  There  is  always 
a  disparity  between  the  figures  of  the  State  bureaus, 
the  National  bureau,  and  the  census,  and  usually  it 
is  a  disparity  that  cannot  be  harmonized. 

The  national  census  figures  ought  to  be,  as  most 
persons  will  declare,  a  sufficiently  correct  guide. 
According  to  the  last  census,  the  number  of  wage- 
earners  in  manufacturing  pursuits  has  increased  in 
ten  years  25.2  per  cent,  wages  have  increased  23.2 
per  cent.  Despite  the  acknowledged  increase  in  the 
country's  wealth,  wages,  if  the  census  is  correct,  have 
declined.  It  is  officially  explained,  however,  that 
these  figures  are  not  to  be  taken  too  literally.  The 
schedules  for  1890  included  among  wage-earners, 
"overseers,  foremen,  and  certain  superintendents 
(not  general  superintendents  or  managers),  while  the 
census  of  1900  separates  from  the  wage-earning  class 
such  salaried  employees  as  general  superintendents, 
clerks,  and  salesmen."  "  It  is  possible  and  probable," 
says  each  of  the  reports  on  manufactures,  "that 
this  change  in  the  form  of  the  question  has  resulted 
in  eliminating  from  the  wage-earners,  as  reported  by 

68 


OUR   FARMERS   AND   WAGE-EARNERS 

the  present  census,  many  high-salaried  employees 
included  in  that  group  for  the  census  of  1890." 

Possibly  and  probably.  But  aside  from  the  fact 
that  the  elimination  of  the  comparatively  few  over- 
seers and  foremen,  with  their  somewhat  higher  sala- 
ries, could  make  but  slight  influence  on  averages  in 
the  tremendous  total  of  5,321,087  wage-earners,  with 
$2,330,275,021  of  wages,  there  is  another  point  or  two 
to  consider.  According  to  Part  I  (page  14  et  seg.) 
of  the  Report  of  Manufacturing  Industries  for  the 
census  of  1890,  it  appears  that  wages  underwent  a 
considerable  inflation  in  that  record.  The  questions 
asked  in  1880,  it  would  appear,  resulted  in  report- 
ing more  wage-earners  than  there  really  were.  The 
questions  for  1890,  it  is  declared,  produced  the  real 
number.  It  is  further  stated  that  "  the  questions  for 
1890  also  tended  to  obtain  a  large  amount  of  wages 
as  compared  with  1880."  It  would  seem  so,  indeed, 
even  to  a  neophyte  in  the  ingenious  art  of  figuring ; 
for  while  the  wage-increase  of  the  decade  1870-80 
could  show  but  22.2  per  cent,  that  for  the  following 
decade  revealed  the  astonishing  figure  of  a  fraction 
less  than  100  per  cent.  '  When,  therefore,  one  seeks 
to  compare  the  averages  of  1890  with  those  of  1900  he 
may  not  unreasonably  infer  that  the  elimination  of 
overseers  and  foremen  in  the  later  census  is  no  more 
than  a  set-off  to  the  ample  generosity  given  to  the 
wage-figures  in  the  earlier  census.  There  is  no  tell- 
ing for  a  certainty,  but  it  is  not  unlikely  that  the  pres- 
ent census  figures  give  a  result  approximately  near 
the  truth. 

It  is  not  an  extravagant  hope  that  some  day  we 

69 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

shall  have  two  successive  censuses  carried  out  on 
identical  schedules,  so  that  comparisons  may  be  ac- 
curately made  between  two  decades.  As  it  is,  we 
must  take  what  the  powers  give  us,  and  be  thankful. 
We  must  take  it  on  trust,  moreover,  for  there  is  no 
going  behind  the  returns  ;  and  any  captious  question- 
ing of  the  figures  can  be  met  only  in  the  spirit  with 
which  Telemachus  answered  the  fair  Helen's  inquiry 
if  he  were  a  true  son  of  Ulysses,  It  is  a  matter  of 
faith  —  there  is  no  proof. 

In  the  faith,  then,  that  there  is  reasonable  accuracy 
in  the  reports,  and  a  reasonable  basis  of  comparison 
with  previous  reports,  it  is  interesting  to  note  what  is 
revealed.  First  in  point  of  interest  is  the  relation  of 
the  value  of  the  manufactured  product  to  the  amount 
of  wages  paid.  A  comparison  will  show  whether  labor 
is  receiving  an  increasing  or  decreasing  share  of  the 
wealth  created.  The  census  totals  under  the  former 
heading  are  confessedly  crude,  since  "  a  constant  dupli- 
cation of  products  appears,  .  .  .  owing  to  the  fact  that 
the  finished  products  of  many  manufacturing  establish- 
ments become  the  materials  of  other  establishments, 
in  which  they  are  further  utilized  and  again  included 
in  the  value  of  products."  The  new  census  has  there- 
fore made  a  separate  classification  of  materials  pur- 
chased in  a  partially  manufactured  form.  Neverthe- 
less, the  gross  total,  including  products  from  both  raw 
materials  and  partly  manufactured  products,  is  reached 
by  the  same  means  as  were  employed  in  previous  cen- 
suses, and  is  therefore  comparable  with  the  gross 
totals  of  previous  decades.  Whatever  the  duplica- 
tions, they  are  similar  to  those  of  preceding  reports. 

70 


OUR   FARMERS   AND   WAGE-EARNERS 

There  are  nineteen  States  wherein  the  average 
number  of  wage-earners  in  manufacturing  pursuits 
constitutes  more  than  6  per  cent  of  the  population. 
Rhode  Island  heads  the  list  with  22.5  per  cent.  It  is 
followed  by  Connecticut  with  19.5  ;  Massachusetts, 
17.7 ;  New  Hampshire,  17.1 ;  New  Jersey,  12.8  ;  Dela- 
ware, 12  ;  New  York,  11.7;  Pennsylvania,  1 1.6 ;  Maine, 
10.8;  Maryland,  9.1;  Vermont,  8.6;  Ohio,  8.3 ;  Illi- 
nois, 8.2  ;  Florida,  7 ;  Wisconsin,  6.9 ;  Michigan,  6.7  ; 
Washington,  6.6;  Indiana,  6.2;  California,  6.1. 

In  each  of  these  States  the  value  of  the  manufactured 
product  has  increased,  Florida  leading  with  a  gain  of 
109.6  per  cent;  Washington  following  with  107.8  per 
cent ;  New  Jersey  with  72.5  ;  Indiana,  66.7;  Vermont, 
50.4;  Wisconsin,  45.2,  and  so  on,  Massachusetts  show- 
ing the  slightest  increase,  16.6  per  cent.  The  value 
of  the  manufactured  product  is  of  course  affected  by 
the  two  items,  cost  of  material  and  miscellaneous  ex- 
penses, though  in  turn  these  are  almost  invariably 
reflected  to  some  extent  in  the  increase  or  decrease  of 
the  value  of  the  product.  When  his  material  and  his 
expenses  increase,  the  manufacturer,  if  he  can,  puts 
up  the  price  of  his  product.  It  would  be  wholly  im- 
possible to  find  a  ratio,  for  the  figures  show  an  aston- 
ishing variety.  In  Massachusetts,  for  instance,  — 
that  classic  State  for  the  observation  and  study  of 
industrial  phenomena,  the  State  wherein  statistics 
are  gathered  with  some  approach  to  accuracy,  —  the 
increase  of  miscellaneous  expenses  is  put  at  16.1  per 
cent ;  of  cost  of  material,  at  16.8  per  cent ;  of  value  of 
product,  1 6.6  per  cent.  But  against  this  reasonable 
showing  New  York  confesses  to  an  increase  of  81.8 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

per  cent  in  miscellaneous  expenses,  with  an  increased 
product  of  but  27.  i  per  cent.  Miscellaneous  expenses 
increased  1 3 1  per  cent  in  New  Jersey,  while  the  prod- 
uct increased  but  72.5  per  cent,  and  Pennsylvania 
and  Indiana  fqllow  hard  in  the  tracks  of  the  two 
former  States.  Perhaps  a  key  to  the  mystery  is  fur- 
nished in  the  enormous  increase  of  miscellaneous 
expenses  in  certain  industries  which  require  favorable 
legislation.  Gas,  for  instance,  which  is  generally 
considered  the  rightful  prey  of  certain  kinds  of  alder- 
men and  legislators,  shows  a  payment  of  $8,635,399 
for  "  advertising,  interest,  insurance,  repairs,  and  other 
sundry  expenses,"  an  increase  of  74.8  per  cent  against 
an  increase  in  the  value  of  the  product  of  but  32.9 
per  cent. 

In  each  of  these  nineteen  factory  States  the  value 
of  the  product  increased.  In  all  but  one  it  increased 
more  than  25  per  cent,  in  two  more  than  100  per  cent. 
But  in  ten  of  these  States  total  wages  have  declined, 
and  in  three  of  the  remainder  the  gain  is  insig- 
nificant. Wages  of  men  workers  have  declined  in 
eleven  of  these  States,  with  a  fractional  gain  in  two 
States.  Florida,  which  shows  the  greatest  percentage 
of  increase  in  the  number  of  wage-earners,  shows  the 
greatest  relative  loss  in  wages.  Maine,  which  gives 
the  smallest  percentage  of  increase  in  number  of 
wage-earners,  gives  the  largest  relative  percentage 
of  increase  in  wages.  The  four  States  having  the 
greatest  absolute  number  of  wage-earners  all  show 
decreases  of  wages.  New  York,  with  849,092  workers, 
shows  a  wage-loss  of  2.2  per  cent ;  Pennsylvania,  with 
733,834  workers,  a  loss  of  2  per  cent ;  Massachusetts, 

72 


OUR   FARMERS   AND   WAGE-EARNERS 

with   497,448,  a  fractional  loss;    and   Illinois,   with 
395,110,  5  per  cent. 

The  specific  industries  for  the  whole  nation  show 
similar  results.  Relative  wages  have  increased  in  re- 
fining petroleum,  in  manufacturing  ice  and  salt,  and 
in  a  few  other  industries.  But  they  have  decreased 
in  the  great  majority  of  the  industries  so  far  reported. 
There  is  a  wage-loss  in  the  making  of  bicycles, 
leather  gloves  and  mittens,  watches,  watch-cases, 
buttons,  gas,  oleomargarine,  boots  and  shoes,  paper 
and  pulp,  coke,  needles  and  pins,  cigars  and  ciga- 
rettes, pocket-books,  trunks  and  valises,  leather  belting 
and  hose,  -in  canning  and  preserving  fruits  and  vege- 
tables, in  the  tanning  and  finishing  of  leather,  the 
slaughtering  and  packing  of  meat,  the  smelting  of 
zinc,  ship-building,  car-building,  the  weaving  of  flax, 
hemp,  and  jute,  and  cotton  products,  the  brewing  of 
malt  liquors,  and  newspaper  publishing.  All  along 
the  monotonous  rows  of  figures  the  same  lesson  is 
generally  revealed,  —  the  productivity  of  the  laborer 
increases,  the  value  of  the  product  increases,  the 
wages,  except  in  occasional  instances,  decline  or 
remain  stationary. 

The  important  point  of  the  purchasing  power  of 
the  dollar  in  1890  as  compared  with  1900  needs  also 
to  be  considered.  According  to  the  exhaustive  com- 
pilation of  wholesale  prices  published  in  the  Bulletin 
of  the  Department  of  Labor  for  March,  1902,  the 
dollar  would  purchase  in  1890  a  greater  quantity  of 
beef,  bacon,  ham,  corn  meal,  beans,  cheese,  eggs, 
pepper,  American  salt,  Formosa  tea,  hard  and  soft 
coal,  petroleum,  earthenware,  furniture,  and  glass- 

73 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

ware  than  in  1900.  In  the  latter  year  it  would  pur- 
chase more  butter,  Rio  coffee,  dried  fruits  (except 
currants),  rice,  sugar,  onions,  potatoes,  mutton,  and 
fish.  Wheat  flour  cheapened,  but  the  price  of  bread 
remained  the  same.  A  comparison  of  the  two  lists 
on  the  basis  of  relative  quantities  consumed  in  the 
average  family  will  show  the  dollar  to  have  had  con- 
siderably less  purchasing  power  in  1900  than  in  1890, 
though  the  exact  percentage  is  hardly  computable. 


The  new  Feudalism  involves  not  only  the  moderat- 
ing of  the  present  rates  of  pay  for  men  workers,  but 
an  increase  in  the  quantity  of  defenceless  labor  —  the 
labor  of  women  and  children.  Census  Bulletin  No. 
150  gives  the  increase  in  the  number  of  men  working 
in  manufacturing  pursuits  at  23.9  per  cent ;  of  women, 
at  28.4  per  cent;  of  children,  at  39.5  per  cent.  The 
wages  of  women  have  slightly  increased ;  that  is,  the 
increase  in  total  wages  is  30.8  per  cent  against  an 
increase  in  numbers  of  wage-earners  of  28.4  per  cent. 
The  figures  are  better  for  the  children ;  their  wages 
are  stated  to  have  increased  54.4  per  cent.  There 
are  ample  reasons  why  this  should  be  so.  Popular 
agitation  in  behalf  of  the  little  ones  may  be  guessed 
to  have  had  some  effect  in  the  betterment  of  their 
pay;  and  a  still  greater  effect  has  been  wrought  by 
their  vastly  increasing  productivity.  The  perfecting 
of  the  instruments  of  production  has  been  carried  to 
such  a  degree  that  many  a  machine  may  be  operated 
by  a  nursling;  and  it  is  well-nigh  inevitable  that 

74 


OUR   FARMERS   AND   WAGE-EARNERS 

some  part  of  this  increased  productivity  should  be 
compensated  for  by  increased  pay  of  the  operatives. 

The  number  of  women  in  factory  work  in  the 
United  States  is  1,031,747,  nearly  one-fifth  of  the 
total.  There  are  230,199  in  New  York,  143,109  in 
Massachusetts,  126,093  in  Pennsylvania,  58,978  in 
Illinois,  53,711  in  Ohio.  Eighteen  of  the  nineteen 
factory  States  show  an  increase,  Maine  being  the 
exception ;  and  in  thirteen  of  these  States  the  per- 
centage of  gain  is  considerably  in  excess  of  that 
of  men  workers.  Washington  leads  with  a  gain  of 
151.8  per  cent;  Michigan  and  Illinois  show  gains  of 
79  per  cent  each;  Vermont,  of  63.1;  Indiana,  56.4; 
California,  46.8 ;  Pennsylvania,  44.9 ;  New  Jersey, 
39.3.  In  States  outside  the  factory  list  still  greater 
increases  are  shown.  The  figures  for  South  Carolina 
are  158.3  percent;  for  North  Carolina,  151.2;  West 
Virginia,  130.2;  Alabama,  109.1;  Georgia,  82.2. 

In  specific  industries  the  gains  are  sometimes 
enormous.  There  are  no  women  reported  for  coke- 
making,  and  the  number  employed  in  making  agri- 
cultural implements  has  declined  25.7  per  cent. 
Car-building,  too,  shows  a  decline.  But  in  refining 
petroleum  the  60  women  wage-earners  represent  a 
gain  of  3200  per  cent,  and  in  bicycle  and  tricycle 
making  the  517  women  represent  a  gain  of  3346.7 
per  cent.  An  increase  of  2600  per  cent  is  shown 
for  distilled  liquors,  although  men  workers  decreased 
23.8  per  cent.  A  decrease  of  men  workers  and  an 
increase  of  women  workers  are  also  shown  for  clay 
products,  flouring  and  grist-mill  products,  chewing 
and  smoking  tobacco  and  snuff,  starch,  cheese,  butter, 

75 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

and  condensed  milk,  watches,  and  watch-cases.  The 
percentage  of  increase  is  in  excess  of  that  of  men 
workers  in  oleomargarine,  pocket-books,  trunks  and 
valises,  tanned,  curried,  and  finished  leather,  and 
needles  and  pins.  There  are  six  and  one-half  times 
as  many  women  as  men  in  collar  and  cuff  making, 
and  more  than  twice  as  many  in  the  leather  glove 
and  mitten  industry;  in  the  latter,  moreover,  the 
percentage  of  increase  for  women  is  double  that  for 
men.  There  are  37,762  women  making  cigars  and 
cigarettes,  a  gain  of  56  per  cent,  against  a  gain  of 
but  4.6  per  cent  for  men.  Malt  liquors  show  an 
increase  of  1 01.6  per  cent  of  women  workers  against  an 
increase  of  30.2  per  cent  of  men  workers.  Women 
have  also  increased  in  number  in  the  cotton  goods, 
flax,  hemp,  and  jute,  rubber  boot  and  shoe,  glass- 
making,  slaughtering,  and  meat-packing,  and  boot  and 
shoe  industries,  and  in  newspaper  publishing. 

VI 

There  are  168,624  children  employed  in  manu- 
factures throughout  the  country,  a  gain  of  39.5  per 
cent.  Child  labor  has  increased  in  twelve  of  the 
factory  States,  remained  practically  stationary  in  two 
(Michigan  and  New  Hampshire),  and  decreased  in 
five  States.  The  reasons  for  a  decrease,  where  it  is 
observed,  are  not  hard  to  find ;  in  certain  industries 
child  labor  has  been  demonstrated  to  be  unprofitable. 
But  wherever  it  has  been  found  profitable  it  seems 
to  have  been  increasingly  utilized.  The  increase  in 
Wisconsin  is  193.5  per  cent;  in  Washington,  103.8; 


OUR   FARMERS   AND   WAGE-EARNERS 

in  Illinois,  92;  in  New  Jersey,  51.4;  in  Pennsylvania, 
47.8 ;  and  in  Massachusetts,  44.9.  In  States  outside 
of  the  foregoing  list  the  same  tendency  is  shown. 
South  Carolina  increased  its  child  laborers  by  270.7 
per  cent ;  Alabama,  by  143.8  ;  North  Carolina,  1 19.2  ; 
Georgia,  81. 

Children  number  17.5  per  cent  of  all  the  factory 
wage-earners  of  South  Carolina,  and  14.6  per  cent  of 
all  those  of  North  Carolina.  In  five  other  Southern 
States  (including  Maryland)  the  percentages  range 
from  4.3  to  7.6,  while  among  Northern  States  Rhode 
Island  children  form  5.2  per  cent  of  the  factory 
wage-earners,  and  Pennsylvania  and  Wisconsin  chil- 
dren 4.5  and  4  per  cent,  respectively.  If  Pennsylvania 
is  comparatively  low  in  percentage,  it  is  because  of 
the  great  mass  of  its  adult  workers ;  for  in  absolute 
numbers  of  child  workers  it  heads  the  list  of  com- 
monwealths. No  less  than  33,135  children  are  em- 
ployed in  its  factories,  a  figure  which  puts  to  shame 
the  puny  showing  of  New  York,  with  13,199,  and  of 
Massachusetts,  with  12,556. 

In  certain  industries  children  form  more  than  one- 
fourth  of  all  the  operatives  for  a  particular  locality. 
In  the  making  of  cotton  goods  in  Alabama  29.2  per 
cent  of  the  workers  are  children,  and  in  South  Caro- 
lina 26.8  per  cent.  The  figures  for  this  industry  in 
North  Carolina,  Georgia,  Virginia,  and  Maryland  are 
nearly  identical.  In  Pennsylvania,  for  the  making 
of  jute  goods  the  figures  are  26.2,  and  for  silk  and 
silk  goods,  20.2.  Slightly  more  than  one-fourth  of 
the  hosiery  and  knit-goods  workers  of  Georgia  are 
children  and  slightly  less  than  one-fourth  of  the  to- 

77 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

bacco  workers  (chewing,  smoking,  and  snuff)  of 
North  Carolina.  Massachusetts,  with  its  factory 
law,  can  make  but  the  humble  showing  of  6.4  per 
cent  of  children  in  its  cotton-goods  factories,  and 
Rhode  Island  but  10.3  per  cent  Glass-making  is 
an  industry  which  has  made  a  most  literal  adap- 
tation of  Jesus'  invitation  to  little  children ;  though, 
if  the  words  of  reputable  eye-witnesses  are  to  be  ac- 
cepted, it  is  not  exactly  a  heaven  into  which  they 
are  welcomed.  Of  the  operatives  in  Pennsylvania 
glass  works,  children  number  14  per  cent,  and  of  those 
in  New  Jersey  glass  works,  15.7  per  cent. 

In  the  cotton-goods  industry  there  are  39,866  chil- 
dren, a  gain  of  70.1  per  cent.  It  is  interesting  to 
learn  that  there  are  1003  children  employed  in  ship- 
building, and  that  this  number  is  a  gain  of  476.4  per 
cent  over  1890.  There  are  4521  in  boot  and  shoe 
making,  an  increase  of  85  per  cent.  There  are  2259 
in  flax,  hemp,  and  jute  weaving,  nearly  twice  as  many 
as  ten  years  ago.  There  are  316  in  turpentine  and 
rosin  making,  a  gain  of  236.2  per  cent.  The  number 
has  decreased  for  some  reason  in  the  making  of  clay 
products,  as  has  also  the  number  of  men  workers, 
women  having  now  a  growing  preference  in  the  pot- 
teries. There  are  also  fewer  children  in  petroleum 
refining,  but  in  button-making  an  increase  of  321.6 
per  cent,  in  leather-glove  making  of  185.7  Per  cent, 
and  in  slaughtering  and  meat-packing  of  138.1  per 
cent  is  shown.  Watch-making  shows  a  gain  of  30 
per  cent,  bicycle-making  of  780  per  cent.  Children 
have  been  found  comparatively  unadaptable  in  the 
liquor  industry.  Only  643  are  employed  in  brewing 


OUR   FARMERS   AND  WAGE-EARNERS 

and  1 8  in  distilling.  For  all  that,  these  figures  repre- 
sent an  increase  —  in  the  former  case  of  24.6  per 
cent,  in  the  latter  of  200  per  cent. 

Children,  according  to  the  census,  are  persons  be- 
low the  age  of  sixteen.  Testimony  outside  of  the 
census  reports  shows  the  extreme  youth  of  many 
of  these  operatives.  Investigations  among  the  glass 
works  of  southern  New  Jersey  reveal  a  number  of 
cases  of  child  workers  of  eight,  nine,  and  ten  years 
of  age.  Mr.  J.  W.  Sullivan,  a  careful  and  accurate 
observer,  who  visited  this  district  in  July  of  the  pres- 
ent year,  confirms  these  statements.  Miss  Jane 
Addams,  of  Hull  House,  found  a  child  of  five  working 
at  night  in  a  South  Carolina  mill.  Mrs.  Irene  Ashby- 
Macfadyen,  who  has  carefully  studied  conditions  in 
the  Southern  mills,  gives  many  instances  of  extremely 
young  children  working  incredibly  long  hours.  Pro- 
fessor George  Clinton  Edwards,  in  the  New  York 
Evening  Post  for  August  I3th,  gives  other  instances 
relating  to  the  mills  of  Dallas,  Tex.  In  a  later 
communication  to  the  same  journal  he  quotes  the 
statement  of  a  mill  superintendent  to  the  effect 
that  of  sixty  boys  and  seventy-six  girls  employed, 
"there  are  two  in  their  tenth  year,  nine  in  their 
eleventh  year,  thirteen  in  their  twelfth  year,  and 
seventeen  in  their  fourteenth  year."  "  This  list,  from 
the  pay-roll,"  writes  Professor  Edwards,  "does  not 
include  the  little  children,  who,  with  the  mills'  knowl- 
edge, worked  at  the  mills'  work,  who  earned  the 
mills'  pay  in  the  10  or  20  per  cent  increase  received 
by  the  relatives  they  assisted  at  piece  work,  and  who 
were,  therefore,  in  fact,  the  mills'  employees."  La- 

79 


I 


OUR   BENEVOLENT    FEUDALISM 

bor  Commissioner  Lacey,  of  North  Carolina,  reports 
7605  children  under  fourteen  in  261  mills.  A  corre- 
spondent of  the  Cincinnati  Post  estimated  400  of 
the  1000  children  employed  in  five  mills  in  Colum- 
bia, S.C.,  to  be  under  twelve  years  of  age.  Testi- 
mony by  mill  officials  before  a  Southern  legislature 
acknowledged  in  one  instance  30  per  cent  of  child 
workers  under  twelve  years  in  a  spinning  room,  and 
in  another  25  per  cent 

The  census  reports  bear  amiable  testimony  to  the 
providence  of  the  mill-owners.  "  Many  of  the  mills," 
says  the  South  Carolina  report,  "  have  reading  rooms 
and  libraries  for  their  employees,  and  nearly  all  con- 
tribute regularly  to  the  support  of  the  local  schools." 
"  In  the  absence  of  legislation  regulating  child  labor," 
says  the  Georgia  report,  "  all  the  cotton  manufactur- 
ers in  the  State  have  signed  an  agreement  to  exclude 
from  the  mills  children  under  ten  years  of  age,  and 
those  under  twelve  who  cannot  show  a  certificate  of 
four  months'  attendance  at  school."  In  the  North 
Carolina  report  we  find,  "  In  the  absence  of  legisla- 
tion nearly  all  the  mill-owners  have  agreed  to  discon- 
tinue the  employment  of  children  under  twelve  years 
of  age."  A  correspondent  of  the  New  York  World 
found  a  like  benevolence  among  the  glass  employers 
in  southern  New  Jersey.  "  I  need  the  boys,"  said 
one,  "  all  I  can  do  is  to  treat  the  boys  as  well  as  I 
can."  The  mill-owners,  one  and  all,  demand  that  the 
State  keep  its  hands  off,  and  trust  to  their  own  be- 
nevolence for  remedies.  So  far,  in  the  South, 
depite  a  three  years'  agitation,  the  matter  is  still 
left  entirely  in  their  control. 

80 


OUR   FARMERS   AND   WAGE-EARNERS 

Criticism  of  the  mill-owners  has  been  made  to  the 
effect  that  despite  their  benevolent  professions,  the 
children  are  poorly  paid  and  that  they  remain  unedu- 
cated. Some  of  them  work  long  hours  for  10  cents 
a  day,  others  for  I2|,  15,  and  18  cents.  A  newspaper 
correspondent  tells  of  a  certain  spinning  room  in  a 
Southern  mill  wherein  the  average  daily  pay  for  all 
children  is  23^  cents.  "  I  know  of  babies,"  writes 
Mrs.  Macfadyen,  "  working  for  5  and  6  cents  a  day." 
The  schooling  which  a  child  working  seventy-two  hours 
a  week  can  get  may  be  roughly  guessed  at.  Mrs.  Mac- 
fadyen found  567  children  under  twelve  years  working 
in  eight  mills.  Only  122  of  these  children  could  read 
or  write.  In  a  school  in  a  mill-town  of  between  6000 
and  8000  persons,  the  same  investigator  found  an 
enrolment  of  90  pupils  divided  into  two  classes.  A 
visit  to  one  of  these  classes  disclosed  22  children,  only 
12  of  whom  were  mill-workers'  children,  and  10  had 
worked  in  the  mills  from  one  to  three  years. 

Criticisms  based  on  these  data  are,  however,  gen- 
erally held  to  be  sentimental  and  irrelevant.  Glass- 
blowing  or  textile-weaving,  like  anthracite  mining,  is, 
in  the  sententious  phrase  of  President  George  F.  Baer, 
of  the  Philadelphia  and  Reading  Railway  Company, 
"  a  business,  and  not  a  religious,  sentimental,  or 
academic  proposition."  It  is  conducted  for  the  mak- 
ing of  money,  and  not  for  the  spiritual  or  hygienic 
welfare  of  the  operatives.  It  would  be  well,  say  the 
employers,  if  things  could  be  better.  But  for  the 
present  they  are  making  all  the  contribution  to  that 
end  that  they  feel  can  conveniently  be  made.  More- 
over, they  contend  — and  they  are  supported  generally 

81 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

by  the  local  ministers,  who  have  in  charge  the  spiritual 
affairs  of  the  populace ;  by  the  local  editors,  lawyers, 
and  solid  men  of  "business  " — it  is  better  that  chil- 
dren should  work  in  the  mills  and  factories  than  "  run 
about  the  streets."  As  for  education,  the  contributing 
employers  point  to  the  schools,  as  though  to  say, 
"  Here  are  the  opportunities  ;  why  do  you  not  take 
advantage  of  them  ?  "  It  is  quite  enough  to  provide  a 
balky  horse  with  water,  without  being  morally  obliged 
to  make  him  drink. 


82 


CHAPTER  V 
OUR  MAKERS  OF  LAW 

THE  dual  responsibility  which  our  lawmakers  and 
judges  bear,  on  the  one  hand  to  the  people,  and  on 
the  other  to  the  Big  Men,  produces  a  chaos  of  con- 
flicting laws  and  decisions.  For  the  chartering  of 
business  corporations  we  have  the  "  Delaware  theory," 
which  seems  to  be  to  give  the  applicant  whatever  he 
asks  for ;  the  "  New  Jersey  theory,"  which  is  a  slight 
modification  of  the  former ;  and  the  "  Massachusetts 
theory,"  which  reserves  to  the  State  a  certain  measure 
of  supervision  and  control.  For  the  fixing  of  em- 
ployers' liability  for  injuries  to  workmen  we  have  a 
wide  range  of  precedents,  from  States  which  hold  to 
the  common-law  doctrine  that  practically  frees  the 
employer  from  blame,  to  those  which  fix  a  liability  in 
somewhat  definite  terms.  Factory  legislation,  regula- 
tions for  the  public  health,  the  determination  of  a 
legal  workday,  the  restraining  of  corporate  aggres- 
siveness —  these  and  a  score  of  like  questions  are 
variously  passed  upon  or  deliberately  avoided  in  the 
several  States.  Judicial  decisions,  too,  present  a 
spectacle  of  the  widest  diversity. 

Nevertheless  this  chaos  shows  signs  of  a  gradual 
reduction  to  order.  The  insistent  challenge,  "  Under 
which  king,  Bezonian,  speak  or  die  !  "  which  perpetu- 

83 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

ally  assails  all  of  our  legislative  and  judicial  function- 
aries, sooner  or  later  forces  a  decision,  and  naturally 
it  is  the  stronger  rival  that  wins.  How  effective  is 
this  challenge,  how  strong  is  the  pressure,  Mr.  John 
Jay  Chapman  has  strikingly  shown  in  his  "  Causes 
and  Consequences,"  and  the  instances  that  crop  out 
from  time  to  time,  like  that  of  the  recent  tampering 
with  the  Supreme  Court  of  Missouri,  reveal  only  a 
needless  confirmation  of  a  known  truth.  Legislation 
in  behalf  of  the  general  welfare  and  of  the  industrially 
dependent  classes  becomes  less  frequent  and  more 
guarded ;  and  judicial  decisions  in  matters  that  involve 
class  antagonisms  are  more  frequently  given  to  the 
dominant  class. 


A  marked  tendency  of  recent  legislation  is  that 
toward  giving  increased  powers  to  municipal  officials. 
Another  is  that  toward  the  creation  of  boards  charged 
with  administrative,  executive,  semi-judicial,  and  even 
police  powers.  The  institution  of  these  boards  means 
simply  a  further  removal  from  the  people  of  the  con- 
duct of  public  affairs.  Mr.  Leonard  A.  Blue,  in  the 
Annals  of  the  American  Academy  for  November,  1901, 
gives  an  interesting  view  of  the  subject.  "These 
boards,"  he  writes,  "  are  practically  irresponsible 
bodies.  They  are  beyond  the  control  'of  the  people, 
or  of  any  one  who  is  responsible  to  the  people  for 
their  actions.  Appointed  as  they  are  for  definite 
terms  of  office,  they  cannot  be  removed  during  that 
term  except  after  an  investigation  which  amounts  to 


OUR   MAKERS   OF   LAW 

an  impeachment.  The  Governor  who  appoints  them 
in  many  cases  can  only  appoint  a  single  member,  the 
terms  of  the  others  extending  beyond  his  own,  so 
that  he  can  neither  mould  the  policy  of  the  board  nor 
can  he  be  held  responsible  for  it."  And  he  quotes 
from  one  of  the  messages  of  the  Hon.  W.  E.  Russell, 
Governor  of  Massachusetts  (1891-93),  these  words: 
"  The  people  of  the  State  might  have  a  most  decided 
opinion  about  the  management  and  work  of  the  de- 
partments, and  give  emphatic  expression  to  that 
opinion,  and  yet  be  unable  to  control  their  action. 
The  system  gives  great  power  without  proper  respon- 
sibility, and  tends  to  remove  the  people's  government 
from  the  people's  control."  Irresponsible  to  both  the 
people  and  the  people's  officials  as  they  are,  these 
boards  are  yet  not  wholly  unsusceptible  to  outside 
pressure ;  they  are,  as  is  well  known,  peculiarly  liable 
to  the  influence  of  the  Big  Men. 

II 

While  legislation  moves  rapidly  enough  in  the  di- 
rection of  detaching  political  powers  from  the  people, 
it  shows  a  growing  disinclination  to  meddle  with 
affairs  between  magnate  and  minion.  Twelve  or 
fifteen  years  ago,  in  certain  sections,  "labor"  legis- 
lation had  a  flourishing  career.  The  number  of  laws 
so  classified,  passed  in  a  single  three-year  period  in 
New  York  State,  made  a  record  for  all  time.  Labor 
was  then  rapidly  combining,  and  its  lusty  organiza- 
tions made  emphatic  demands  for  protective  laws. 
A  Democratic  Governor,  not  wholly  regardless  of 

85 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

hopes  of  the  Presidential  succession,  for  the  time 
allied  himself  with  the  movement  and  secured  the 
passage  of  many  of  these  measures.  With  an  alacrity 
much  greater  than  that  with  which  the  Constitution 
follows  the  flag,  judicial  decisions  in  those  days  tended 
to  follow  the  general  policy  of  the  party  in  power, 
and  thus  but  slight  trouble  was  experienced  in  secur- 
ing constitutional  sanction. 

Other  States  followed,  and  for  several  years  the 
astonishment  and  indignation  of  the  Big  Men  were 
intermittently  roused  by  the  spectacle  of  Jacobini- 
cal legislators  meddling  in  affairs  outside  their  prov- 
ince. Mr.  F.  J.  Stimson,  in  the  Atlantic  Monthly  for 
November,  1897,  informs  us  that  in  the  ten  preceding 
years  1639  ^aws  relating  to  labor  had  been  passed  in 
the  various  States  and  Territories.  This  is  an  aver- 
age of  3.4  a  year  for  each  legislature,  though  the 
courts  had  modified  the  average  somewhat  by  declar- 
ing 1 14  of  these  measures  unconstitutional.  Doubt- 
less among  those  that  escaped  the  "killing  decree" 
of  the  courts  were  a  number  that  benefited  the  worker, 
though  it  is  doubtful  if  any  of  them  served  to  modify 
his  economic  status. 

However  that  may  be,  it  is  unquestioned  that  the 
tendency  toward  the  enactment  of  this  sort  of  legis- 
lation has  suffered  a  decline.  It  is  hard  to  fix  the 
point  of  culmination,  though  probably  it  lies  some- 
where about  the  years  1896-97.  In  isolated  instances, 
and  under  peculiar  circumstances,  it  is  conceded  there 
is  an  occasional  revival.  The  Pennsylvania  legisla- 
ture of  1897  showed  a  remarkable  zeal,  shortening 
the  workday  of  women  and  minors,  limiting  child 

86 


OUR   MAKERS   OF   LAW 

labor,  establishing  a  bureau  of  mines,  and  making 
other  regulations.  Maryland,  in  1898,  imposed  cer- 
tain mining  regulations  and  required  seats  in  stores 
for  women  workers.  Virginia  and  Massachusetts,  in 
the  same  year,  interfered  slightly,  the  former  with 
an  arbitration  act.  In  the  spring  of  1899,  Kansas, 
Illinois,  Colorado,  Indiana,  Michigan,  Nebraska, 
Washington,  and  Wisconsin,  all  addressed  themselves 
more  or  less  earnestly  to  the  redress  of  certain  griev- 
ances; and  they  were  followed  by  Iowa  in  1900,  by 
Massachusetts  again  in  the  same  year,  and  by  Ala- 
bama in  1901.  In  the  present  year  New  York,  after 
five  years  of  agitation,  reluctantly  granted  a  moder- 
ately expressed  employers'  liability  law. 

Most  of  this  legislation,  however,  was  enacted  in 
the  newer  States,  and  served  only  to  push  them  along 
toward  the  standard  set  in  the  older  States  in  earlier 
years.  Advances  of  any  sort  are  difficult  to  discover. 
As  for  the  year  1901,  the  record  of  progressive  legis- 
lation is  almost  bare.  Congress  suppressed  the  Eight- 
hour,  Anti-injunction,  and  Prison-labor  bills,  and  muti- 
lated the  Chinese  bill.  A  convention  of  the  National 
Association  of  Railway  Commissioners,  comprising 
representatives  from  twenty-five  State  boards  and 
from  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission,  petitioned 
Congress,  in  June,  1901,  to  enact  a  number  of  meas- 
ures regarding  railway  traffic ;  but  our  lawmakers 
appear  to  have  been  too  busy  with  other  matters. 
Factory  legislation  has  suffered  a  relapse  in  all  of 
the  States.  "  The  statutes  of  1901,"  euphemistically 
writes  Mr.  Horace  G.  Wadlin,  in  the  New  York  State 
Library's  "Review  of  Legislation,  1901,"  "which 

87 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

may  be  classed  as  protective  legislation,  intended 
to  safeguard  the  workman  in  his  employment  or  to 
secure  to  him  his  wages,  are  neither  very  numerous 
nor  very  radical."  Something  better,  however,  as 
Mr.  Adna  F.  Weber  points  out  in  the  same  volume, 
was  done  in  regard  to  shorter  workdays.  California 
passed  an  Eight-hour  law  for  State  work  ;  Minnesota, 
with  certain  liberal  exceptions,  another;  while  Utah 
penalized  infractions  of  an  existing  law.  Even  Penn- 
sylvania, generally  so  sensitive  in  the  matter  of  inter- 
fering with  the  rights  of  her  workers  to  employ 
themselves  in  any  manner  they  are  constrained  to 
choose,  made  the  daring  innovation  of  prohibiting  a 
longer  workday  than  twelve  hours  for  women  and 
minors  in  bakeries.  Doubtless  the  lesson  to  be 
learned  from  this  is  a  growing  inclination  toward  the 
gospel  of  relaxation,  which  Mr.  Herbert  Spencer  so 
emphatically  invoked  on  his  visit  here  twenty  years 
ago.  An  industrial  Feudalism  is  not  inconsistent 
with  a  moderate  workday,  and  it  is  not  unlikely  that 
some  further  experiments  in  this  line  may  be  made. 

Ill 

An  average  man,  not  overlearned  in  political 
science,  and  not  too  well  acquainted  with  the  ways 
and  means  of  politicians,  might  naturally  suppose 
that  the  result  of  something  more  than  1639  "  labor  " 
laws  would  be  an  almost  revolutionary  change  in  the 
conditions  of  industry.  He  might  suppose  a  general 
effect  comprising  these  particulars :  the  securing  of 
safe  places  and  safe  conditions  for  toil ;  the  utmost 

88 


OUR   MAKERS   OF    LAW 

safeguarding  against  accidents ;  the  fixing  of  liability 
for  injuries  or  death  suffered  in  the  service  of  a 
master;  the  guarantee  of  the  right  of  workmen  to 
combine,  to  leave  their  work  for  causes  sufficient  to 
themselves,  and  peaceably  to  persuade  others  to  do 
so ;  the  guarantee  of  protection  from  blacklisting  by 
employers,  and  the  framing  of  all  such  laws  in  a 
spirit  so  sincere  and  in  diction  so  definite  that  judicial 
discretion  would  be  reduced  to  a  minimum. 

"  Labor  "  legislation,  however,  takes  on  too  much 
a  form  and  pressure  due  to  influences  from  above  to 
confirm  even  this  temperate  supposition.  It  is  some- 
what presumptuous,  and  in  a  later  time  will  be  grossly 
impious,  for  a  layman  not  of  the  seigniorial  class  to 
speak  querulously  on  so  sacred  a  subject;  yet  it 
needs  must  be  said  that  the  mass  of  the  measures  so 
far  framed  have  proceeded  but  little  beyond  the  con- 
fines of  the  common  law.  Many  of  them,  indeed,  are 
mere  enactments  into  statute  of  that  elastic,  not  to  say 
elusive,  body  of  precedent.  The  common  law  comes 
down  to  us  from  distant  times,  when  other  conditions 
prevailed,  and  throughout  all  of  it  which  bears  on  the 
relations  of  master  and  servant  there  runs  a  principle 
based  on  an  unsupported  theory.  "This  theory," 
writes  Mr.  George  W.  Alger,  a  member  of  the  New 
York  Bar,  in  the  American  Journal  of  Sociology  for 
November,  1900,  "resolutely  closed  its  eyes  to  com- 
mon, obvious,  social  and  economic  distinctions  be- 
tween men,  either  considered  as  individuals  or  as 
classes,  and  with  a  self-imposed  blindness  imagined 
rather  than  saw  the  servant  and  his  master  acting 
upon  a  plane  of  absolute  and  ideal  equality  in  all 

89 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

matters  touching  their  contractual  relation;  both 
were  free  and  equal,  and  the  proper  function  of  gov- 
ernment was  to  let  them  alone.  If  the  servant  was 
dissatisfied  with  the  conditions  of  his  employment ; 
if  the  dangers  created  not  merely  by  the  necessities 
of  the  work,  but  by  the  master's  indifference  to  the 
safety  of  his  men,  were  in  the  eyes  of  the  latter  too 
great  to  be  endured  with  prudence,  then,  being  under 
this  theory  a  *  free  agent '  to  go  or  to  stay,  if  he  chose 
to  stay  he  must  take  the  possible  consequences  of 
personal  injury  or  death." 

Under  the  common  law,  it  is  true,  the  employer  is 
presumed  to  have  certain  duties  toward  his  workmen. 
As  interpreted  by  Mr.  Stephen  D.  Fessenden,  LL.M., 
in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Department  of  Labor,  for  No- 
vember, 1900,  these  obligations  are  as  follows  :  - 

"  An  employer  assumes  the  duty  toward  his  em- 
ployee of  exercising  reasonable  care  and  diligence  to 
provide  the  employee  with  a  reasonably  safe  place  at 
which  to  work  ;  with  reasonably  safe  machinery,  tools, 
and  implements  to  work  with  ;  with  reasonably  safe 
materials  to  work  upon,  and  with  suitable  and  com- 
petent fellow-servants  to  work  with  him ;  and,  in  case 
of  a  dangerous  or  complicated  business,  to  make  such 
reasonable  rules  for  its  conduct  as  may  be  proper  to 
protect  the  servants  employed  therein." 

This  common-law  doctrine  is,  however,  very  seri- 
ously qualified  by  the  doctrine  of  the  workman's 
assumption  of  risk,  of  his  contributory  negligence, 
and  of  negligence  on  the  part  of  a  fellow-servant. 
Each  of  the  terms  in  this  doctrinal  trinity  is  of  ex- 
pansive elasticity,  and  even  the  constituent  words  of 

90 


OUR   MAKERS   OF   LAW 

each  term  may  be  variously  interpreted.  So  that  a 
workman  forced  to  earn  his  bread  where  he  can,  in 
the  face  of  constant  perils,  literally  takes  his  life  in 
his  hands.  If  injured,  there  may  be  set  up  and  sus- 
tained against  his  claim  for  damages  the  plea  of  free 
and  unconstrained  assumption,  or  of  contributory 
negligence,  or  of  negligence  of  another  workman, 
even  though  the  latter  may  be  a  superior  who  orders 
the  victim  to  his  dangerous  task. 

"  It  is  a  well-settled  principle  of  common  law," 
writes  Mr.  Fessenden,  "  that  where  .  .  .  duties  [of 
employers]  are  imposed  by  legislative  enactment  or 
municipal  ordinance,  it  is  negligence  on  the  part  of 
the  employer  to  fail  to  comply  with  [these]  require- 
ments." Now  it  happens  that  the  United  States, 
twenty  States,  the  District  of  Columbia  (by  act  of 
Congress),  and  one  Territory  have  enacted  this  com- 
mon-law principle  into  statute,  affixing  it  to  certain 
regulations  of  industry.  Yet  in  such  manner  are 
the  greater  number  of  these  statutes  drawn  that  it  is 
often  found  possible  to  evade  them  on  the  score  of 
one  or  more  of  the  terms  in  the  common-law  theory. 
The  record  of  decisions  on  these  statutes  is  at  best 
conflicting  and  confusing.  But  enough  can  be  shown 
to  illustrate  the  frequent  futility  of  the  laws  to  secure 
either  employers'  compliance  with  imposed  duties  or 
employers'  liability  for  injuries  due  to  negligence. 
The  Ohio  Supreme  Court,  in  1895,  held  that  "one 
cannot  maintain  an  action  against  his  employer  for 
an  injury  following  a  violation  of  the  act  regulating 
coal  mines,  unless  at  the  time  he  was  injured  he  was 
in  the  exercise  of  due  care ;  that  one  who  voluntarily 

91 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

assumes  a  risk  thereby  waives  the  provisions  of  a 
statute  made  for  his  protection."  The  Wisconsin 
Supreme  Court  decided  that  the  law  (1889)  requiring 
the  guarding  or  blocking  of  railway  frogs  "  does  not 
take  away  the  defence  of  contributory  negligence." 
The  New  York  Court  of  Appeals  in  the  case  of 
Knisley  vs.  Pratt  (148  N.  Y.  372)  decided  that  to 
hold  that  the  workman  could  not  waive  his  master's 
statutory  duty  by  continuing  at  work  was  "  a  new  and 
startling  doctrine  calculated  to  establish  a  measure  of 
liability  unknown  to  the  common  law." 

Statute  law  is  presumed  to  replace  common  law 
and  to  redress  the  inequities  resulting  from  the  appli- 
cation of  old  principles  to  changed  conditions.  But 
the  redress  of  inequities  is  conspicuously  wanting  in 
much  of  the  so-called  "  protective  "  legislation.  It  is 
impossible  to  guess  whether  on  the  one  hand  in  leg- 
islative indifference  or  unwisdom,  or  on  the  other 
hand  in  judicial  interestedness  and  overwisdom,  lies 
the  greater  cause  of  these  statutory  failures.  Some 
added  speculations  on  the  subject  will  be  found  further 
along.  But  whatever  the  attitude  of  the  judges,  that 
of  the  lawmakers  reveals  a  chronic  and  now  intensi- 
fying fear  of  disturbing  the  sacred  privileges  of 
"  business." 

The  contractual  waiving,  by  the  employee,  of  the 
employer's  negligence,  is  a  subject  about  which  a 
number  of  legislatures  have  concerned  themselves. 
Two  States  (Georgia  and  Massachusetts),  according 
to  Mr.  Fessenden,  have  forbidden  such  waivers  gen- 
erally, one  State  (Ohio)  has  declared  void  such  con- 
tracts when  made  by  employees,  and  twelve  States 

92 


OUR   MAKERS   OF   LAW 

and  one  Territory  have  forbidden  such  waivers  where 
the  liability  is  imposed  by  statute.  The  Ohio  law, 
however,  was  declared  unconstitutional  by  the  United 
States  Circuit  Court  for  the  Northern  District  of  Ohio 
in  1896  on  the  ground  that  "in  denying  to  the  em- 
ployees of  a  railroad  corporation  the  right  to  make 
their  own  contracts  concerning  their  own  labor,  [it] 
is  depriving  them  of  '  liberty '  and  of  the  right  to 
exercise  the  privileges  of  manhood,  'without  due 
process  of  law ' ;  "  and  furthermore  that  it  was  class 
legislation.  Each  of  these  laws,  moreover,  can  be 
practically  nullified,  as  the  courts  have  repeatedly 
held.  An  employer  may  organize  a  relief  organiza- 
tion for  the  payment  of  benefits.  He  may  tax  his 
employees  for  a  greater  or  less  part  of  the  expenses 
of  the  department.  He  may  then  make  employment 
conditional  upon  the  workman's  joining  the  associa- 
tion and  signing  a  pledge  agreeing,  in  consideration 
of  the  payment  of  the  regular  benefits,  to  release  the 
employer  from  all  claims  for  injuries.  Such  contracts 
are  valid,  since,  according  to  the  ingenious  interpre- 
tation of  the  courts,  they  do  not  waive  damages,  but 
choose  between  two  sources  of  compensation.  Only 
one  State  (Iowa)  has  had  the  temerity  to  declare  this 
practice  illegal,  and  in  view  of  the  action  of  the 
courts  the  law  will  probably  be  held  to  be  unconsti- 
tutional. 

Statutory  provisions  against  accidents  to  workmen 
reveal  quite  as  much  timidity  as  do  provisions  regard- 
ing employers'  liability.  The  yearly  number  of  acci- 
dents in  our  industries  is  unknown,  and  can  be  only 
roughly  guessed  at.  The  investigation  of  the  New 

93 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

York  Commissioner  of  Labor,  in  the  spring  of  1899, 
would  indicate  a  yearly  average  of  14,576  accidents 
for  factory  workers  alone  in  one  State.  In  the  Penn- 
sylvania anthracite  mines  more  than  400  persons  are 
killed  every  year,  and  in  the  bituminous  mines  of  the 
same  State  the  yearly  average  for  the  period  1895-98 
was  171  killed  and  421  injured.  An  official  re- 
port made  to  the  United  States  Geological  Survey 
in  September  gives  the  record  of  lives  lost  in  mining 
coal  for  the  year  1901  as  1467,  and  the  number  of 
workmen  injured  as  3643.  In  the  anthracite  mines 
of  Pennsylvania  513  men  were  killed  and  1243  in- 
jured, and  in  the  bituminous  fields  of  the  same  State 
301  were  killed  and  656  injured.  The  railroads  pro- 
vide a  yearly  Gettysburg,  with  some  40,000  casualties 
to  workmen  alone ;  and  many  an  industry  annually 
furnishes  its  humble  Bull  Run  or  Fort  Donelson. 

Regulations,  however,  proceed  cautiously,  not  to 
say  haltingly;  they  are  generally  tame  regulations, 
they  are  frequently  disobeyed,  and  their  effect  on 
the  casualty  rate  is  anything  but  radical.  Though 
for  1901  the  increased  use  of  safety  appliances  les- 
sened the  percentage  of  coupling  accidents  on  rail- 
roads, the  percentage  actually  increased  for  1898, 
1899,  and  1900.  Since  1898  there  has  been  an 
increase  in  the  rate  of  accidents  in  coal  mining,  and 
doubtless,  also,  if  the  figures  were  known,  an  increase 
could  be  shown  for  factories  and  workshops. 

Although  twenty-one  States,  according  to  Mr. 
William  F.  Willoughby,  in  the  Bulletin  for  January, 
1901,  provide  for  an  inspection  service  in  factories, 
only  thirteen  impose  specific  provisions  making  it 

94 


OUR   MAKERS   OF   LAW 

obligatory  upon  factory  and  mill  owners  to  take  cer- 
tain precautions  against  accidents.  Only  one  of 
these  laws,  moreover, — that  of  Ohio,  —  may  fairly 
be  called  an  adequate  and  definitely  expressed  statute. 
There  are  but  five  States  that  have  enacted  laws  "  the 
purpose  of  which  is  to  make  it  obligatory  upon 
directors  of  building  and  construction  work  to  take 
certain  precautions  against  accidents,"  and  only 
one  of  these  (New  York)  has  given  the  measure  an 
adequate  comprehensiveness.  Twenty-three  States 
have  more  or  less  elaborate  mining  regulations ;  but 
as  compliance  with  these  laws  is  usually  left  to  the 
honor  and  benevolence  of  the  mine  owner,  and  as 
mining  accidents  continue  at  a  practically  static  rate, 
it  is  hard  to  see  the  beneficial  result.  Some  of  the 
States  compel  railroads  to  block  or  guard  frogs,  and 
several  have  laws  independent  of  the  Federal  statute 
of  1893,  requiring  the  use  of  automatic  couplers  and 
power  brakes.  The  former  may  be  evaded,  however ; 
and,  in  the  absence  of  statute  imposing  liability,  the 
evasion  counts  for  nothing  in  behalf  of  an  injured 
workman's  claim  for  damages.  The  effect  on  the 
accident  rates  has  already  been  mentioned. 

Dr.  Sarah  S.  Whittelsey's  paper  in  the  Annals  of 
the  American  Academy  for  July,  1902,  summarizes 
the  report  of  the  Industrial  Commission  on  the 
results  of  factory  legislation  in  the  various  States. 
From  this  it  appears  that  only  about  half  the  States 
have  passed  what  may  be  called  factory  acts,  many 
of  which  are  mere  fire-escape  provisions,  and  that 
there  are  almost  no  factory  acts  in  the  South,  nor  in 
the  more  distinctly  agricultural  States  of  the  West. 

95 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Nebraska,  and  California 
generously  permit  the  employment  in  factories  of 
children  ten  years  old ;  seven  States  put  the  limit 
at  twelve  years,  two  at  thirteen,  ten  at  fourteen,  and 
one  makes  the  limit  fourteen  years  for  girls  and  twelve 
years  for  boys.  Working  hours  have  been  more  or 
less  regulated  for  women  and  minors  in  fifteen  States, 
and  for  minors  alone  in  nine  States.  Courts  in  three 
States,  however,  have  declared  acts  regulating  work- 
ing hours  of  women  unconstitutional.  In  sixteen 
States,  three  Territories,  and  the  District  of  Columbia 
there  is  absolutely  no  limitation  for  persons  of  any 
age  or  sex.  Aside  from  certain  occasional  acts  re- 
lating to  the  payment  of  wages,  to  inspection,  and  to 
employers'  liability,  this  is  a  complete  summary  of 
protective  legislation  concerning  the  industries  that 
employ  5,321,087  of  the  Nation's  wage-earners. 

Mr.  Fessenden  gives  a  summary  of  the  laws  for  the 
protection  of  workmen  in  their  employment,  in  the 
Bulletin  for  January,  1900.  The  most  timid  conserva- 
tive may  read  it  with  relief,  for  any  fears  of  an  undue 
lodgment  of  power  in  the  working  classes  will  be 
effectually  banished  by  its  perusal.  Only  nine  States 
have  gone  so  far  as  to  enact  into  statute  the  supposed 
common-law  principle  that  combinations  of  workmen, 
formed  for  the  purpose  of  seeking  increase  of  wages 
and  betterment  of  conditions,  are  not  of  themselves 
unlawful.  Four  others  specify  that  the  provisions  of 
their  "  anti-trust "  acts  do  not  apply  to  combinations 
of  labor.  On  the  other  hand,  the  anti-conspiracy 
laws  of  eleven  States  are  capable  of  interpretation 
which  would  penalize  many  of  the  peaceable  methods 

96 


OUR   MAKERS   OF   LAW 

of  labor  societies,  and  such  interpretations  have  been 
frequently  made. 

Moreover,  the  wording  of  Sections  3995  and  5440 
of  the  Federal  Revised  Statutes,  chapters  647  of  the 
Anti-trust  act,  and  104  of  the  Interstate  Commerce 
act,  and  the  amendment  of  1889  to  the  latter,  are 
capable  of  interpretation  to  the  effect  that  collective 
quitting  of  work  on  railways  is  illegal.  Decisions  to 
that  effect  have  several  times  been  made  in  the 
United  States  courts.  "  A  strike,  or  a  preconcerted 
quitting  of  work,"  reads  the  decision  in  United  States 
vs.  Cassidy  (1895)  before  the  District  Court  of  the 
United  States  for  the  Northern  District  of  California, 
"by  a  combination  of  railroad  employees,  is  in  itself 
unlawful,  if  the  concerted  action  is  knowingly  and 
wilfully  directed  by  the  parties  to  it  for  the  purpose 
of  obstructing  and  retarding  the  passage  of  the  mails, 
or  in  restraint  of  trade  and  commerce  among  the 
States."  "  It  will  be  practically  impossible  hereafter," 
reads  the  United  States  Circuit  Court  decision  in  the 
case  of  Waterhouse  et  al.  vs.  Cromer  (1893),  "for  a 
body  of  men  to  combine  to  hinder  and  delay  the  work 
of  the  transportation  company  without  becoming 
amenable  to  the  provisions  of  these  statutes."  The 
indefinite  diction  of  many  of  the  State  laws  against 
"  intimidation  and  coercion  "  also  gives  wide  scope  to 
judicial  discretion,  and  permits  the  occasional  naming 
of  the  most  innocuous  acts  as  "  coercion." 

The  necessity  of  peace  in  an  industrial  society  is 
everywhere  recognized ;  and  it  is,  therefore,  not  sur- 
prising that  really  earnest  efforts  have  been  made  in 
behalf  of  arbitration.  It  obtained,  in  a  measure,  dur- 
H  97 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

ing  the  older  Feudalism,  through  the  "  courts  baron," 
which  considered  tenantry  and  wage-questions ;  and 
it  is  becoming  more  common  day  by  day.  Within 
sixteen  years  twenty-one  States  and  the  United  States 
have  passed  more  or  less  effective  measures  looking 
to  its  use  in  labor  disputes.  Political  coercion  is  also 
a  matter  that  has  won  a  large  share  of  legislative 
attention ;  twenty-nine  States  and  two  Territories 
have  enacted  laws  regarding  it.  There  is,  however, 
an  important  distinction  to  be  made.  In  an  ordinary 
conflict  of  political  issues,  when  the  magnates  and 
their  retainers  are  to  be  found  in  both  parties,  it  is 
obvious  confusion  and  the  unsettling  of  political  con- 
ditions for  the  employers  to  dictate  how  their  work- 
men shall  vote.  But  when  political  issues  suggest  a 
class  conflict,  as  in  1896,  some  of  the  provisions  of 
these  laws  are  by  common  consent  waived.  The 
humble  toiler  may  vote  as  he  likes  on  the  immaterial 
questions  of  ordinary  campaigns ;  but  on  questions 
having  to  do  with  the  salvation  of  society  and  the 
preservation  of  the  hallowed  code  of  "  business,"  in- 
struction and  even  gentle  pressure  become  the  solemn 
duty  of  his  social  betters.  There  are  fewer  laws,  it 
may  be  observed,  regarding  another  kind  of  coercion. 
Discharges  on  account  of  membership  in  a  labor 
union  are  forbidden  in  but  fifteen  states ;  and  in  two 
of  these  (Illinois  and  Missouri)  such  provisions 
have  been  found,  after  much  painstaking  study,  to  be 
unconstitutional.  The  discovery  is  considered  a  most 
happy  one ;  and  according  to  the  injunction  of  the 
Federal  Constitution,  that  "  full  faith  and  credit  shall 
be  given  in  each  State  to  the  public  acts,  records,  and 


OUR   MAKERS   OF   LAW 

judicial  proceedings  of  every  other  State,"  the  ruling 
will  no  doubt  be  found  applicable  in  a  number  of  the 
other  commonwealths. 


IV 

Our  lawmakers  are  not  to  be  blamed  for  decisions 
of  unconstitutionality.  Rather,  they  are  to  be  con- 
gratulated. For  the  recent  tendency  of  the  judges 
to  determine  for  themselves  what  shall  be  enacted 
into  law  has  developed  new  refuges  for  the  lawmak- 
ers. We  have  now  Solon,  the  legislator,  and  Rhada- 
manthus,  the  judge,  in  new  roles  —  the  roles  of  the 
good  and  bad  partner  of  Dickens's  novel.  To  the 
humble  voter,  when  the  pressure  from  below  conflicts 
with  the  pressure  from  above,  Solon  is  now  able  to 
stand  as  the  supporter  of  popular  measures,  and  to 
throw  upon  the  less  responsible  Rhadamanthus  the 
onus  of  declaring  them  bad  law.  The  fury  of  the 
magnate  at  Solon's  demagogy  is  mitigated,  if  not  ex- 
tinguished, when  he  considers  the  difficulties  of  the 
lawmaker's  position,  and  especially  by  the  further 
consideration  that  Rhadamanthus  has  the  final  word 
to  say.  Solon  has  other  refuges,  it  is  true  ;  and  some- 
times these  must  be  availed  of,  for  it  is  not  always  cer- 
tain that  a  projected  popular  measure  can  be  declared 
unconstitutional.  For  several  years  it  had  been  con- 
sidered possible,  for  instance,  that  an  employers'  lia- 
bility act,  if  passed  in  New  York,  would  stand  the 
test  of  the  courts.  It  became  the  custom,  therefore, 
when  an  adequate  measure  on  this  subject  was  intro- 
duced, for  the  adverse  interests  to  introduce  a  con- 

99 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

flicting  bill.  The  ingenious  lawmaker  thereupon 
regretfully  found  a  divided  public  sentiment,  and  as 
a  consequence  no  bill  was  passed.  There  are  no 
reasons  at  hand  for  accounting  for  the  fact  that  at  the 
last  session  of  the  Albany  legislature  such  a  measure 
was  actually  enacted. 


How  far  our  legislators  are  enabled  to  withstand 
public  sentiment,  no  matter  how  strongly  based  in 
reason  and  how  definite  in  objective,  may  be  instanced 
in  the  attitude  of  Congress  regarding  the  Safety- 
appliance  act  of  1893.  Agitation  for  this  measure 
had  grown  to  such  an  extent  that  action  could  no 
longer  be  delayed.  But  though  action  on  the  bill 
could  not  be  delayed,  the  terms  of  fulfilment  of  the 
bill  could  be  postponed  to  a  comparatively  remote 
period.  The  number  of  railway  employees  killed  in 
the  year  ended  June  30,  1893,  was  2727,  a  number 
exceeding  the  Union  death  roll  in  every  battle  of  the 
Civil  War  except  Gettysburg,  and  within  243  of  that 
record.  In  the  same  year  the  number  of  wounded 
(3 1, 729)  was  more  than  three  times  as  great  as  the 
number  of  Union  wounded  at  either  Antietam  or 
Chancellorsville,  and  more  than  double  that  at  Gettys- 
burg. Yet  despite  this  tremendous  carnage,  the 
legislators,  wavering  between  the  public  demands 
and  the  demands  of  the  magnates,  though  they 
passed  the  bill,  generously  granted  five  years  for  its 
complete  observance,  and  then  gave  the  Interstate 
Commerce  Commission  the  power  to  grant  further 

100 


OUR   MAKERS   OF   LAW 

delays  —  in  effect  giving  seven  years  for  its  fulfil- 
ment. In  those  seven  years  13,906  employees  were 
killed  —  a  loss  exceeding  the  Union  death  roll  at 
Gettysburg,  Spottsylvania,  the  Wilderness,  Antietam, 
Chancellorsville  and  Chickamauga  combined  —  and 
approximately  220,000  were  wounded,  or  more  than 
three  times  the  number  of  Union  wounded  in  those 
six  battles.  That  a  great  part  of  this  casualty  record 
was  avoidable  is  evidenced  in  the  August  report  of 
the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission,  which  shows 
that  the  number  of  employees  killed  in  coupling 
accidents  in  the  year  ended  June  30,  1901,  declined 
from  282  to  198,  and  the  number  injured  from  5229 
to  2768.  It  was  in  1893  that  this  generous  latitude 
was  granted  the  magnates.  Were  the  occasion  to 
arise  now,  it  is  probable  that  the  term  of  grace  would 
number  fourteen  years  instead  of  seven.  ^ 


101 


CHAPTER  VI 
OUR  INTERPRETERS  OF  LAW 

THE  attitude  of  the  judiciary  in  matters  involving 
class  antagonisms  is  a  subject  upon  which  only  the 
most  restrained  language  is  tolerable.  Even  general 
inferences  which  suggest  such  a  thing  as  judicial 
bias  must  be  avoided.  Faith  in  the  rectitude  and 
wisdom  of  our  judges  is  a  virtue  sedulously  preached, 
—  perhaps  most  insistently  by  those  who  do  most 
toward  their  corruption,  —  and  though  the  virtue  as 
we  know  it  is  rather  vocal  than  immanent,  it  is 
sufficiently  deep-seated  to  be  intolerant  of  spoken 
heresy.  Were  it  openly  questioned  by  any  consider- 
able body  of  citizens,  the  foolhardy  persons  would 
soon  bring  down  upon  themselves  the  rallying  on- 
slaught of  those  heterogeneous  elements  which  Karl 
Marx  somewhat  extravagantly  pictured,  "  landlords 
and  capitalists,  stock-exchange  wolves  and  shop- 
keepers, protectionists  and  free-traders,  government 
and  opposition,  priests  and  freethinkers,  young  street- 
walkers and  old  nuns  —  under  the  common  cry  for 
the  salvation  of  property,  religion,  the  family,  and 
society."  Such  heretics  might  have  all  the  certainty 
of  Paul,  "  that  the  law  is  good,  if  a  man  use  it  law- 
fully," and  yet  it  would  be  a  parlous  thing  to  be 

1 02 


OUR   INTERPRETERS   OF   LAW 

openly  sceptical  of  the  assumption  that  it  is  always 
lawfully  used. 

But  at  least  one  may,  without  attainder  of  anarchy, 
assemble  and  classify  certain  instances,  and  point  out 
their  coincidences  and  their  contrarieties.  There  is, 
for  example,  a  notable  sameness  in  kind  of  the  laws 
which  are  declared  unconstitutional.  There  is,  to 
utter  it  mildly,  a  vast  preponderance  in  the  number 
of  injunctions  against  striking,  boycotting,  and  agi- 
tating over  the  number  against  locking-out,  black- 
listing, and  the  employment  of  armed  mercenaries. 
There  is  a  practical,  though  nor  an  entire,  unanimity 
against  the  awarding  of  damages  to  injured  employees, 
whether  the  decision  be  based  on  common  or  statute 
law;  and,  finally,  there  is  a  considerable  diversity 
between  the  decisions  usually  rendered  by  judges 
elected  for  short  terms,  and  therefore  directly  respon- 
sible to  the  people,  and  those  rendered  by  the  less 
responsible  judges,  elected  for  long  terms  or  appointed. 


The  legislative  aspects  of  employers'  liability  have 
already  been  considered.  Certain  judicial  aspects  of 
the  matter  need  also  to  be  touched  upon.  The  ques- 
tion is  one  of  grave  social  import.  The  worker  no 
longer  owns  his  tools,  but  must  use  the  machinery 
provided  for  him.  A  certain  element  of  danger  in- 
heres in  the  operation  of  probably  all  machinery ; 
but  when  old,  defective,  or  with  its  dangerous  parts 
unguarded,  injuries  to  its  operatives  are  well-nigh 
certain.  Yet  for  such  injuries,  with  their  awful  con- 

103 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

sequences  to  the  operative  and  his  dependent  ones, 
there  is  generally  no  redress,  except  in  a  few  States 
where  statutes  have  fixed  the  matter  of  liability  in  set 
terms  which  leave  no  room  for  judicial  discretion. 

Under  the  common  law  the  workman  is  held  to 
assume  the  risk  attending  his  employment.  He  is  a 
free  agent  —  so  the  legal  fiction  runs  —  and  if  afraid 
of  injury  need  not  work.  Common  law  also  pre- 
supposes the  providing  of  a  "  reasonably  safe  "  place 
and  "  reasonably  safe  "  machinery  by  the  employer. 
It  would  be  difficult  to  determine,  however,  from  the 
mass  of  decisions  under  the  common  law,  what  is 
meant  by  "reasonably  safe."  A  Colorado  lower 
court  gave  damages  to  the  mother  of  a  miner  killed 
by  falling  rock  while  removing  de"bris  from  one  of 
the  mines  of  the  Moon-Anchor  Consolidated  Gold 
Mines,  Limited.  The  case  came  finally  to  the  United 
States  Circuit  Court  of  Appeals  for  the  Eighth  Dis- 
trict, and  the  judgment  was  reversed,  Judges  Sanborn 
and  Adams  concurring  and  Judge  Thayer  dissenting. 
The  work  was  admittedly  hazardous ;  in  the  opinion 
of  Judge  Thayer  "the  place  was  needlessly  made 
unsafe  by  the  master's  negligence."  The  concurring 
judges,  however,  decided  that  the  company's  negli- 
gence was  not  responsible,  and  that  "the  deceased  of 
his  own  free  will  determined  to  cope  with  these  risks 
and  hazards.  ...  In  this,  his  own  voluntary  con- 
duct, is  found  the  intervening,  proximate,  and  respon- 
sible cause  of  his  injury."  (in  Federal  Reporter, 
298.) 

Even  when  the  employer  assures  the  workman  of 
the  safety  of  a  machine,  the  risk  is  still,  according  to 

104 


OUR   INTERPRETERS   OF   LAW 

many  decisions,  the  workman's.  The  Circuit  Court 
of  Shiawassee  County,  Michigan,  refused  to  award 
damages  to  a  workman  for  injuries  sustained  from 
a  defective  machine  which  he  was  operating  for  his 
employer.  The  case  went  to  the  Supreme  Court  on 
a  writ  of  error,  and  on  December  15,  1900,  that  court 
affirmed  the  previous  judgment.  It  had  been  shown 
that  the  plaintiff  warned  his  employer  of  the  danger 
of  the  machine,  and  that  the  employer  gave  assurances 
to  the  contrary.  Nevertheless,  in  the  words  of  Judge 
Moon  (Moore  ?),  "  one  cannot  continue  to  operate 
a  machine  which  he  knows  is  dangerous  simply  upon 
the  assurance  of  his  employer  that  it  is  not,  if  he  has 
just  as  much  knowledge  of  the  danger  arising  from 
the  operation  of  the  machine  as  the  principal  has 
[without  assuming  the  risk]."  (82  N.  W.  Reporter, 

I797-) 

The  decision,  read  by  Judge  McLennan,  in  the 
recent  case  of  Rice  vs.  the  Eureka  Paper  Company 
(76  App.  Div.  336)  before  the  Fourth  Appellate 
Division  of  New  York  State,  would  seem  to  indicate 
that  the  burden  of  risk  is  not  to  be  shifted  from  the 
workman  even  when  his  employer  acknowledges  a 
defect  in  machinery  and  promises  to  remedy  it. 
There  is  some  doubt,  however,  if  such  a  decision, 
though  valid  in  many  States,  will  stand  in  the  State 
where  it  was  given;  for  the  Court  of  Appeals  has 
several  times  decided  that  liability  follows  from  an 
acknowledgment  of  defective  machinery.  On  the 
other  hand,  this  highest  court  of  New  York  State 
has  won  the  distinction  of  carrying  the  doctrine  of 
assumption  of  risk  to  an  extreme  degree.  The  case 

105 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

of  Gabrielson  vs.  Waydell  (135  N.  Y.  i)  involved 
the  question  of  the  liability  of  the  owners  of  a  mari- 
time vessel  for  injuries  suffered  by  a  sailor  in  their 
employ.  The  captain  of  the  vessel  had  committed  a 
confessedly  unprovoked  and  particularly  brutal  assault 
upon  the  sailor,  who  had  subsequently  sued  the  owner 
for  damages.  The  court  decided  that  the  sailor  had 
no  redress ;  that  "  the  misconduct  of  the  captain  was 
a  risk  assumed  by  the  seaman,  for  the  consequences 
of  which  the  owners  are  not  responsible." 

A  fact  more  curious  yet  to  the  unlegal  mind  is  the 
judicial  contention,  instanced  in  the  previous  chapter, 
that  statutory  provisions  for  the  safeguarding  of  ma- 
chinery may  be  waived  by  the  workman.  Evidently 
his  burden  of  risk,  like  the  Hindu's  caste,  is  born 
with  him,  and  cannot  be  laid  aside  or  escaped.  The 
case  of  the  E.  S.  Higgins  Carpet  Company  vs. 
O'Keefe  (79  Federal  Reporter,  900)  is  an  illustration. 
Damages  for  an  injury  received  from  an  unguarded 
machine  had  been  given  a  fifteen-year-old  boy  in  the 
United  States  Circuit  Court  for  the  Southern  District 
of  New  York.  The  United  States  Circuit  Court  of 
Appeals  for  the  Second  Circuit,  however,  reversed  the 
judgment.  The  plaintiff  was  a  minor,  but  this  fact 
was  held  to  have  no  bearing.  "We  think  the  cir- 
cumstance that  he  was  a  minor  of  no  importance," 
read  the  decision  of  Judge  Wallace.  "The  rules 
which  govern  actions  for  negligence  in  the  case  of 
children  of  tender  years  do  not  apply  to  minors  who 
have  attained  years  of  discretion."  The  New  York 
factory  act  required  guards  for  this  particular  kind 
of  machine.  But  that,  also,  was  immaterial.  "  The 

1 06 


OUR   INTERPRETERS   OF   LAW 

provisions  of  the  statute  .  .  .  requiring  cogs  to  be 
properly  guarded,  have  no  application  to  the  case, 
except  as  regards  the  question  of  the  negligence  of 
the  defendant.  As  construed  by  the  highest  courts 
of  the  State,  the  statute  does  not  impose  any  liability 
upon  an  employer  for  injuries  received  by  a  minor  in 
his  service  in  consequence  of  the  fault  of  the  employee, 
or  arising  from  the  obvious  risks  of  the  service  he 
has  undertaken  to  perform."  To  clinch  the  matter, 
Judge  Wallace  cited  the  then  recent  case  of  Graves 
vs.  Brewer  before  the  Fourth  Appellate  Division  of 
New  York  State,  wherein  the  court  held  that  "  the 
liability  of  the  employer  was  not  changed  by  reason 
of  the  factory  act  requiring  cog-wheels  to  be  covered, 
because  such  protection  could  be  waived  and  was 
waived  by  a  person  accepting  employment  upon  the 
machine  with  the  cogs  in  an  unguarded  condition,  as 
the  danger  was  apparent,  and  one  of  the  obvious  risks 
of  the  employment."  The  case  of  Knisley  vs.  Pratt 
(148  N.  Y.  372)  before  the  New  York  Court  of  Ap- 
peals was  decided  in  the  same  way,  and  also  the  case 
of  White  vs.  Witteman  Lithographic  Company.  In 
the  latter  case  the  plaintiff  was  a  child  of  fourteen. 

Such  decisions  are  common  in  more  States  than 
one.  Another  case  which  may  prove  of  some  interest 
to  the  lay  mind  is  that  of  Gillen  vs.  the  Patten  and 
Sherman  Railroad  Company  (44  Atlantic  Reporter, 
361).  The  plaintiff,  while  uncoupling  cars,  had 
his  foot  crushed  in  an  unfilled  frog,  and  had  been 
awarded  damages.  A  motion  for  a  new  trial  was 
argued  before  the  Supreme  Judicial  Court  of  Maine, 
and  was  granted.  The  decision,  delivered  by  Judge 

107 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

Lucilius  A.  Emery,  acknowledged  the  existence  of  a 
statute  (chapter  216  of  1889)  requiring  the  filling  or 
blocking  of  guard  rails  or  frogs  on  all  railways  before 
January  I,  1890.  It  held,  however,  that  such  filling 
and  blocking  was  not  immediately  mandatory  upon 
a  railroad  constructed  after  that  date.  "  Such  com- 
pany is  entitled  to  a  reasonable  time  for  compliance 
with  that  statute."  It  was  at  a  crossing  of  such  a 
railway  that  the  trainman  lost  his  foot.  He  had  no 
right  to  assume  that  the  rails  were  blocked,  merely 
because  a  statute  said  they  should  be.  The  brake- 
man,  therefore,  assumed  the  risk,  and  he  also  fur- 
nished contributory  negligence,  since  "  to  move  about 
over  frogs  and  switches  while  coupling  and  uncoup- 
ling cars,  even  in  moving  trains,  without  taking  any 
thought  of  the  frogs  and  guard  rails,  or  as  to  where 
he  may  be  stepping,  is  negligence  on  his  part  con- 
tributing to  the  catching  his  foot  in  them." 

When  the  doctrine  of  assumption  of  risk  is  inappli- 
cable, when  personal  negligence  cannot  be  shown,  and 
when  there  has  been  no  waiving  of  statutory  provi- 
sions by  the  workman,  there  is  yet,  in  judicial  eyes, 
one  last  resort  for  the  defendant  company  —  the  com- 
mon-law plea  of  negligence  on  the  part  of  a  fellow- 
workman.  There  is  some  diversity  of  opinion  among 
eminent  judges  as  to  who  are  strictly  fellow-servants. 
"The  courts  of  the  majority  of  the  States  hold,  how- 
ever," writes  Mr.  Stephen  D.  Fessenden,  in  the  Bul- 
letin of  the  Department  of  Labor  for  November, 
1900,  "that  the  mere  difference  in  grades  of  employ- 
ment, or  in  authority,  with  respect  to  each  other,  does 
not  remove  them  from  the  class  of  fellow-servants  as 

1 08 


OUR   INTERPRETERS    OF   LAW 

regards  the  liability  of  the  employer  for  injuries  to 
the  one  caused  by  the  negligence  of  the  other."  Thus 
it  has  happened  that  a  workman  acting  in  the  capac- 
ity of  agent  for  his  employer,  and  ordering  other 
workmen  to  do  tasks  at  which  injuries  have  resulted, 
has  been  held  to  be  a  fellow-servant  —  a  judgment 
relieving  his  employer  of  liability.  To  the  lay  mind 
it  would  seem  that  workmen  in  different  departments 
could  hardly  be  classed  as  fellow-servants ;  and  the 
United  States  Supreme  Court  has  rendered  a  decision 
which  makes  possible,  under  certain  circumstances, 
such  a  discrimination.  Since  then,  however,  the 
Federal  courts  have  suffered  a  reaction  on  the  ques- 
tion, and  current  decisions  tend  the  other  way. 

A  case  before  a  State  tribunal — the  Supreme  Court 
of  Georgia  (35  Southeastern  Reporter,  365)  —  illus- 
trates the  possibilities  which  lie  in  this  doctrine.  A 
lineman,  while  repairing  a  wire  for  the  Brush  Electric 
Light  and  Power  Company,  at  Savannah,  Ga.,  was 
killed  through  the  act  of  the  engineer  in  turning 
on  the  current.  The  city  court  of  Savannah  gave 
damages  to  his  widow.  The  case  was  taken  to  the 
State  Supreme  Court,  and  decision  rendered  March 
3,  1900.  The  counsel  for  the  plaintiff  contended 
that  the  fellow-servant  doctrine  could  not  apply,  on 
account  of  the  lineman  and  engineer  working  in 
different  departments,  "  so  that  there  was  no  oppor- 
tunity for  the  exertion  of  a  mutual  influence  upon 
each  other's  carefulness."  The  court,  however,  re- 
versed the  verdict. 

The  disparity  of  opinion  between  inferior  judges 
and  superior  judges  in  cases  of  this  kind  is  remark- 

109 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

able.  The  monthly  Bulletins  of  the  Department  of 
Labor  give  a  fairly  excellent  summary  of  court 
decisions  on  labor  questions.  He  who  reads  them 
will  find  the  expression,  "judgment  of  the  lower 
court  reversed,"  recurring  with  a  rather  painful 
iteration  ;  unless,  indeed,  the  decision  of  the  lower 
court  has  rebuked  the  plaintiff,  when  the  expression, 
"judgment  of  the  lower  court  affirmed,"  is  usually 
found.  Mr.  George  W.  Alger,  in  an  article  on 
"The  Courts  and  Factory  Legislation,"  in  the 
American  Journal  of  Sociology  for  November,  1900, 
gives  the  following  careful  and  temperately  worded 
summary  of  recent  reversals  in  employers'  liability 
cases  in  New  York  State :  — 

"  The  percentage  of  reversals  on  appeal  in  master- 
and-servant  cases  of  this  kind,  when  the  verdict  of 
the  juries  in  the  courts  below  had  been  in  plaintiff's 
favor,  is  perhaps  larger  than  in  any  other  branch  of 
litigation.  In  New  York,  for  example,  an  examina- 
tion of  twenty  volumes  of  the  Court  of  Appeals 
reports  (126  N.  Y. -156  N.  Y.)  shows  written  opin- 
ions in  thirty-seven  such  cases.  Of  these:  (i)  in 
three  cases  the  juries  in  the  lower  court  had  found 
for  defendant,  and  plaintiff  was  the  appellant;  (2) 
in  four  cases  the  court  below  had  dismissed  plaintiff's 
case  as  insufficient,  without  requiring  defendant  to 
introduce  any  testimony;  (3)  in  thirty  cases  the 
juries  below  had  found  for  plaintiff  with  substantial 
damages.  The  Court  of  Appeals  in  class  (i)  af- 
firmed all  of  the  cases  where  plaintiff  was  defeated 
below.  In  class  (2)  it  reversed  the  four  cases  where 
plaintiff  had  been  summarily  non-suited  and  sent 

no 


OUR   INTERPRETERS   OF   LAW 

the  cases  back  to  trial  courts  to  hear  defendant's 
testimony:  a  partial  victory  at  most  for  plaintiff. 
In  class  (3),  where  plaintiff  had  actually  received  a 
verdict,  of  the  thirty  cases  twenty-eight  were  reversed. 
These  statistics  are  interesting  as  showing  how  com- 
plete is  the  lack  of  harmony  between  the  courts,  at 
least  in  New  York,  and  the  moral  sense  of  the 
people  by  whom  the  courts  were  created,  in  regard 
to  these  cases.  Twice  in  thirty  times  do  the  opin- 
ions of  the  learned  judges  of  New  York's  highest 
court  coincide  with  the  opinions  of  juries  of  citizens 
as  to  the  requirements  of  justice." 

The  tendency,  which  is  most  clearly  indicated  by 
the  mass  of  decisions  in  cases  demanding  damages 
for  injuries  or  death,  is  the  growing  disposition  to 
make  property  paramount  and  life  subordinate.  It 
is  a  common  practice  to  set  aside  verdicts  of  damages 
on  the  score  that  they  are  excessive.  It  is  no  less  a 
common  practice  to  instruct  the  jury  to  decide  for 
the  defendant  in  order  to  rebuke  litigation.  The 
language  of  the  leading  work  on  one  phase  of  this 
subject  —  Shearman  and  Redfield's  "A  Treatise  on 
the  Law  of  Negligence  "  —  sums  up  the  matter  in  a 
few  words :  — 

"  It  has  become  quite  common  for  judges  to  state 
as  the  ground  of  decisions  the  necessity  of  restrict- 
ing litigation.  Reduced  to  plain  English,  this  means 
the  necessity  of  compelling  the  great  majority  of  men 
and  women  to  submit  to  injustice  in  order  to  relieve 
judges  from  the  labor  of  awarding  justice.  .  .  .  The 
stubborn  resistance  of  business  corporations,  common 
carriers,  and  mill-owners,  to  the  enforcement  of  the 

in 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

most  moderate  laws  for  the  protection  of  human 
beings  from  injury,  and  their  utter  failure  to  provide 
such  protection  of  their  own  accord,  ought  to  satisfy 
any  impartial  judge  that  true  justice  demands  a  con- 
stant expansion  of  the  law  in  the  direction  of  in- 
creased responsibility  for  negligence." 

II 

"  Law,"  wrote  Sir  Edward  Coke,  "  is  the  perfection 
of  reason."  This  may  be  true  ;  but,  if  so,  it  tends  to 
throw  mankind  over  to  the  position  of  the  Catholics, 
that  the  reason  itself  needs  considerable  perfecting. 
This  is  not  only  the  disposition  of  the  lay  mind,  but, 
evidently,  also  of  the  supreme  judicial  mind;  for  a 
large  part  of  the  higher  judicial  activity  during  recent 
years  has  been  expended  in  declaring  null  and  void 
laws  passed  by  two  houses  of  the  people's  representa- 
tives and  signed  by  an  elected  Governor  or  President. 
Mr.  Stimson,  in  his  summary  of  labor  legislation  for 
the  years  1887-97,  found  that  only  114  out  of  the 
1639  laws  passed  had  been  declared  unconstitutional. 
But  these  114  comprised  examples  from  19  out  of  the 
35  classes  of  legislation  passed,  and  must  therefore 
have  reacted  upon  a  very  considerable  number  of  the 
remainder.  It  is  a  coincidence  which  has  been  noted 
before,  and  need  not  be  specially  insisted  upon  here, 
that  the  overwhelming  majority  of  laws  which  fail  to 
reach  the  constitutional  standards  set  by  our  judges 
are  those  intended  to  safeguard  the  interests  of  the 
industrially  subordinate  and  to  set  some  limitation  to 
the  powers  of  the  industrially  mighty. 

112 


OUR  INTERPRETERS   OF   LAW 

The  judicial  mind,  however,  affects  to  know  no 
difference  between  high  and  low,  between  weak  and 
strong;  and  thus  its  decisions,  ignoring  actual  con- 
ditions, tend  more  and  more  to  strengthen  the  powers 
of  one  class  and  to  weaken  the  powers  of  another. 
"  Liberty  "  is  the  shibboleth ;  the  citizen  must  be  free 
to  act  as  he  wills.  Somewhat  curiously,  though, 
liberty  of  speech,  press,  and  assemblage  is  not  so 
strenuously  insisted  upon  ;  and,  indeed,  by  injunctions 
and  other  judicial  determinations  is  at  times  rather 
severely  limited :  the  miners  of  West  Virginia  have 
been  recently  enjoined  from  holding  meetings  on  their 
own  grounds.  But  economic  liberty  —  the  liberty  of 
the  dependent  classes  to  do  acts  which,  in  the  nature 
of  things,  they  cannot  possibly  do  —  is  held  for  a 
sacred  principle.  The  doctrine  of  the  extension  of 
the  State's  police  power,  limiting  the  foregoing  doc- 
trine, has  gained  some  headway  since  the  Utah  deci- 
sion confirmed  a  State's  right  to  limit  the  hours  of 
work  for  men  in  dangerous  trades ;  but  the  determi- 
nation of  how  far  it  is  to  be  applied  rests  largely  with 
the  forty-eight  State  and  Territorial  courts ;  and  it  is 
a  safe  guess  that  it  will  meet  with  stiff  resistance  if 
incarnated  in  further  "advanced"  legislation. 

"  No  discrimination,"  which  in  effect  means  much 
discrimination,  follows  the  judicial  shibboleth  of 
"  liberty."  Especially  zealous  for  the  protection  of 
liberty  and  keenly  watchful  of  proposed  discrimina- 
tion is  that  eminent  tribunal,  the  Supreme  Court  of 
Illinois.  Some  six  years  ago  it  discovered  that  the 
statute  regulating  the  hours  of  women  workers  in  the 
factories  contravened  the  Federal  and  State  constitu- 
i  113 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

tional  guarantees  of  "  life,  liberty,  and  property."  A 
woman's  labor  was  her  property,  and  any  limitation 
of  it  was  a  deprivation  "  without  due  process  of  law." 
On  December  20,  1900,  it  fell  to  the  lot  of  this  tribu- 
nal to  pass  upon  two  labor  laws,  —  to  the  lay  mind 
entirely  different  in  principle,  —  and,  by  a  somewhat 
difficult  struggling  along  parallel  lines  of  argument, 
triumphantly  to  reach  conclusions  adverse  to  both  of 
them.  One  was  the  Chicago  ordinance  requiring 
union  labor  and  an  eight-hour  day  on  all  public  work 
contracted  for ;  the  other  the  State  statute  prohibiting 
discharge  of  an  employee  for  belonging  to  a  labor 
union.  Regarding  the  ordinance,  the  union  require- 
ment, in  the  words  of  Associate  Justice  Magruder, 
"  amounts  to  a  discrimination  between  different 
classes  of  citizens."  It  is  therefore  void,  and  the 
eight-hour  provision  is  also  void,  because  it  "  infringes 
upon  the  freedom  of  contract,  to  which  every  citizen 
is  entitled  under  the  law.  .  .  .  Any  statute  provid- 
ing that  the  employer  and  laborer  may  not  agree  with 
each  other  as  to  what  time  shall  constitute  a  day's 
work  is  an  invalid  act."  (58  Northeastern  Reporter, 
985.) 

Without  venturing  to  discuss  this  ruling,  one  may 
at  least  compare  it  with  the  ruling  on  the  State  statute. 
The  latter  was  a  law  intended  to  prevent  discrimina- 
tion against  union  men.  But,  curiously  to  the  unlegal 
mind,  it  is  discovered  to  be  discrimination  m  favor  of 
the  union  man.  "  The  act  certainly  does  grant  to  that 
class  of  laborers  who  belong  to  union  labor  organiza- 
tions a  special  privilege."  (58  Northeastern  Reporter, 
1007.)  The  act  was  also  found  to  "  contravene  those 

114 


OUR    INTERPRETERS   OF   LAW 

provisions  of  the  State  and  Federal  constitutions 
which  guarantee  that  no  person  shall  be  deprived  of 
*  life,  liberty,  or  property  without  due  process  of  law.' ' 
"That  strain  again,"  as  Orsino,  in  "  Twelfth  Night," 
exclaims.  It  has  not,  however,  a  "dying  fall,"  for  it 
has  been  taken  up  and  echoed  in  other  quarters  since. 

The  liberty  of  the  employer  to  pay  his  employees 
in  brass  checks  or  store  orders  was  affirmed  by  the 
Kansas  Supreme  Court  on  December  9,  1896,  and 
the  act  requiring  payment  in  lawful  money  was  de- 
clared invalid.  "  To  say  that  a  free  citizen  can  con- 
tract for  or  agree  to  receive  in  return  for  his  labor 
one  kind  of  property  only,  and  that  which  represents 
the  smallest  part  of  the  aggregate  wealth  of  the 
country,  is  a  clear  restriction  of  the  right  to  bargain 
and  trade,  a  suppression  of  individual  effort,  a  denial 
of  inalienable  rights."  Anti- truck  acts  were  also  de- 
clared unconstitutional  by  the  courts  of  Pennsylvania, 
Ohio,  Illinois,  and  West  Virginia.  The  Kentucky 
Supreme  Court,  however,  nine  months  after  the 
Kansas  decision,  found  that  liberty  and  the  compul- 
sory payment  of  wages  in  lawful  money  were  compati- 
ble, so  that  the  question  is  at  least  open.  Decisions 
like  that  of  the  Kansas  court,  and  the  somewhat  simi- 
lar decisions  rendered  in  Pennsylvania,  Illinois,  and 
Tennessee,  of  course  fasten  the  laborer  to  the  com- 
pany store ;  but  of  this  the  courts  usually  take  no 
cognizance.  Actual  liberty  may  be  restrained,  but 
theoretical  liberty  must  not  be  tampered  with. 

Weekly  payment  laws  are  found  to  conflict  with 
liberty  in  Pennsylvania,  Illinois,  Missouri,  West  Vir- 
ginia, and  Indiana.  Moreover,  the  liberty  of  a  legis- 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

lature  to  determine  that  prevailing  wages  shall  be 
paid  to  employees  of  city  and  State  must  not  be  con- 
fused by  the  lay  mind  with  the  liberty  of  the  wage- 
earner  to  work  under  what  conditions  he  must.  For 
the  former  is  clearly  unconstitutional,  as  decided  in 
New  York  by  the  Court  of  Appeals  in  February, 
1901.  "  The  effect  of  this  statute  [the  Prevailing 
Rate  of  Wages  act],"  reads  the  decision  of  Judge 
Denis  O'Brien,  "was  to  make  the  city  [of  New 
York]  a  trustee  or  instrument  for  the  enforcement 
of  the  law  in  the  interests  of  the  persons  for  whose 
benefit  it  was  enacted,  and  thus  the  powers  and 
functions  of  the  municipality  are  employed  for  pur- 
poses foreign  to  those  for  which  they  were  created 
and  exist  under  the  Constitution."  The  eight-hour 
laws  passed  in  several  of  the  States  have  generally 
suffered  the  Illinois  fate,  although  Kansas  proved  an 
exception.  Regulation  of  the  working  hours  of  women 
was  nullified  not  only  in  Illinois,  but  in  Nebraska  and 
California.  The  police-power  doctrine,  as  voiced  in 
the  Utah  decision,  may  justify  a  limitation  of  the 
working  day  in  dangerous  trades,  but  otherwise  such 
a  limitation  appears  to  be  an  infringement  of  the 
right  of  contract,  or  a  deprivation  of  "  property " 
without  "due  process  of  law."  Even  the  National 
Eight-hour  law  of  1868,  while  not  strictly  unconstitu- 
tional, is  held  to  be  merely  advisory.  "We  regard 
the  statute,"  says  the  Supreme  Court  (94  U.  S.  404), 
"  chiefly  as  in  the  nature  of  a  direction  from  the 
principal  to  his  agent  that  eight  hours  is  deemed  to 
be  a  proper  length  of  time  for  a  day's  labor,  and  that 
his  contract  shall  be  based  upon  that  theory." 

116 


OUR   INTERPRETERS   OF   LAW 

Anti-trust  laws  may  be  quite  as  lacking  in  consti- 
tutional decorum  as  are  eight-hour  and  prevailing- 
wages  laws ;  and  the  judiciary  reserves  to  itself  the 
right  to  determine  what  are  the  standards.  The 
Texas  Anti-trust  law  of  1889,  for  instance,  overleapt 
judicial  sanction.  "  It  is  not  every  restriction  of 
competition  or  trade,"  reads  the  decision  of  District 
Judge  Charles  Swayne  (February  22,  1897),  "that  is 
illegal  or  against  public  policy,  or  that  will  justify 
police  regulation,  but  only  such  as  are  unwarrantable 
or  oppressive;  and  a  State  statute  which  prohibits 
combinations  formed  for  the  purpose  of  reasonably 
restricting  competition  violates  the  rights  of  contracts 
guaranteed  by  the  Federal  Constitution."  (79  Federal 
Reporter,  627.)  Another  legislature,  with  this  lesson 
before  it,  will  know  better  where  to  set  bounds  to  its 
attempt  at  interference. 

One  cannot  pass  this  phase  of  the  general  subject 
without  recurring  to  the  pertinent  advice  of  the  wise 
Sir  Francis  Bacon.  "Judges,"  he  wrote  in  his  essay, 
"  Of  Judicature,"  "  ought  to  remember  that  their  office 
is  jus  dicere,  and  not  jus  dare,  to  interpret  law,  and 
not  to  make  law.  .  .  .  Judges  ought  to  be  more 
learned  than  witty,  more  reverend  than  plausible, 
and  more  advised  than  confident.  ...  A  judge 
ought  to  prepare  his  way  to  a  just  sentence,  as  God 
useth  to  prepare  his  way,  by  raising  valleys  and 
taking  down  hills  ;  so  when  there  appeareth  on  either 
side  a  high  hand,  .  .  .  cunning  advantages  taken, 
combination,  power,  great  counsel,  then  is  the  virtue 
of  a  judge  seen  to  make  inequality  equal;  that  he 
may  paint  his  judgment  as  upon  an  even  ground." 

117 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

Wise  counsel !  though  it  seems  to  have  lacked 
something  in  observance  two  hundred  and  seventy- 
five  years  ago,  and  may  be  suspected,  even  yet,  of 
not  always  and  everywhere  reaching  entire  fulfil- 
ment. 

Ill 

We  have  the  testimony  of  no  less  eminent  an 
authority  than  United  States  District  Judge  John  J. 
Jackson,  of  the  Northern  District  of  West  Virginia, 
that  in  all  his  experience  on  the  bench  he  could  not 
recall  a  single  occasion  when  any  court,  either  Federal 
or  State,  ever  abused  the  writ  of  injunction  in  strike 
questions.  It  is  a  definite  and  authoritative  pro- 
nouncement ;  and  the  restrained  and  careful  language 
accompanying  it,  wherein  the  officials  of  labor  unions 
are  described  as  "a  professional  set  of  agitators,"  and 
"  vampires  that  fatten  on  the  honest  labor  of  the  coal 
miners,"  certainly  proves  that  it  cannot  be  an  ex parte 
statement.  Yet,  for  all  that,  there  is  a  widely  dif- 
fused sentiment  that  the  writ  of  injunction  has  occa- 
sionally been  abused  in  strike  questions.  In  the  same 
locality,  at  about  the  same  time,  an  injunction  issued 
by  United  States  District  Judge  B.  F.  Keller,  of  the 
Southern  District  of  West  Virginia,  declared,  among 
a  multitude  of  other  prohibitions,  that  the  strikers 
"  are  further  inhibited,  enjoined,  and  restrained  from 
assembling  in  camp  or  otherwise,"  even  on  grounds 
leased  by  them  for  their  meetings. 

A  pamphlet,  prepared  by  five  members  of  the 
New  York  Bar  and  issued  by  the  Social  Reform 
Club,  of  New  York  City,  in  the  summer  of  1900, 

118 


OUR    INTERPRETERS   OF   LAW 

gives  the  substance  of  a  number  of  injunctions  that 
have  been  issued  against  striking  workmen.  "  In  the 
case  of  the  Sun  Printing  and  Publishing  Company 
vs.  Delaney  and  others  in  December  (1899),"  savs 
the  pamphlet :  — 

"  The  Supreme  Court  of  New  York,  among  other 
things,  enjoined  the  defendants  from  the  exercise  of 
their  right  to  give  the  public  their  side  of  the  contro- 
versy with  the  Sun  as  an  argument  against  advertis- 
ing in  a  paper  which  they  claimed  had  treated  them 
unjustly;  it  also  forbade  them  from  attempting  to 
persuade  newsdealers  from  selling  the  paper;  and 
finally  wound  up  with  a  sweeping  restraint  '  from  in 
any  other  manner  or  by  any  other  means  interfering 
with  the  property,  property  rights,  or  business  of  the 
plaintiff.'  It  should  be  added  that,  on  appeal,  the 
Appellate  Division  struck  out  these  commands ;  but 
they  were  so  plainly  subversive  of  fundamental  rights 
that  it  is  difficult  to  see  how  they  could  have  been 
granted  in  the  first  instance. 

"In  still  another  case  last  year  —  The  Wheeling 
Railway  Company  vs.  John  Smith  and  others  (so 
runs  the  title  of  the  action  without  naming  the 
others)  — in  the  United  States  Circuit  Court,  West 
Virginia,  two  men  not  parties  to  the  action,  nor  found 
to  be  agents  of  '  John  Smith  and  others,'  whoever 
they  may  have  been,  were  punished  for  contempt  of 
court,  for,  among  other  things,  '  reviling '  and  *  curs- 
ing '  the  court  ?  not  at  all,  but  for  '  reviling '  and 
'cursing'  employees  of  the  railroad  company.  If 
these  men  had  not  actually  served  out  an  imprison- 
ment in  jail  for  thirty  days  as  a  punishment  for  con- 

119 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

tempt  of  corporation,  it  might  be  thought  that  your 
committee  had  taken  this  example  from  opera  bouffe. 
The  legality  of  this  punishment  was  never  passed  on 
by  the  Supreme  Court,  for  the  reason,  as  your  com- 
mittee understand,  that  the  parties  were  unable  to 
bear  the  expense  of  taking  it  there,  and  so  served 
their  term  in  jail. 

"  During  the  final  drafting  of  our  report  a  tempo- 
rary injunction  has  been  granted  by  a  Justice  of  the 
Supreme  Court  in  New  York  City.  .  .  .  This  in- 
junction forbids  the  defendants  [certain  members 
of  the  Cigar  Makers'  International  Union]  even  from 
approaching  their  former  employers  for  the  laudable 
purpose  of  reaching  an  amicable  result;  it  forbids 
them  from  making  their  case  known  to  the  public 
if  the  tendency  of  that  is  to  vex  the  plaintiffs  or 
make  them  uneasy;  it  forbids  them  from  trying  in 
a  perfectly  peaceable  way  in  any  place  in  the  city, 
even  in  the  privacy  of  a  man's  own  home,  to  persuade 
a  new  employee  that  justice  is  on  their  side,  and  that 
he  ought  to  sympathize  with  them  sufficiently  not  to 
work  for  unjust  employers;  and,  finally,  it  forbids 
the  union  from  paying  money  to  the  strikers  to  sup- 
port their  families  during  the  strike." 

Such  instances,  as  the  pamphlet  states,  can  be 
multiplied.  Perhaps  they  do  not  wholly  controvert 
Judge  Jackson's  declaration.  But,  at  least,  they 
illustrate  an  unbridgeable  disparity  between  the  defi- 
nitions of  justice  held  on  the  one  hand  by  our  inter- 
preters of  law,  and  on  the  other  by  the  overwhelming 
majority  of  the  citizenship.  That  disparity  has  been 
great  in  all  recent  times;  but  weekly  and  daily  it 

1 20 


OUR   INTERPRETERS   OF   LAW 

grows  greater.  The  stronger  inclination  of  the  ju- 
diciary to  make  property  the  paramount  interest  is 
everywhere  observed;  and  the  magnates,  with  an 
exultant  recognition  of  the  fact,  make  haste  to  enjoy 
the  fruits  of  the  new  dispensation. 

IV 

From  judgeship  to  attorney  ship  of  a  great  corpora- 
tion has  recently  become  a  common  promotion.  The 
number  of  ex-judges  who  have  been  thus  translated 
to  higher  sees  is  notable :  one  finds  or  hears  of  them 
in  many  places.  Republics  may  be  ungrateful,  as 
the  adage  runs,  but  not  so  the  magnates.  The  grati- 
tude of  the  latter  may  not  be  wholly  platonic;  it 
includes,  no  doubt,  a  lively  sense  of  favors  to  come. 
But  whether  prospective  or  retrospective,  it  expresses 
itself  in  deeds  of  recompense,  and  that  is  the  main 
test.  It  is  a  discriminating  gratitude,  moreover. 
Keenly  enough,  it  recognizes  the  comparative  value 
of  service.  Other  servitors  of  the  magnates  may 
toil  faithfully,  and  receive  but  moderate  reward. 
The  moulders  of  opinion,  such,  for  instance,  as  the 
newspaper  men,  may  ask  for  preferment,  and  be 
met  by  the  impatient  retort  of  Richard  III  to  Buck- 
ingham, "  I  am  not  in  the  giving  vein  to-day."  But 
for  one  who  can  interpret  the  law  as  it  should  be 
interpreted,  there  are  glory  and  riches  to  be  had  for 
the  asking. 


121 


CHAPTER  VII 
OUR  MOULDERS  OF  OPINION 

"  THERE  never  was  a  time,"  says  Justice  Brewer, 
in  the  concluding  lecture  of  a  series  recently  delivered 
by  him  at  Yale  University,  "  when  public  opinion  was 
more  potent."  Possibly  the  saying  is  true ;  but  what- 
ever force  it  may  have  lies  in  the  application.  Public 
opinion  may  make  for  a  general  passivity  —  an  acqui- 
escence in  things  as  they  are  —  quite  as  much  as  for 
a  general  strenuousness.  Nowhere,  for  instance, 
among  civilized  peoples,  is  public  opinion  more  power- 
ful than  in  a  quiet  and  isolated  community,  held  fast 
to  certain  habitual  modes  of  speech  and  action.  Only 
a  brave  man,  or  a  desperate  woman,  so  environed, 
would  dare  defy  the  tribal  customs. 

Public  opinion  in  these  United  States  may  be  more 
potent  than  ever  before,  but  the  personal  attitude 
which  it  supports  and  encourages  becomes  more  and 
more  one  of  acquiescence  in  the  existing  regime.  A 
legislative  reaction  and  a  judicial  reaction  are  mani- 
fested ;  and  a  growing  irritation  is  expressed,  as  from 
time  to  time  those  rude  disturbers  of  the  public  peace, 
the  social  reformers,  come  forward  with  plans  for 
curing  imputed  evils.  Social  and  political  quietism 
becomes  our  everyday  philosophy.  An  "  air  of  con- 
tentment and  enthusiastic  cheerfulness  .  .  .  charac- 

122 


OUR   MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

terizes  our  society,"  writes  Professor  William  G. 
Sumner,  of  Yale,  in  a  recent  number  of  the  Inde- 
pendent ;  and  though  the  judgment  might  be 
somewhat  more  accurately  worded,  he  is  not  far 
wrong.  A  keen-eyed  observer  from  Italy,  —  Profes- 
sor Angelo  Mosso,  of  Turin,  —  who  visited  us  a  few 
years  ago,  gives  somewhat  similar  testimony.  The 
fact  astonishes  him,  as  he  confesses,  since  he  saw 
much  of  political  and  industrial  evil  which  he  could 
not  comprehend  a  democracy  enduring;  yet  for  all 
that  the  evidence  was  convincing. 


Among  the  causes  making  for  this  acquiescence  in 
existing  social  conditions,  there  are  three  which  may 
be  considered  here.  The  first  is  the  one  which  so 
strongly  impressed  Professor  Mosso.  It  is  the  rage 
for  individual  exploitation.  The  imaginations  of 
most  men  are  fired  by  the  spectacle  of  the  few 
achieving  great  fortunes ;  each  believes  that  a  like 
fortune  lies  somewhere  within  his  own  reach,  and 
with  blind  fatuity  he  tolerates  conditions  which  he 
instinctively  feels  to  be  inequitable,  simply  because 
he  expects  himself  to  master  them.  "  I  believe," 
writes  Professor  Mosso,  "  that  the  desire  to  become 
wealthy  is  so  strong  and  powerful  in  every  American 
that,  in  order  to  reserve  the  opportunity  of  realizing 
such  desire,  Americans  willingly  submit  to  the  con- 
tinuance of  laws  which  allow  such  accumulations." 
It  is  the  petty  gambler's  faith,  the  conviction  that, 
though  everything  be  against  him,  he  will  somehow 

123 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

r 

"  beat  the  game."  And  just  as  the  petty  gambler's 
faith  is  fostered  by  the  runners  and  "cappers"  for 
faro,  policy,  roulette,  and  keno,  so  the  faith  of  the 
industrial  underling  is  fostered  by  a  tremendous 
trumpeting  of  the  ways  and  means  to  worldly  "  suc- 
cess." The  preaching  of  "success"  has  become,  in 
these  last  five  years,  a  distinct  profession,  honored 
and  well  recompensed. 

A  second  cause  of  the  prevailing  acquiescence  in 
the  present  regime  applies  more  particularly  to  social 
reformers,  and  to  those  who,  while  not  actively  en- 
listed as  "  come-outers,"  do  yet  sympathize  with  the 
activities  of  their  more  aggressive  brethren.  It  is  a 
feeling,  born  of  years  of  experience  in  promoting 
some  collective  good,  of  the  hopelessness  of  achieve- 
ment. Opposed  at  all  points,  frustrated  at  many, 
there  comes  a  time,  sooner  or  later,  when  all  but  the 
most  resolute  reformers  are  forced  to  admit  that  little 
or  nothing  can  be  done.  Many  thereupon  fall  back 
into  the  ranks  of  the  do-nothings  and  the  care-noth- 
ings;  while  others,  in  whom  the  fire  of  purpose  is 
not  entirely  quenched,  reluctantly  exchange  their 
radical  and  comprehensive  plans  of  social  changes  for 
more  narrow  and  immediate  purposes,  —  the  giving  of 
small  charities,  the  doing  of  near-at-hand  services, 
and  the  occasional  support  of  a  particular  public 
measure. 

II 

A  third,  and  perhaps  the  most  important,  cause  is 
the  continual  output  from  pulpit,  sanctum,  forum, 
and  college  chair,  of  our  professional  moulders  of 

124 


OUR   MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

opinion.  Now  not  all  of  this  output,  it  is  freely  con- 
ceded, makes  for  acquiescence;  but  the  overwhelm- 
ing mass  of  it  unquestionably  does.  From  these 
instructors  of  the  people  we  learn  that  conditions, 
while  not  perfect,  either  are  reasonably  near  to  per- 
fection, or,  if  evil,  are  not  to  be  corrected  except  by 
individual  regeneration.  We  learn  of  the  irrationality 
or  the  moral  obliquity  of  discontent ;  the  viciousness 
or  fanaticism  of  impertinent  persons  who  seek  to 
change  things ;  the  virtues  of  obedience  ;  the  obliga- 
tion of  toil  (specifically  directed  to  those  who  are 
doing  most  of  the  world's  work,  for  the  profit  of 
others),  and  of  the  worth,  benevolence,  and  indis- 
pensability  of  our  magnates. 

The  denunciation  of  discontent  becomes  more  com- 
mon and  more  emphatic.  A  plentiful  crop  of  instances 
is  always  forthcoming  to  any  one  who  cares  to  look  for 
them.  The  generation  of  Rousseau  and  the  following 
generation  of  Jefferson  set  high  hopes  for  mankind 
on  the  faculty  of  discontent.  The  past  generation, 
compromising  between  theology  and  evolution,  found 
in  discontent  a  perpetual  factor  making  for  the  crea- 
tion of  a  better  environment.  But  our  present  reaction 
takes  us  back  to  the  days  of  the  Stuarts.  The  mag- 
nificent invectives  of  Dryden,  voiced  in  that  — 

"  full  resounding  line, 
The  long  majestic  march  and  energy  divine," 

against  the  sedition  and  discontent  frequently  mani- 
fested during  the  reign  of  Charles  II,  might  serve 
for  a  thousand  texts  for  present-day  sermons,  lectures, 
and  editorials.  The  thought,  common  these  last  hun- 

125 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

dred  years,  that  discontent  is  usually  the  result  of 
privation,  wrong,  or  oppression,  is  given  over ;  and 
our  modern  moulders  of  opinion  revert  to  the  notion 
that  it  is  fostered  by  ease  and  comfort. 

"  To  what  would  he  on  quail  and  pheasant  swell 
That  even  on  tripe  and  carrion  could  rebel  ? " 

asks  "  Glorious  John  "  in  satirizing  his  rival  Shadwell. 
Tripe  and  carrion  did  not  form  the  usual  nourishment 
for  rebellion.  We  find  the  same  idea  constantly  echoed 
in  very  recent  days ;  and  the  demands  of  organized 
workmen  for  better  pay  are  almost  invariably  regarded 
in  certain  intellectual  circles  as  evidences,  not  of  need, 
but  of  the  pride  and  rebelliousness  engendered  by  an 
already  attained  competency. 

Honors  are  even  between  churchmen  and  lay  publi- 
cists, when  it  comes  to  the  denunciation  of  discontent. 
The  pulpit,  the  stump,  the  college  chair,  and  the 
editorial  sanctum  are  alike  busied  with  its  condemna- 
tion. Perhaps  a  typical  protagonist  in  the  work  was 
the  late  E.  L.  Godkin.  The  thought  recurs  again 
and  again  in  his  writings.  "  I  must  frankly  say,"  he 
avers  in  his  essay,  "  Social  Classes  in  the  Republic," 
"that  I  know  of  no  more  mischievous  person  than 
the  man  who,  in  free  America,  seeks  to  spread  among 
them  [the  workers]  the  idea  that  they  are  wronged 
and  kept  down  by  somebody ;  that  somebody  is  to 
blame  because  they  are  not  better  lodged,  better 
dressed,  better  educated,  and  have  not  easier  access 
to  balls,  concerts,  or  dinner  parties."  Whereupon,  to 
make  clear  his  contention,  he  tells  of  the  following 
pathetic  little  episode :  — 

126 


OUR   MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

"  Two  years  ago  I  was  in  one  of  the  University 
Settlements  in  New  York,  and  was  walking  through 
the  rooms  of  the  society  with  one  of  the  members. 
They  were  plain  and  neat  and  suitable,  and  he  ex- 
plained to  me  that  the  purpose  in  furnishing  and 
fitting  them  up  was  to  show  the  workingmen  the 
kind  of  rooms  they  ought  to  have  'if  justice  were 
done.'  To  tell  this  to  a  workingman,  without  telling 
him  in  what  the  injustice  consisted  and  who  worked 
it  if  he  had  not  such  rooms,  was,  I  held,  to  be  most 
mischievous." 

Even  President  Roosevelt,  doubtless  impressed  by 
the  modern  reiteration  of  the  notion,  felt  called  upon, 
in  his  Providence  speech  (August  23d),  to  rebuke 
discontent,  and  incidentally  to  identify  it  with  envy. 
"  Not  only  do  the  wicked  flourish,"  he  says,  "  when 
the  times  are  such  that  most  men  flourish,  but  what 
is  worse,  the  spirit  of  envy  and  jealousy  and  hatred 
springs  up  in  the  breasts  of  those  who,  though  they 
may  be  doing  fairly  well  themselves,  yet  see  others, 
who  are  no  more  deserving,  doing  far  better." 

Education,  in  the  modern  view,  is  largely  responsi- 
ble for  discontent,  and  should  be  restricted.  Judge 
Simeon  A.  Baldwin,  of  the  Connecticut  Supreme 
Court,  and  lecturer  in  the  Yale  Law  School,  is  quite 
certain  upon  this  point.  His  "  signed  editorial,"  in 
the  April  gth  issue  of  a  New  York  newspaper 
published  by  the  Yale  lecturer  on  journalism,  ex- 
presses a  view  which  is  coming  to  be  widely  held. 
Our  young  men,  he  notes  with  great  complacency, 
are  obliged  to  leave  school  early,  in  order  to  go  to 
work;  and  he  thereupon  urges  that  young  women 

127 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

also  should  clip  their  education  at  an  early  age. 
"Girls  would  make  better  wives  and  mothers  and 
housekeepers,"  he  writes,  "  if  they  finished  school  at 
from  fourteen  to  sixteen  years  of  age.  As  it  is,  they 
obtain  a  smattering  of  many  studies,  which  in  my 
opinion  cannot  do  them  much  good.  They  are 
possessed  by  a  spirit  of  unrest  to-day,  and  develop 
ambitions  not  compatible  with  the  happiest  homes." 

Professor  Harry  Thurston  Peck  expresses  the 
modern  view  more  succinctly.  Professor  Peck,  it 
may  be  stated  for  the  benefit  of  the  unenlightened,  is 
an  instructor  of  Latin  in  Columbia  University.  No 
pent-up  Utica,  however,  contracts  his  powers  ;  he  has 
courageously  sallied  forth  from  his  particular  domain 
and  has  taken  all  knowledge  for  his  province.  Over 
this  province  he  ranges  with  unconstrained  freedom, 
noting  what  he  will,  and,  with  something  of  the 
"  large  utterance  of  the  early  gods,"  making  known 
to  a  waiting  world  his  impressions  and  beliefs.  What 
a  great  lexicographer  said  of  an  amiable  poet  may  be 
repeated  in  present  praise :  He  touches  nothing  that 
he  does  not  adorn.  Some  intellectual  limitations  it 
is  possible  he  may  have ;  but  as  a  reflector  of  certain 
current  views  obtaining  in  high  places  he  is  probably 
without  a  peer.  In  his  article,  "  Some  Phases  of 
American  Education,"  in  the  Cosmopolitan  magazine 
a  few  years  ago,  he  put  the  matter  in  this  way  :  — 

"  Linked  closely  with  many  other  very  serious  edu- 
cational mistakes,  and  from  many  points  of  view  by 
far  the  most  profoundly  serious  of  them  all,  is  that 
curious  fancy,  which  is  almost  universal  among  our 
people,  that  education  in  itself  and  for  all  human 

128 


OUR  MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

beings  is  a  good  and  thoroughly  desirable  possession. 
.  .  .  There  is  probably  in  our  whole  system  to-day  no 
principle  so  fundamentally  untrue  as  this,  and  there  is 
certainly  none  that  is  fraught  with  so  much  social 
and  political  peril  for  the  future.  For  education 
means  ambition,  and  ambition  means  discontent." 

But,  as  Shakespeare's  Fluellen  remarks,  "the 
phrase  is  a  little  variations."  All  discontent  is  not 
the  same,  and  that  which  stirs  in  the  bosom  of  Pro- 
fessor Peck  must  be  carefully  discriminated  from  the 
sort  nurtured  by  plain  John  Smith.  "  Nothing  so 
dainty  sweet  as  lovely  melancholy,"  sang  Sir  John 
Fletcher;  but  what  is  meet  for  an  Elizabethan  poet 
or  a  present-day  philosopher  may  be  most  unmeet  for 
a  common  plebeian.  "  Now  discontent,"  continues 
this  pharos  of  the  unenlightened,  "  is  in  itself  a  divine 
thing.  When  it  springs  up  in  a  strong,  creative  in- 
tellect, capable  of  translating  it  into  actual  achieve- 
ment, it  is  the  mother  of  all  progress ;  but  when  it 
germinates  in  a  limited  and  feeble  brain,  it  is  the 
mother  of  unhappiness  alone." 

Dr.  Arthur  Twining  Hadley,  president  of  Yale 
University,  also  has  doubts.  His  recent  book,  "  The 
Education  of  the  American  Citizen,"  might  be  sup- 
posed, from  its  title,  to  be  a  plea  for  the  popular  dif- 
fusion of  knowledge.  Such  it  is,  in  fact,  only  the 
author  draws  the  line  at  "  sociology  and  politics  and 
civics  and  finance."  "  When  the  plea  is  urged,  as  it 
so  often  is,"  he  writes,  "that  they  constitute  a  nec- 
essary and  valuable  training  for  citizenship,  we  are 
justified  in  making  a  distinct  protest.  Except  within 
the  narrowest  limits,  they  do  harm  rather  than  good. 
K  129 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

As  ordinarily  taught,  .  .  .  they  tend  to  prepare  the 
minds  of  the  next  generation  to  look  to  superficial 
remedies  for  political  evils,  instead  of  seeing  that  the 
only  true  remedy  lies  in  the  creation  of  a  sound  pub- 
lic sentiment." 

The  term,  "  superficial  remedies  for  political  evils," 
means,  in  plain  words,  social  legislation;  and  it 
brings  up  a  second  matter  upon  which  our  moulders 
of  opinion  have  made  a  considerable  approach  to 
unanimity.  We  hear  legislation  flouted  on  all  sides, 
and  appeals  made  for  individual  regeneration.  The 
matter-of-fact  persons  who  hold  that  sixty  years  of 
factory  acts  have  had  more  to  do  with  establishing 
humane  conditions  in  certain  quarters  of  the  planet 
than  nineteen  hundred  years  of  hortatory  appeals  to 
the  individual  man,  are  dismissed  with  a  smile  of  con- 
tempt; and  the  declaration  is  made  that  most  legislation 
is  mischievous,  and  that  nothing  but  character  counts. 
Mr.  Godkin  was  "far  from  denying  that  legislation 
and  political  changes  have  been  the  direct  means  of 
great  good,"  though  he  held  that  "  every  good  change 
in  legislation  or  in  government  has  been  preceded 
or  brought  about  by  an  increase  of  intelligence,  of 
reasonableness,  or  of  brotherly  kindness  on  the  part 
of  the  people  at  large."  A  conclusion,  to  say  the 
least,  not  overfreighted  with  historical  learning,  since 
many  and  perhaps  most  reformatory  laws  have  been 
passed  by  an  earnest  minority  against  the  active  oppo- 
sition of  many,  and  despite  the  stolid  passivity  of 
most,  and  what  mankind  has  heretofore  called  social 
progress  has  been  largely  due  to  the  reaction  of  such 
laws  and  like  institutions  upon  individual  character. 

130 


OUR    MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

President  Hadley  differs  somewhat  from  Mr.  God- 
kin.  Too  much  stress,  he  believes,  is  laid  upon  the 
mechanism  of  government  and  of  industry,  and  too 
little  upon  the  force  by  which  this  mechanism  is  kept 
at  work. 

"  Not  by  the  axioms  of  metaphysics  on  the  one 
hand,  nor  by  the  machinery  of  legislation  on  the 
other,"  he  writes,  "can  we  deal  with  the  questions 
which  vex  human  society.  .  .  .  Conscious  of  its 
honesty  of  purpose,  it  [democracy]  is  impatient  of 
opposition,  and  contemptuous  of  difficulties,  however 
real.  It  undertakes  a  vast  amount  of  regulation  of 
economic  and  social  life  in  fields  where  two  genera- 
tions ago  a  free  government  would  scarce  have  dared 
to  enter.  In  these  new  regulations  there  are  many 
instances  of  failure,  and  relatively  few  of  success. 
We  have  had  much  infringement  of  personal  lib- 
erty, with  little  or  no  corresponding  benefit  to  the 
community." 

In  Justice  Brewer's  recent  volume  of  Yale  lectures, 
also,  there  is  much  regard  for  character,  and  much 
even  for  associated  work  in  bettering  the  life  of  the 
nation.  But  as  to  legislation  as  a  means  of  achieving 
this  betterment,  there  is  a  cautious  silence.  There 
is  the  declaration  that  each  man  in  free  America  is 
a  ruler  —  glad  tidings  to  the  persons  ignorant 
thereof.  There  are  some  original  lines,  — 

"  The  moulds  of  fate 
That  shape  the  State 
And  make  or  mar  the  commonweal," 

which,  though   somewhat   reminiscent  of  the  good- 
natured  Bottom's  lines, — 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

"  And  Phibbus1  car 
Shall  shine  from  far 
And  make  and  mar 
The  foolish  fates/' 

do  yet  body  forth  the  noble  summation  :  — 

"  The  crowning  fact, 
The  kingliest  act 
Of  Freedom  is  the  Freeman's  vote  ! " 

But  though  the  freeman's  vote  is  a  kingly  preroga- 
tive, there  is  no  suggestion  that  he  shall  use  it  in 
initiating  or  passing  upon  legislation  for  the  collec- 
tive good.  Rather  the  plea  is  for  obedience;  and 
the  warning  is  of  those  violators  of  the  public  peace, 
the  labor  organizations. 

So,  too,  Mr.  Stimson.  "The  unexpected  weak- 
ness of  democratic  government,"  he  writes,  "is 
its  belief  that  statutes  can  amend  both  nature  and 
human  nature."  And  he  rejoices  that  the  judiciary, 
convinced,  no  doubt,  that  neither  human  nature  nor 
its  manifestations  can  be  amended  by  statutes,  have 
actively  intervened  by  declaring  many  laws  uncon- 
stitutional. He  finds,  moreover,  that  the  general 
principle  which  has  caused  the  adverse  action  of  the 
courts,  is  that  these  statutes  have  been  "  restrictive 
of  private  liberty,  of  the  right  of  a  free  citizen  to  use 
his  own  property,  and  his  own  personal  powers  in 
such  a  way  as  he  will,  if  so  be  that  he  do  not  injure 
others."  A  perspicuous  and  conclusive  judgment, 
no  doubt,  considering  that  the  very  point  at  issue  is 
the  matter  of  injury  to  others.  He  is  not  satisfied 
with  condemning  legislation,  moreover,  but  proceeds 

132 


OUR   MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

further  to  a  gentle  remonstrance  with  the  classes  of 
persons  who  have  urged  certain  regulative  laws. 
Labor  leaders,  he  discovers,  distrust  experience,  and 
Socialists  detest  lucidity  —  a  brace  of  acute  judg- 
ments in  the  face  of  the  fact  that  the  thing  actually 
rated  highest  in  trade-union  circles  is  experience,  and 
that  whatever  the  defects  of  Socialists  or  of  their 
system  may  be,  the  signal  contributions  of  the  best 
Socialist  writers  to  the  study  of  political  economy 
have  been  lucidity  of  thought  and  definiteness  of 
expression. 

So,  too,  Professor  Sumner,  Professor  Walter  A. 
Wyckoff,  the  entertaining  author  of  "The  Workers," 
and  a  host  of  other  instructors  of  the  public,  the 
mere  roster  of  whose  names  would  require  several 
pages  of  fine  print.  Of  the  only  two  safeguards  of 
the  dependent  classes  against  complete  exploitation 
—  social  legislation  and  the  labor  society  —  our 
moulders  of  opinion  would  seem  to  have  taken  the 
job  of  demolishing  the  former,  leaving  to  the  mag- 
nates themselves  the  task  of  attending  to  the  latter. 

With  many  if  not  most  of  these  publicists  the  criti- 
cism is  delivered  not  only  at  protective  laws,  but  at 
the  force  behind  them  —  democracy.  "Every  age," 
writes  Professor  Sumner,  "  is  befooled  by  the  notions 
which  are  in  fashion  in  it.  Our  age  is  befooled  by 
'  democracy.'  We  hear  arguments  about  the  industrial 
organization  which  are  deductions  from  democratic 
dogmas,  or  which  appeal  to  prejudice  by  using  analo- 
gies drawn  from  democracy  to  affect  sentiment  about 
industrial  relations."  Many  of  our  moulders  of  opinion 
elaborate  the  argument  often  made  in  the  writings  of 

133 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

our  literary  magnates,  that  only  men  who  are  them- 
selves possessed  of  property  should  have  any  voice  in 
the  disposition  of  wealth  or  the  regulation  of  property 
rights.  To  justify  this  view  recourse  is  had  to  several 
recently  imported  dogmas,  fashioned  by  Mr.  W.  H. 
Mallock,  author  of  "  Aristocracy  and  Evolution."  All 
increase  of  wealth,  all  advance  in  knowledge  and 
virtue,  contends  Mr.  Mallock,  come  from  an  aristocracy 

—  a  word  which  he  defines  as  meaning  the  "  excep- 
tionally gifted  and  efficient  minority,  no  matter  what 
the  position  in  which  its   members   may  have  been 
born,  or  what  the  sphere  of  social  progress  in  which 
their  efficiency  shows  itself."     Therefore,  since  the 
efficient  have  produced  everything  above  the  maximum 
which  the  ignorant  and  unskilled  workman  can  pro- 
duce without  this  higher  aid,  it  follows  that  the  effi- 
cient should  be  left  in  untroubled  possession  of  their 
holdings.     The   large   assumption  among   others   in 
Mr.  Mallock's  argument  —  that  those  who  efficiently 
sow  and  those  who  richly  reap  are  the  same  persons 

—  need  not  concern  us  here.     It  is  sufficient  to  point 
out  that  his  argument  has  been  eagerly  taken  up  by 
a  number  of  our  own  moulders  of  opinion,  fostered  and 
even  developed  to  further  conclusions. 

Professor  Peck,  for  instance,  rather  heroically  im- 
proving on  the  spirit,  and  not  infrequently  following 
the  text,  of  Mr.  Mallock,  puts  the  matter  in  this 
way  :  — 

"  Every  really  great  thing  that  has  been  accom- 
plished in  the  history  of  man  has  been  accomplished 
by  an  aristocracy.  It  may  have  called  itself  a  sacer- 
dotal aristocracy,  or  a  military  aristocracy,  or  an  aris- 

134 


OUR   MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

tocracy  based  on  birth  and  blood,  yet  these  distinctions 
were  but  superficial;  for  in  reality  it  always  meant 
one  thing  alone  —  the  community  of  interest  and 
effort  in  those  whose  intellectual  force  and  innate 
gift  of  government  enabled  them  to  dominate  and 
control  the  destinies  of  States,  driving  in  harness  the 
hewers  of  wood  and  drawers  of  water  who  constitute 
the  vast  majority  of  the  human  race,  and  whose  hap- 
piness is  greater  and  whose  welfare  is  more  thoroughly 
conserved  when  governed  than  when  governing." 

The  argument  that  the  gifted  produce  all,  and  the 
assumption  that  the  wealthy  and  the  gifted  are  the 
same  persons  lead  up  to  the  fervid  praise  of  inequality 
of  condition  which  in  recent  years  is  so  often  heard. 
Our  literary  magnates  began  the  strain,  doubtless 
with  the  motive  of  self -justification.  Since  then  it 
has  been  taken  up  by  our  professional  instructors  — 
from  what  motive  is  not  precisely  known  —  and  the 
result  is  a  mighty  chorus  of  many  voices.  Says  Pro- 
fessor Sumner :  — 

"  If  we  could  get  rid  of  some  of  our  notions  about 
liberty  and  equality,  and  could  lay  aside  this  eigh- 
teenth-century philosophy,  according  to  which  human 
society  is  to  be  brought  into  a  state  of  blessedness, 
we  might  get  some  insight  into  the  might  of  the  societal 
organization  :  what  it  does  for  us  and  what  it  makes 
us  do.  ...  If  we  are  willing  to  be  taught  by  the 
facts,  then  the  phenomena  of  the  concentration  of 
wealth  which  we  see  about  us  will  convince  us  that 
they  are  just  what  the  situation  calls  for.  They  ought 
to  be  because  they  are,  and  because  nothing  else 
would  serve  the  interests  of  society.  ...  I  often  see 

135 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

statements  published  in  which  the  objectors  lay  stress 
upon  the  great  inequalities  of  fortune,  and  having  set 
forth  the  contrast  between  rich  and  poor,  they  rest 
their  case.  What  law  of  nature,  religion,  ethics,  or 
the  State  is  violated  by  inequalities  of  fortune  ?  The 
inequalities  prove  nothing." 

Professor  John  B.  Clark,  of  Columbia  University, 
also  sees  in  vast  inequalities  of  fortune  the  basis  of  a 
happy  state.  Aristotle  taught  differently,  it  is  true. 
"  In  human  societies,"  he  wrote,  "  extremes  of  wealth 
and  poverty  are  the  main  sources  of  evil.  The  one 
brings  arrogance  and  a  lack  of  capacity  to  obey ;  the 
other  brings  slavishness  and  a  lack  of  capacity  to 
command.  Where  a  population  is  divided  into  the 
two  classes  of  very  rich  and  very  poor,  there  can  be 
no  real  state ;  for  there  can  be  no  real  friendship  be- 
tween the  classes,  and  friendship  is  the  essential 
principle  of  all  association."  But  Professor  Clark, 
touched  by  prophetic  fire,  pictures  a  new  society  in 
which  inequality  is  the  great  blessing.  "The  world 
of  the  near  future,"  he  writes  in  his  recent  article 
on  "The  Society  of  the  Future,"  "will  not  be  one 
with  inequalities  levelled  out  of  it ;  and  to  any  per- 
sons to  whom  inequality  of  possessions  seems  inhe- 
rently evil,  this  world  will  not  be  satisfactory.  It  will 
present  a  condition  of  vast  and  ever  growing  in- 
equality. With  a  democracy  that  depends  on  a  like- 
ness of  material  possessions  it  will  have  nothing  in 
common.  The  rich  will  continually  grow  richer,  and 
the  multi-millionnaires  will  approach  the  billion-dollar 
standard.  ...  If  an  earthly  Eden  is  to  come  through 
competition,  it  will  come  not  in  spite  of,  but  by  means 

136 


OUR   MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

of,  an  enormous  increase  of  inequality  of  outward 
possessions." 

We  must  hear  from  Professor  Peck  again  —  and 
for  the  last  time.  "  When  men  by  temper  and  train- 
ing," he  writes  in  his  recent  paper  on  "  The  Social 
Advantages  of  the  Concentration  of  Wealth,"  "come 
to  possess  the  ability  to  do  large  things  in  this  direct 
and  simple  way  [i.e.,  the  characteristic  way,  of  the 
magnates],  they  have  an  immense  advantage  over 
those  who  can  work  only  in  committees,  or  boards,  or 
companies,  and  they  will  inevitably  dominate  them 
and  use  them  quite  at  will.  .  .  .  This  [concentra- 
tion] means,  in  the  first  place  and  as  a  first  result, 
the  aggrandizement  of  individuals ;  but  in  the  end  it 
means  the  wide  diffusion  of  a  golden  stream  through 
every  artery  and  vein  of  our  national  and  individual 
life.  America  has  already  been  enormously  enriched ; 
yet  the  actualities  of  the  present  are  nothing  when 
compared  with  the  potentialities  of  the  future.  Timid 
minds  which  are  appalled  rather  than  inspired  by  the 
vastness  and  magnificence  of  the  whole  thing  shrink 
back  and  croak  out  puling  prophecies  of  evil.  They 
cannot  rise  to  the  greatness  of  it  all  because  they 
lack  the  dauntless  courage  of  the  typical  American, 
who,  in  Kipling's  vivid  phrase,  can  always  — 

* '  Turn  a  keen,  untroubled  face 
Home  to  the  instant  need  of  things.' " 

III 

So  much  for  a  consensus  of  some  of  our  notable 
instructors  of  the  public  on  things  political  and  social. 

137 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

That  these  opinions  produce  a  powerful  influence  on 
the  mass,  no  one  will  deny.  The  wide  respect  in 
which  our  teachers  —  particularly  our  commissioned 
teachers  —  are  held ;  the  general  recognition  of  their 
learning,  their  profundity,  their  unquestioned  liberty 
to  speak  what  they  will,  their  insulated  freedom  from 
the  influences  arising  out  of  seigniorial  endowments, 
compel  a  popular  deference  to  their  judgments.  It 
is,  therefore,  with  pained  surprise  that  an  American 
reads  an  uncharitable  comment  on  their  ability  and 
learning.  Such  a  comment  is  that  which  appeared 
last  February  in  the  conservative  and  ably  edited 
Paris  Temps.  "  It  is  true,"  writes  its  editor,  "  that 
American  universities  pay  great  attention  to  social 
and  political  sciences.  It  is  no  less  true  that  they 
have  at  their  disposal  considerable  financial  resources 
for  the  publication  of  reviews.  But  the  question  is 
to  know  what  the  reviews  and  teachings  are  worth. 
...  I  believe  myself  sufficiently  conversant  with 
the  matter.  By  professional  duty  I  read,  not  every- 
thing which  is  printed  on  the  other  side  of  the  Atlan- 
tic concerning  these  subjects,  but  a  notable  part  of 
the  work  which  is  considered  the  most  weighty. 
With  a  few  honorable  exceptions  —  honorable,  but 
rare  —  I  must  venture  to  say  that  these  publications 
are,  for  the  most  part,  without  originality  and  without 
any  real  value. 

"  I  imagine  American  professors  will  be  the  first  to 
feel  surprise  at  the  great  honor  [the  establishment  of 
a  French  school  in  America]  which  it  is  proposed 
to  do  them.  They  have  a  very  keen  feeling  of  what 
they  owe  to  European  culture.  They  keep  in  close 

138 


OUR   MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

touch  with  all  that  is  published  in  their  respective 
specialties  in  France,  Germany,  England,  and  Italy. 
They  profit  by  such  publications,  of  which  their  own 
are  sometimes  —  let  us  say  things  as  they  are  —  only 
adaptations  or  reflections.  Many  of  them  have  had 
their  intellectual  training  in  old  Europe,  and  had,  at 
their  start,  no  other  ambition  than  to  model  themselves 
on  their  masters  and  repeat  them.  The  development 
of  social  and  political  studies  is  immense  —  on  the 
surface  —  in  the  United  States.  In  depth  it  is  not 
quite  the  same." 

The  Temps,  it  may  be  remarked,  is  not,  on  the  one 
hand,  radical,  nor  on  the  other,  anti-democratic  or 
anti- American  ;  and  so  the  reasons  for  its  illiberal  and 
discourteous  judgment  must  be  left  undiscerned.  Its 
startling  declaration,  that  the  sociological  pronounce- 
ments of  our  distinguished  teachers  "  are,  for  the  most 
part,  without  originality  and  without  any  real  value," 
rises  to  the  dignity  of  a  national  affront,  and  rightly 
calls  for  emphatic  action  from  our  strenuous  State 
Department. 

IV 

It  may  be  doubted  if  our  commissioned  teachers 
exert  so  great  an  influence  upon  opinion  as  do  our 
newspapers.  "  The  newspaper  to-day,"  said  Arch- 
bishop Ireland  recently  before  the  National  Educa- 
tional Association,  "  is  preeminently  the  mentor  of 
the  people ;  it  is  read  by  all ;  it  is  believed  by  nearly 
all.  Its  influence  is  paramount ;  its  responsibility  is 
tremendous."  There  is  much  truth  in  this  dictum, 

139 


OUR   BENEVOLENT   FEUDALISM 

though  something  of  qualification  is  needed.  The 
newspaper,  though  not  "read  by  all,"  nor  "believed 
by  nearly  all,"  is  indeed  more  widely  read  than  ever 
before.  If  the  census  is  to  be  believed,  the  circulation 
per  issue  of  all  daily,  tri-weekly,  semi-weekly,  and 
weekly  publications  has  grown  in  the  last  ten  years 
from  38,000,000  to  58,000,000  copies.  This  is  cer- 
tainly a  tremendous  showing ;  but  it  is  doubtful  if  the 
newspapers  exert  the  direct  sway  over  men's  minds 
which  was  exerted  in  earlier  years.  The  influence 
effected  is  due  less  to  the  formal  expression  of  opinion 
than  to  the  color  habitually  given  by  them  to  the 
news.  The  eager  question,  "  What  does  old  Greeley 
say  ?  "  which  was  once  so  often  heard,  was  a  tribute 
to  the  power  of  an  individual  in  whose  rectitude 
and  wisdom  many  thousands  put  a  rarely  wavering 
faith.  Many  a  lesser  editor  had  also  his  reverent 
disciples,  who  believed  as  he  taught  and  voted  as  he 
urged. 

But  in  our  day  the  direct  appeal  of  the  newspaper 
is  more  hesitatingly  obeyed.  Frequently  it  has  hap- 
pened, in  municipal  elections,  that  a  candidate  or 
candidates  have  been  elected  in  the  face  of  an  almost 
solid  opposition  of  the  press.  A  newspaper  may  be 
patronized  for  this  or  that  special  feature  by  persons 
who  pay  no  attention  to  its  editorials,  by  others  who 
read  them  merely  to  learn  an  opposing  view  of  things, 
and  by  others  still  —  a  far  larger  class  — who,  reading 
between  the  lines,  choose  for  themselves  what  to  rely 
upon  and  what  to  doubt.  All  the  larger  cities,  and 
perhaps  most  of  the  smaller,  have  instances  of  news- 
papers which,  appealing  to  some  special  interest, 

140 


OUR   MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

secure  a  considerable  number  of  readers  antipathetic 
to  the  political  views  expressed.  It  happens  that 
radicals  often  read  conservative  publications,  and  that 
conservatives  sometimes  look  upon  radical  print.  The 
faithful  devotees  of  a  certain  mercurial  New  York 
newspaper  probably  read  it  as  eagerly  in  1884,  when 
it  supported  General  Butler  for  the  Presidency,  as  in 
1892,  when  it  supported  Mr.  Cleveland,  or  in  1896, 
when  it  went  over  to  Major  McKinley.  But  reliance 
upon  editorial  opinions  is  a  wavering  faith.  A  wiser 
discrimination  is  employed,  a  more  cynical  scepticism 
is  maintained.  When  the  New  York  newspaper  which 
boasts  of  printing  all  the  fit  news  publishes  in  its 
editorial  columns  the  dictum  that  "  the  oversupply  of 
labor  in  the  anthracite  region  is  due  to  the  great 
attractiveness  of  the  wages  and  the  conditions  of 
work,"  none  but  the  willing  are  convinced ;  and  so 
for  all  the  mis  judgments,  ignorant  or  deliberate,  that 
are  daily  put  forth  by  newspapers  of  all  classes 
there  are  scoffers  and  sceptics  as  well  as  credulous 
believers. 

For  the  recognition  has  become  general  that  the 
average  newspaper  is  owned  and  operated  as  a  com. 
mercial  property.  As  Mr.  Brooke  Fisher,  in  a  recent 
number  of  the  Atlantic,  writes,  the  days  when  the 
editor  hired  the  publisher  are  gone;  it  is  now  the 
publisher  who  hires  the  editor,  and  the  counting- 
room  determines  the  policy.  Advertising  is  the 
material  mainstay,  and  the  merchants  and  magnates 
who  have  largesse  to  distribute  must  be  humored. 
"  Publishers,"  says  the  interesting  census  bulletin  on 
"  Printing  and  Publishing,"  "  are  depending  more  on 

141 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

advertising  and  less  on  subscriptions  and  sales  for 
financial  return."  Whether  it  be  the  sensational 
"yellows,"  or  the  less  sensational  but  characterless 
"pinks,"  or  the  staid  and  ponderous  "grays"  of  the 
press,  the  same  rule  holds.  Even  the  religious  jour- 
nals make  a  like  appeal.  "  A  superfluity  of  religious 
weeklies,"  says  the  best-known  publication  of  that 
class,  giving  itself  a  left-handed  pat  on  the  shoulder, 
"with  no  other  basis  for  existence  than  sectional  or 
partisan  pride,  will  not  be  tolerated  nor  supported  by 
the  laity ;  nor  will  advertisers  much  longer  fail  to 
discriminate  between  religious  journals  that  are  pro- 
gressive [meaning,  for  example,  itself]  and  are 
reaching  well-to-do  and  intelligent  people,  and  those 
which  are  not."  Statements  of  enormous  sales,  of 
vast  subscription  lists,  are  published  in  glaring  type, 
and  the  phrase  "greatest  circulation  in  the  city,"  or 
State,  or  nation,  or  world,  is  trumpeted  to  the  ears  of 
the  buyers  of  advertising  space.  There  is  still  an 
appeal  to  the  giver  of  largesse  even  when  a  publica- 
tion cannot  honestly  boast  of  great  circulation ;  the 
argument  is  then  one  of  a  "select"  patronage  —  of 
"  fit  audience,  though  few,"  but  inferentially  of  great 
purchasing  power. 

The  pressure  upon  editorial  policy  of  this  deference 
to  the  advertiser  is  constant  and  effective,  and  the 
result  is  apparent  to  most  readers.  Even  the  more 
rampant  of  the  "  yellows,"  which  daily  shriek  against 
political  and  social  injustice,  are  affected  by  it.  As 
mournful  a  philosopher  as  Heraclitus  might  have 
found  food  for  humor  in  the  manoeuvres  of  the  metro- 
politan newspapers  some  six  years  ago  during  the 

142 


OUR   MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

agitation  for  the  passage  of  the  Andrews  bill.  This 
measure  required  seats  for  women  workers  in  all 
mercantile  establishments.  Now  it  happened  that 
the  heads  of  the  department  stores  were  in  nearly 
every  instance  violently  opposed  to  the  bill,  and  it 
also  happened  that  the  amount  of  advertising  from 
the  great  stores  cut  a  very  pretty  figure  in  the  income 
of  the  average  metropolitan  newspaper.  To  complete 
the  dilemma  the  bill  won  great  favor  from  the  public. 
How  the  masterful  purveyors  of  news  and  opinions 
to  the  people  managed  to  extricate  themselves  from 
the  difficulty,  would  make  too  long  a  story  in  the 
telling.  But  that  they  triumphantly  surmounted  it, 
is  a  matter  of  history. 

With  the  advertiser  in  so  commanding  a  position, 
it  is  not  needed  that  a  newspaper  shall  be  owned  by 
a  magnate  in  order  that  it  shall  faithfully  reflect  the 
special  interests  of  "  business."  Yet  that  seigniorial 
funds  are  back  of  many  of  our  important  newspapers 
is  a  fact  which  to  a  person  of  intelligence  needs  no 
proof.  The  census  bulletin,  revealing  the  character- 
istic optimism  of  the  compilers  of  the  Twelfth  Cen- 
sus, will  have  it  that  individual  ownership  is  still  the 
rule.  The  proportion  of  individually  owned  and 
operated  publications  is  given  as  63.3  per  cent,  of 
partnership  concerns  as  19.7  per  cent,  and  of  cor- 
porate concerns  as  17  per  cent.  "These  figures 
indicate,"  we  are  told,  "  the  complete  absence  of 
the  extended  combinations  and  consolidations  so  fre- 
quently encountered  in  other  industries."  Yet  there 
are  combinations,  whether  individually  or  jointly 
owned,  —  the  Hearst  newspapers  in  San  Francisco, 

143 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

Chicago,  and  New  York,  the  Ochs  newspapers  of 
Chattanooga,  New  York,  and  Philadelphia,  the  Belo 
newspapers  of  Texas,  and  those  of  the  Scripps-Mc- 
Rae  concern  in  the  middle  West.  Only  this  last 
summer  public  announcement  was  made  of  a  pro- 
jected combination —  under  the  control  of  Mr.  P.  F. 
Collier,  and  with  a  capital  of  $1,000,000  —  of  a  large 
number  of  country  newspapers  in  the  State  of  New 
York.  The  project  has  for  the  time  been  given  up, 
but  others  of  a  like  nature  may  fairly  be  expected  for 
the  future.  Moreover,  some  of  the  features  of  the 
industrial  combinations — identity  of  product,  for 
instance  —  are  discoverable  in  the  so-called  coopera- 
tive newspapers,  which  make  use  of  plate  matter  or 
"  patent-insides."  More  than  half  of  all  the  periodi- 
cals of  the  country  are  in  this  class.  Finally,  the 
chief  commodity  of  newspapers  of  all  classes  —  the 
news  —  is  a  trust  product,  a  commodity  in  which 
the  Associated  Press  serves  the  function  of  gatherer 
of  raw  material  and  manufacturer,  and  the  periodical 
the  function  of  assorter  and  retailer. 

But  the  census  figures  reveal  little  or  nothing  to 
the  point.  Seigniorial  backing,  when  actually  given, 
is  not  usually  made  visible  in  the  form  of  investment 
in  newspaper  stock.  It  is  not  to  the  best  interests  of 
the  purveyor  of  news  and  opinions  that  it  should  be ; 
for  the  public,  with  a  fine  sense  of  its  own  indepen- 
dence of  judgment,  requires  that  seigniorial  influence 
shall  be  less  obviously  shown.  The  odor  of  Standard 
oil,  the  fumes  of  American  tobacco,  have  proved  fatal 
to  more  than  one  newspaper  enterprise,  and  even  the 
taint  of  railroad  support  has  been  shown  to  be  harm- 

144 


OUR   MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

ful.  There  is  thus  the  greatest  need  of  discretion  in 
arranging  the  nominal  ownership ;  and  the  result  is, 
that  in  many  cases  it  is  easier  to  discover  the  actual 
ownership  of  a  policy  game  than  the  actual  owner- 
ship of  a  newspaper.  The  curious  can  but  surmise 
and  wonder.  When  a  chaste  and  well-ordered  daily 
publication  gives  to  a  particular  magnate's  house- 
warming  the  space  of  a  column  and  a  half,  while  its 
rivals — even  the  "yellows,"  which  deal  in  that  sort 
of  thing  —  consider  the  event  worth  no  more  than  a 
half-column ;  or  when  another  magnate  is  persistently 
"boomed  "  for  a  high  office,  or  when  for  another  a 
franchise  grant  is  skilfully  proposed,  one  may  put 
two  and  two  together,  and  apply  the  natural  infer- 
ences. Inferences,  however,  are  not  proof,  and  the 
conclusion  must  remain  doubtful. 

But  whether  through  the  influence  of  potential 
advertising  or  of  secret  ownership,  the  magnate,  or 
the  magnate  class,  exercises  a  large  measure  of  con- 
trol, and  the  matter  which  appears  is  that  which,  on 
the  whole,  is  agreeable  to  seigniorial  minds.  The 
coal  magnates  may  be  criticised,  but  it  is  not  so  much 
on  account  of  their  refusal  to  grant  concessions  to 
their  men  as  for  their  failure  to  operate  in  defiance 
of  their  men.  So,  too,  the  trusts  come  in  for  occa- 
sional rough  handling;  but  it  is  the  abstract  trust 
that  is  at  fault :  the  individual  trust  usually  goes 
scathless.  Certain  of  the  "  yellows  "  furnish  some 
exception  to  the  general  rule,  though  here,  too,  the 
influence  of  the  great  advertiser  is  shown,  and  one 
may  vainly  read  the  columns  of  the  most  radical  of  the 
anti-monopoly  dailies  for  a  suggestion  that  the  great 
L  145 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

department  stores  are  other  than  abodes  of  comfort 
and  joy  for  all  the  souls  employed  therein. 

Such  is  the  newspaper  bias,  and  the  product  of 
the  hired  writer  must  conform.  Whether  editing 
news  or  writing  opinions,  he  must  recognize  the 
divinity  that  hedges  in  the  magnate  class.  It  was  a 
savage,  and  in  some  respects  extravagant,  picture  of 
the  function  of  the  hired  newspaper  worker  which  a 
brilliant  journalist,  now  deceased,  gave  to  the  world  a 
few  years  ago  :  — 

"  There  is  no  such  thing  in  America  as  an  inde- 
pendent press,  unless  it  is  out  in  the  country  towns. 
I  am  paid  for  keeping  honest  opinions  out  of  the 
paper  I  am  connected  with.  Other  editors  are  paid 
similar  salaries  for  doing  similar  things.  If  I  should 
allow  honest  opinions  to  be  printed  in  one  issue  of 
my  paper,  before  twenty-four  hours  my  occupation, 
like  Othello's,  would  be  gone.  The  man  who  would 
be  so  foolish  as  to  write  honest  opinions  would  be 
out  on  the  street  hunting  for  another  job.  The 
business  of  a  New  York  journalist  is  to  distort  the 
truth,  lie  outright,  to  pervert,  to  villify,  to  fawn  at 
the  feet  of  mammon,  and  to  sell  his  country  and  his 
race  for  his  daily  bread,  or  for  about  the  same  thing, 
his  salary.  We  are  the  tools  of  vassals  of  the  rich 
men  behind  the  scenes.  We  are  jumping-jacks. 
They  pull  the  strings,  and  we  dance.  Our  time,  our 
talents,  our  lives,  our  possibilities,  are  all  the  property 
of  other  men.  We  are  intellectual  prostitutes." 

But  though  in  certain  respects  extravagant,  it  has 
yet  faithful  and  accurate  touches  which  are  recog- 
nizable by  every  undeluded  person  who  earns  his 

146 


OUR   MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

living  in  the  employment  of  the  daily  press.  Per- 
haps, indeed,  there  are  not  many  of  the  undeluded ; 
for  the  recoil  upon  themselves  of  the  character  of 
their  tasks  does  not,  to  say  the  least,  sharpen  the 
edge  of  conscience,  and  the  service  of  a  few  years  is 
generally  believed  to  be  effective  in  indurating  the 
finest  sensibilities. 

It  is  not,  as  has  been  said,  so  much  through  their 
editorial  expressions  as  through  their  coloring  of  the 
news  that  the  weeklies  and  dailies  mould  the  opinions 
of  the  mass.  A  growing  scepticism  averts  the  former 
influence ;  but  against  the  latter  there  is  no  prophy- 
lactic. News  is  assorted,  pruned,  improved,  to  accord 
with  a  predetermined  policy.  From  an  anti-imperi- 
alist publication  one  gets  small  notion  of  other  happen- 
ings in  the  Philippines  than  devastations,  rapes, 
battle,  murder,  and  sudden  death ;  and  from  an 
administration  organ  one  may  learn  only  of  Peace 
piping  her  "languid  note,"  of  the  diffusion  of  educa- 
tion, and  the  progress  of  industry,  varied  only  now 
and  then  by  slight  outbreaks  from  a  few  ladrones. 
In  the  far  more  important  matter  of  the  irrepressible 
class  conflict  here  at  home,  like  influences  color  the 
news ;  and  as  ninety-nine  out  of  every  one  hundred 
periodicals  support,  in  greater  or  less  degree,  the 
existing  regime,  the  impress  upon  the  public  mind  is 
overwhelming.  Some  of  the  "  yellows  "  set  up  a  bar 
to  the  universal  pervasion  of  this  influence ;  and  the 
activities  of  the  social  reformers,  through  their 
weekly  journals,  their  tracts,  and  their  public  dis- 
cussions, somewhat  affect  it.  But,  on  the  whole, 
these  effects  are  but  a  ripple  on  the  deep  and 

147 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

powerful  stream  that  fertilizes  the  opinions   of  the 
public. 


Our  laudatory  stump  orators  have  their  measure 
of  influence  on  social  thought,  no  doubt;  but  it  is 
one  that  surely  declines,  and  the  subject  may  be 
passed  with  but  scant  mention.  Likewise,  the  heter- 
ogeneous small  fry  of  seigniorial  retainers  in  the 
various  walks  of  life,  whose  business  it  is,  in  season 
and  out,  to  glorify  the  prevailing  regime,  may  be 
noticed  and  dismissed  in  a  sentence.  The  influence 
of  the  pulpit,  however,  is  a  subject  that  requires  some 
attention.  This  influence,  while  greater  than  that  of 
either  of  the  groups  just  mentioned,  is  unquestionably 
less  than  that  of  either  the  editors  or  the  professional 
lay  publicists.  Among  practical  men  in  the  upper 
orders  there  is  a  widespread  prejudice  against  pastoral 
interference  in  social  and  political  matters,  unless  it 
be  directed  solely  to  seigniorial  justification.  The 
shoemaker  should  stick  to  his  last,  runs  the  adage ; 
and  no  less  it  is  urged  that  the  pastor  should  stick  to 
his  text.  He  should,  furthermore,  discriminate  and 
sort  his  texts,  making  careful  avoidance  of  the  ethical 
precepts  of  Jesus.  For  these  are  needlessly  disturb- 
ing to  the  code  that  prevails  in  commerce  and  politics, 
and  both  politicians  and  magnates  resent  their  cita- 
tion. A  future  "  popular  "  version  of  the  Bible  may 
eliminate  them,  and  thus  do  away  with  a  fertile  cause 
of  discord ;  but  until  that  is  done  the  better  part  of 
pastoral  valor  will  continue  to  lie  in  discretion. 

The  sentiments  of  the  politicians  and  the  magnates 
148 


i 


OUR  MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

toward  the  pulpit  filter  down  to  the  common  mass  of 
the  laity,  and  still  further  weaken  pastoral  influence. 
But  weakened  as  it  has  been,  it  is  yet  felt  by  the 
magnates  to  be  an  instrument  of  social  control  which 
by  proper  use  can  be  made  to  perform  a  needed  ser- 
vice. A  constant  pressure  is,  therefore,  brought  to 
bear  upon  pastoral  utterances.  It  is  the  "  safe  "  men 
who  are  in  most  request  to  fill  pulpits ;  and  it  is  the 
"  safe  "  men  who  draw  to  their  churches  the  largest 
endowments.  Under  the  influence  of  this  pressure 
there  has  gradually  been  developed  a  code  of  pulpit 
ethics,  outside  the  limits  of  which  no  prudent  minister 
will  dare  range.  The  minister  may  be  "  long  "  on 
spirituality,  but  he  must  be  "short"  on  social  pre- 
cepts. He  may  preach  faith,  hope,  and  charity,  and 
also  the  future  punishment  of  the  unregenerate,  so 
long  as  unregeneracy  is  depicted  in  general  terms; 
but  he  must  avoid,  with  the  nicest  delicacy,  the  men- 
tion of  tax-dodging  and  stock-watering  as  punishable 
sins.  He  may  denounce  violence,  and  for  a  modern 
instance  he  may  cite  the  occasional  riotous  conduct 
of  striking  workmen;  but  let  him  at  his  peril  cite 
such  venial  backslidings  from  grace  as  the  blowing 
up  of  a  competitor's  refinery,  the  seizure  of  a  street 
for  track-laying,  or  the  employment  of  armed  mer- 
cenaries for  a  private  purpose.  Political  evils  may  be 
denounced  in  the  abstract,  and  the  bribery  of  voters 
in  the  concrete.  The  latter  is  an  offence  usually 
committed  by  irreverent  ward  politicians,  and  may 
justly  receive,  without  injury  to  the  State  and  to 
society,  the  scathing  anathemas  of  the  pulpit.  But 
he  that  in  a  moment  of  inadvertence  miscalls  by  the 

149 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

name  bribes  the  "gentle  rewards,"  the  " gratuities," 
as  they  were  known  in  Bacon's  time,  which  magnates 
frequently  bestow  upon  legislators  and  judges,  had 
best  resign  his  pastorate  and  seek  some  other  field. 
Nor  must  any  slight  be  thrown  upon  any  of  the  con- 
ventional practices  in  the  ordinary  daily  conduct  of 
"business."  These  are  hallowed  by  custom,  and  are 
beyond  criticism.  Such  a  declaration  as  that  of  a 
certain  minister  in  a  recent  number  of  the  Christian 
Endeavor  World — "What  we  call  Napoleonic  genius 
in  business  is  sometimes  simply  whitewashed  high- 
way robbery  on  a  gigantic  scale"  —  verges  closely 
upon  contumacy.  It  is  relieved  slightly  by  the  quali- 
fying "  sometimes,"  —  much  virtue  in  your  "  some- 
times," as  the  immortal  bard  would  remark, — but  for 
all  that,  it  is  a  dangerous  utterance,  and  one  apt  to 
cause  its  enunciator  grave  trouble. 

But  pastoral  pronouncements  on  social  questions 
are  permitted  —  nay,  welcomed — if  only  they  properly 
rebuke  the  occasional  discontent  and  unquiet  of  the 
masses  and  the  aggression  of  those  foes  of  order,  the 
labor  unions.  Such  a  pronouncement,  for  instance,  is 
that  of  the  Rev.  Lyman  Abbott,  put  forth  in  his 
recent  philosophical  disquisition,  "The  Rights  of 
Man."  "Trades-unions  .  .  .  are  ruled  over  gener- 
ally," he  declares,  "by  a  directory  scarcely  less 
absolute  than  that  which  governed  the  revolutionists 
in  the  day  of  Mirabeau."  This  is  unexceptionably 
decorous,  and  runs  no  risk  whatever  of  seigniorial 
censorship.  The  recent  coal  strike  brought  forth  a 
large  number  of  pastoral  utterances  of  a  like  char- 
acter, which  must  ultimately  redound  to  the  great 

150 


OUR   MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

glory  of  the  declaimers.  The  good  Bishop  Potter,  in 
his  address  before  the  Diocesan  convention  in  New 
York  City,  September  24,  felt  called  upon  to  rebuke 
envy  and  hatred  and  to  deny  the  existence  of  social 
classes  in  the  republic :  "  Wealth  is  unequally  dis- 
tributed, we  are  told,  and  the  sophistries  that  are 
born  of  envy  and  hatred  are  hawked  about  the  streets 
to  influence,  in  a  land  which  refuses  to  enthrone  one 
class  above  another,  the  passions  of  the  less  clever  or 
thrifty  or  industrious  against  those  who  are  more  so." 
The  eminent  Dr.  Ethelbert  Talbot,  Bishop  of  the 
Episcopal  Church  in  Central  Pennsylvania,  according 
to  his  public  letter  of  September  28,  saw  in  the 
coal  strike  only  a  demand  upon  the  part  of  the 
miners  "that  the  operators  shall  no  longer  manage 
their  own  business."  "  How  can  the  question  of 
whether  a  man  has  a  right  to  conduct  his  own  busi- 
ness," he  asks,  with  painfully  defective  forethought 
for  what  subsequently  happened,  "be  submitted  to 
arbitration  ? "  The  no  less  eminent  Rev.  Dr.  Newell 
Dwight  Hillis,  in  his  recent  address  before  the 
Chicago  Society  of  New  York,  demanded  a  wall  of 
bayonets  from  Washington  to  Wilkesbarre.  The 
Rev.  Dr.  Minot  J.  Savage  of  the  Church  of  the  Mes- 
siah also  called  for  arms  instead  of  arbitration,  and 
the  Rev.  Dr.  W.  R.  Huntington  of  Grace  Church 
echoed  the  good  Bishop  Talbot's  opinion,  and  "  from 
the  point  of  view  of  simple  justice  "  could  not  see 
"  that  we  have  any  reason  to  blame  the  mine-owners 
for  refusing  to  allow  the  management  of  their  own 
business  to  be  taken  out  of  their  hands."  From 
Calvary,  too,  —  or  at  least  from  the  Calvary  Baptist 


OUR   BENEVOLENT   FEUDALISM 

Church  of  New  York,  —  came  a  further  demand  for 
soldiery.  "  These  labor  leaders,"  declared  the  Rev. 
Dr.  R.  S.  MacArthur,  "with  their  large  salaries,  are 
forcing  the  men  to  be  idle.  They  are  more  tyranni- 
cal than  the  Czar  of  Russia."  These  are  but  samples 
of  the  "safe"  utterances  on  social  questions  —  the 
kind  that  involve  no  penalties,  but  on  the  contrary, 
reap  sure  harvests  of  glory  and  recompense. 

Occasionally  from  too  close  and  exclusive  reading 
of  the  synoptic  gospels,  with  their  recital  of  Jesus' 
specific  teachings  on  social  matters,  a  young  and  ar- 
dent minister  loses  his  perspective,  and  seeing  over- 
large  the  industrial  and  social  evils  of  his  time,  seeks 
to  remedy  them.  Usually,  however,  the  mood  is  but 
transitory,  and  a  few  months,  or  at  most  a  few  years, 
witness  the  reaction.  Renunciation  of  heretical  doc- 
trines follows,  and  ultimately  the  errant  is  restored  to 
the  fold  of  the  "  safe."  But  let  no  one  imagine  that 
in  seigniorial  halls  his  sins  are  remembered  against 
him.  On  the  contrary,  there  is  more  joy  over  the 
recovery  of  one  strayed  sheep  than  over  ninety  and 
nine  that  remain  faithful. 

Sometimes,  it  must  be  conceded,  there  are  to  be 
found  those  who  refuse  to  be  forced  or  cajoled,  and 
who  hold  their  intrepid  way  in  defiance  of  power. 
The  World  assails  them,  in  the  words  of  Matthew 
Arnold,  with  its  perpetual  challenge  and  warning  :  - 

" *  Behold,'  she  cries,  '  so  many  rages  lulled ; 
So  many  fiery  spirits  quite  cooled  down. 
Look  how  so  many  valors,  long  undulled, 
After  short  commerce  with  me  fear  my  frown.' " 

But   they   fear  not  her  frown;  and  they  teach  the 

152 


OUR   MOULDERS   OF   OPINION 

social  precepts  of  their  Master  regardless  of  material 
consequences.  What  those  consequences  are,  the 
average  man  knows  full  well.  They  are  ostracism, 
a  reduction,  sooner  or  later,  to  the  poorest  livings ;  a 
hemming  in  and  constraining  to  the  narrowest  fields 
of  effort  and  influence  —  in  a  word,  the  full  sum  of 
the  forceful  rebuke  which  it  is  possible  for  the  mag- 
nate class  and  its  retainers,  in  the  present  state  of 
society,  to  deliver.  In  the  more  developed  state 
of  the  future  the  rebuke  will  be  yet  more  emphatic ; 
for  the  influence  of  the  pulpit,  whatever  it  may  be  in 
degree,  must  in  kind  be  confirmatory  of  the  right  of 
the  magnate  class  to  rule. 


153 


CHAPTER  VIII 

GENERAL  SOCIAL  CHANGES 

THE  historic  props  of  class  rule,  according  to  Pro- 
fessor Edward  A.  Ross,  in  his  recent  volume,  "  Social 
Control,"  have  been  force,  superstition,  fraud,  pomp, 
and  prescription.  Our  present  seigniorial  class 
makes  use,  with  fine  discrimination  as  time  and 
occasion  require,  of  each  of  these  means  of  support, 
though  unquestionably  it  sets  the  greatest  value 
upon  the  last  named.  Force  is  employed  less 
openly,  less  obviously;  decreasingly  by  the  direct 
imposition  of  the  magnates,  increasingly  through 
their  ingenious  manipulation  of  the  powers  of  the 
State.  The  superstition  latent  in  most  minds  proves 
.  now,  as  ever,  a  means  of  ready  recourse ;  but  though 
supernatural  sanction  to  the  acts  and  authority  of 
the  magnates  is  cunningly  deduced  and  volubly 
preached  from  a  thousand  pulpits,  the  prop  fails 
somewhat  as  a  constant  and  sure  reliance.  Even 
testimony  so  authoritative  as  that  of  President  Baer 
to  the  effect  that  the  Great  First  Cause  had  intrusted 
to  himself  and  his  co-magnates  the  control  of  the  busi- 
ness interests  of  the  country,  has  been  flouted  in  a 
number  of  places.  The  notion  of  supernatural 
sanctions,  as  most  people  know,  and  as  Professor  Gold- 
win  Smith  has  repeatedly  taken  pains  to  point  out, 

154 


GENERAL   SOCIAL   CHANGES 

is  losing  its  hold  upon  the  reason  of  mankind ;  and 
though  it  still  has,  and  will  ever  have,  a  certain 
potency,  its  best  days  are  passed. 

As  for  fraud,  both  of  class  against  class,  and  indi- 
vidual against  individual,  attempts  to  practise  it  no 
doubt  increase ;  but  the  tooth-and-claw  struggle  of 
the  last  generation  has  developed  and  sharpened 
the  wits  of  the  combatants,  so  that  it  tends  to  become 
a  less  profitable  game.  He  would  be  a  sharper 
indeed,  according  to  the  proverb,  who  among  the 
Turks  of  the  Negropont,  the  Jews  of  Salonika,  or 
the  Greeks  of  Athens  could  cheat  his  fellow :  each 
knows  by  heart  all  the  tricks  and  devices  of  which 
the  others  are  capable.  Matters  are  not  yet  at  such 
a  stage  in  free  America  :  great  frauds,  both  of  the 
group  and  of  the  individual,  are  still  practised. 
But  the  almost  infinite  possibilities  of  other  days 
have  been  sadly  restricted  by  the  operation  of  those 
natural  laws  which  tend  to  fit  beings  to  their  envi- 
ronment. Pomp,  too,  is  less  a  factor  of  control  than 
in  past  times.  It  has  a  powerful  grip  on  the  imagi- 
nations of  the  poor,  as  the  columns  of  our  "yellow" 
journals,  which  devote  so  large  a  space  to  the  cere- 
monies of  the  great,  amply  attest;  but  though  it 
charms  the  more,  it  deceives  the  less.  It  interests, 
it  delights ;  but  it  does  not  overawe  or  subdue. 

I 

It  is  by  prescription  —  by  a  constant  appeal  to  the 
sanctity  of  custom,  a  constant  preaching  of  the  valid- 
ity of  vested  rights,  and  of  the  beauty,  order,  inevi- 

155 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

tability,  and  righteousness  of  things  as  they  are  — 
that  the  magnate  class  wins  to  its  support  the  suf- 
frages of  the  people.  Other  influences  aid,  but  this 
one  is  dominant.  As  Professor  Ross  pertinently 
writes :  — 

"Those  who  have  the  sunny  rooms  in  the  social 
edifice  have  ...  a  powerful  ally  in  the  suggestion 
of  Things-as-they-are.  With  the  aid  of  a  little  nar- 
cotizing teaching  and  preaching,  the  denizens  of  the 
cellar  may  be  brought  to  find  their  lot  proper  and 
right,  to  look  upon  escape  as  an  outrage  upon  the 
rights  of  other  classes,  and  to  spurn  with  moral  indig- 
nation the  agitator  who  would  stir  them  to  protest. 
Great  is  the  magic  of  precedent,  and  like  the  rebel- 
lious Helots,  who  cowered  at  the  sight  of  their  masters' 
whips,  those  who  are  used  to  dragging  the  social 
chariot  will  meekly  open  their  calloused  mouths 
whenever  the  bit  is  offered  them." 

The  magnates,  as  has  been  shown,  brook  small 
interference  with  prevailing  customs.  Their  near 
dependents,  retainers,  and  "  poor  relations  "  think  as 
they  think,  and  feel  as  they  feel ;  and  the  great  ma- 
jority of  the  professional  moulders  of  opinion,  draw- 
ing their  inspiration  from  above,  preach  and  teach 
as  the  magnates  would  have  them.  The  general 
social  passivity  following  the  pressure  of  all  these 
influences  upon  the  public  mind  is  as  certain  and 
inescapable  as  a  mathematical  conclusion. 

II 

A  powerful  auxiliary  to  the  preaching  of  the  sanc- 
tity of  custom  is  the  extolling  of  individual  "  success." 


GENERAL   SOCIAL   CHANGES 

At  the  very  time  when  socio-industrial  processes  are 
settling  to  a  fixed  routine  and  socio-industrial  forms 
to  a  fixed  status ,  —  when  day  by  day  there  is  faund 
less  room  at  the  top  and  more  room  at  the  bottom,  — 
the  chorus  of  exhortation  to  the  men  of  the  land  to 
bestir  themselves  reaches  its  highest  pitch.  Meddle 
not  with  custom  and  the  law,  is  the  injunction ;  leave 
those  to  abler  and  wiser  heads  —  meaning,  of  course, 
the  present  formulators  and  manipulators  thereof. 
Meddle  not  with  things  as  they  are,  but  while  your 
companions  sleep,  "toil  upward  in  the  night,"  and 
carve  out  a  career  for  yourself  among  the  stars.  Put 
no  faith  in  general  social  changes,  except  such  as 
result  from  the  combined  effect  of  each  unit  concern- 
ing himself  solely  with  his  own  material  salvation. 
There  is  no  social  betterment  without  precedent  in- 
dividual betterment,  it  is  urged.  "  You  cannot  make 
a  bad  man  good  by  legislation,"  is  the  admonitory 
adage,  and  "  You  cannot  make  a  poor  man  rich  by 
legislation  "  is  its  twin.  If  certain  persons  hold  to 
the  theory  that  corrective  laws  have  a  definite  reac- 
tion upon  character,  and  that  in  every  civilization 
worthy  the  name  there  are  social  institutions,  founded 
in  law,  which  are  immeasurably  in  advance  of  the 
general  average  of  sanity,  sobriety,  and  honesty  of 
the  citizenship,  such  persons  are  but  dreamers,  and 
are  not  to  be  taken  too  seriously.  So,  too,  with 
the  dictum  regarding  the  statutory  enhancement  of 
riches.  There  are  those  who  insinuate  that  it  is 
heard  most  often  from  the  lips  of  the  industrial  mag- 
nates, the  majority  of  whom  are  living  examples  of 
the  fact  that  riches  may  be  garnered  by  means  of 

157 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

tariffs  and  other  privilege-giving  laws ;  and  from  the 
laissez-faire  tariff  reformers,  whose  reiterated  argu- 
ment against  protective  duties  is  that  they  are  law- 
given  privileges  by  which  the  few  gain  wealth  at  the 
expense  of  the  many.  But  persons  who  question 
this  profound  adage  are  unsophisticated.  They  fail 
to  discriminate  properly.  The  adage  is  one  which, 
like  a  simile  or  metaphor,  should  not  be  stretched 
too  far.  It  has  its  true  and  legitimate  bearing  only 
when  it  is  applied  to  the  very  poor. 

Personal  endeavor  toward  the  goal  of  "  success " 
is  the  urgent  exhortation.  Scarcely  one  of  the  mag- 
nates who  have  recently  entered  literature,  or  who, 
avoiding  that  province,  have  on  occasion  unbosomed 
themselves  to  the  interviewer,  but  takes  pains  to 
declare  how  numerous  and  how  mighty  are  the  pos- 
sibilities in  the  path  of  the  energetic.  All  that  is 
needed,  according  to  most  of  the  seigniorial  recipes, 
are  brains  and  health ;  honesty,  it  is  true,  is  often 
included  as  an  ingredient  in  the  compound,  but  its 
mention  is  possibly  ironical,  and  need  not  concern 
us.  Brains  and  health  are  thus  the  two  things  need- 
ful ;  and  though  pursuing  Satan  may  gather  in,  with 
his  drag-net,  a  vast  army  of  the  hindmost,  the  fortu- 
nate possessors  of  these  two  boons  will  inevitably 
forge  to  the  front  in  the  headlong  race. 

It  is  by  no  accident  that  this  particular  counsel 
from  the  magnates  is  heard  now  more  frequently 
than  any  other.  It  is  one  that  of  course  has  been 
given  in  all  times ;  but  it  has  never  been  given  with 
such  frequency  and  unction  as  now.  Consciously  or 
subconsciously,  it  is  an  expression  of  class  feeling 


GENERAL   SOCIAL   CHANGES 

—  a  revelation  of  the  community  of  interests  and 
purposes  of  a  particular  division  of  our  society.  In 
whatever  cases  its  utterance  is  prompted  by  a  general 
social  motive,  that  motive  is  the  defence  of  class  con- 
trol. It  is  counsel  that  makes  for  the  acquiescence  of 
the  lower  orders  and  the  increased  security  of  the 
upper.  "  The  heaving  and  straining  of  the  wretches 
pent  up  in  the  hold  of  the  slaver  is  less,"  writes 
Professor  Ross  again,  "  if  now  and  then  a  few  of  the 
most  redoubtable  are  let  up  on  deck.  Likewise  the 
admitting  of  a  few  brave,  talented,  or  successful  com- 
moners into  the  charmed  circle  above  has  a  wonderful 
effect  in  calming  the  rage  and  envy  of  the  exploited, 
and  thereby  prolonging  the  life  of  the  parasitic  sys- 
tem." This  counsel  of  endeavor,  promulgated  by  the 
few  who  have  striven  and  "succeeded,"  is  thus  a 
social  sedative  of  great  efficacy. 

The  professional  moulders  of  opinion  take  their  cue 
from  these  exhortations  of  the  magnates,  improve, 
elaborate,  and  redistribute  them.  The  professors,  the 
editors,  and  the  orators  lead,  and  the  hortatory  pro- 
nouncements of  the  pulpit  follow  closely.  The  Car- 
penter of  Nazareth,  it  is  true,  held  other  views  of 
"  success  " ;  but  his  precepts  would  seem  to  have  gone 
out  of  fashion  in  the  fanes  and  tabernacles  ostensibly 
devoted  to  his  worship.  With  all  ranks  and  conditions 
Success  becomes  the  great  god ;  and  as  though  there 
were  not  already  priests  and  votaries  enough  for  his 
proper  worship,  a  special  class  of  publications  has 
recently  arisen,  which  serve  as  his  vowed  and  conse- 
crated ministers.  These  teach  to  the  devout  but 
unsophisticated  followers  of  the  great  god  the  par- 

159 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

ticular  means  best  adapted  to  win  his  grace ;  how  his 
frown  may  be  averted ;  or,  if  his  anger  be  kindled,  by 
what  penances  and  other  rites  he  is  to  be  propitiated. 
They  chant  the  praises  and  recite  the  life-incidents  of 
those  who  have  been  most  conspicuously  blessed,  and 
to  all  the  rest  of  mankind  they  shout,  "  Follow  our 
counsel,  and  some  day  you  shall  be  even  like  unto 
these."  It  is  a  glittering  lure,  and  it  is  eagerly  pur- 
sued. Sometimes,  indeed,  not  without  doubts  and 
misgivings ;  for  a  recognition  that  "  all  the  gates  are 
thronged  with  suitors,"  that  "all  the  markets  over- 
flow," and  that  the  settling  and  hardening  of  socio- 
industrial  processes  has  already  begun,  becomes  more 
general,  and  leads  many  to  essay  the  trial  of  fortune's 
pathway  only  as  a  desperate  and  forlorn  adventure. 
But  these  are  the  exceptions;  the  majority  are  still 
to  be  caught  by  limed  twigs.  The  gods  denied  man- 
kind many  gifts,  and  attached  hard  conditions  to  most 
of  those  which  they  granted.  But  for  all  their  with- 
holding of  certain  gifts  and  their  tainting  of  others, 
they  sought  to  compensate  by  giving  an  extra  allow- 
ance of  credulity. 

Ill 

Not  only  by  the  showering  of  precepts,  by  the  en- 
couragement of  individual  effort,  and  by  the  dangling 
of  more  or  less  illusory  prizes  before  the  wistful  mul- 
titude does  the  ruling  class  maintain  its  hold.  It  in- 
vites, to  some  extent,  a  participation  in  the  harvest. 
The  growth  of  the  shareholding  class,  of  which  men- 
tion has  already  been  made,  is  by  no  means  wholly 

1 60 


GENERAL   SOCIAL   CHANGES 

fortuitous.  New  companies  of  small  initial  capital, 
and  with  somewhat  dubious  chances  in  the  great 
struggle,  may  be  glad  enough  to  market  their  shares 
wheresoever  they  can ;  but  something  of  seigniorial 
grace  and  condescension,  though  not  entirely  un- 
mixed with  calculating  foresight,  is  apparent  in  the 
opening  of  opportunities  for  small  investment  in  the 
larger  and  more  stable  corporations.  Mr.  John  B.  C. 
Kershaw,  in  the  Fortnightly  Review  for  May,  1900, 
gives  an  interesting  account  of  this  fostering  of  share- 
investment  in  England.  The  industrial  magnates,  he 
says,  saw  that  the  best  policy  for  preventing  the 
growth  of  a  public  sentiment  favoring  the  encroach- 
ments of  labor  would  be  to  increase  the  number  of 
bourgeoisie  interested  in  industrial  affairs.  Accord- 
ingly they  encouraged  popular  share-buying,  with  the 
result  that  "  a  large  and  increasing  proportion  of  the 
general  public  is  now  financially  involved  in  all  in- 
dustrial struggles,  and  our  manufacturers  feel  assured 
that  the  danger  lest  the  workers  should  be  backed  by 
a  solid  and  enthusiastic  public  opinion  in  their  de- 
mands for  shorter  hours  or  increased  pay  no  longer 
exists." 

As  in  England,  so  also  here.  The  movement 
toward  corporate  ownership  is  probably  more  pro- 
nounced in  the  United  States  than  in  the  older  coun- 
try, and  it  has  been  equally  encouraged  from  above. 
Joint-stock  concerns  increased  in  England  from  9344 
in  1885  to  25,267  in  1898.  In  Massachusetts,  the 
State  in  which  the  preparation  of  statistics  most 
nearly  approaches  the  methods  of  science,  corpora- 
tions are  reported  to  have  increased  during  the  years 
M  161 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

1885-95  by  more  than  77  per  cent.  As  for  share- 
holders, the  nine  principal  manufacturing  industries 
of  Massachusetts  for  the  same  period  show  percent- 
ages of  increase  ranging  from  13.87  in  tapestry  to 
637.74  in  leather,  saddles,  and  harness.  The  entire 
country  has  shown  a  marked  growth  in  the  number, 
of  this  class,  and  it  would  seem  that  no  one  is  too 
poor  to  hold  a  share  in  some  corporation.  Indeed,  to 
read  the  arguments  of  the  legal  retainers  of  the  mag- 
nates in  the  Income  Tax  case,  and  in  the  various  trust 
cases  that  from  time  to  time  arise,  one  would  think 
that  the  main  body  of  the  shareholders  of  the  nation 
was  composed  of  workingmen,  widows,  and  orphans. 
In  no  time  since  the  prophet  Ezekiel's  day  have  there 
been  uttered  words  of  such  tender  consideration  for 
the  poor  and  needy,  the  widow  and  the  orphan,  and 
of  such  bitter  denunciation  for  their  would-be  de- 
spoilers  as  were  tearfully  put  forth  in  opposing  the 
income  tax. 

A  great  number  of  shareholders  in  a  particular 
company  would  seem,  on  first  thought,  to  be  some- 
thing of  a  nuisance.  Unquestionably  they  would 
represent  a  wide  range  of  conflicting  views  and  antag- 
onistic purposes,  all  bearing  upon  the  one  problem  of 
the  proper  operation  of  the  company's  property ;  and 
would  thus  give  salient  instances  of  that  unwisdom 
which  is  too  often  found  in  a  multitude  of  counsellors. 
At  least  this  is  the  seigniorial  argument  against  na- 
tional collectivism  —  an  argument  which  one  might 
naturally  suppose  to  be  quite  as  applicable  to  the  par- 
ticular collectivism  of  the  stock  company.  But  it 
does  not  so  apply ;  the  solid  advantages  of  diffused 

162 


GENERAL   SOCIAL   CHANGES 

shareholding  in  assuring  general  public  sanction  to  the 
acts  of  the  magnates  outweigh  the  confusion  and 
danger  which  are  alleged  to  lie  in  public  ownership. 
The  social  and  political  effect  of  this  general  par- 
ticipation in  the  ownership  of  industries  may  be  readily 
observed  by  all  but  the  blind.  "  If  the  truth  were 
known,"  wrote  that  keen-witted  financier,  Mr.  Russell 
Sage,  in  a  magazine  article  published  last  May,  "  con- 
centration of  wealth  is  popular  with  the  masses." 
Partners  in  the  great  enterprises,  the  multitude  of 
petty  shareholders  are  led  more  and  more  to  consider 
economic  questions  from  the  employers'  standpoint. 
In  the  controversies  between  labor  and  capital  ten 
years  ago  the  average  citizen  was  but  an  onlooker, 
sometimes  a  weak  partisan  of  capital,  but  very  often 
a  neutral,  with  a  strong  latent  sympathy  for  the 
"under  dog."  To-day,  thanks  to  his  holding  of  a 
single  share  in  the  steel  corporation  or  of  two  or  three 
shares  in  some  street  railway  company,  he  is  an  em- 
ployer, one  of  the  men  "  to  whom  God,  in  His  infinite 
wisdom,  has  given  the  control  of  the  property  inter- 
ests of  the  country."  He  sees,  thinks,  and  feels  as  a 
member,  however  humble,  of  the  employing  class  ; 
and  what  the  magnates  think  and  do  is  to  him  all 
the  law  and  the  prophets.  "  Bound  by  gold  chains 
about  the  feet "  of  his  feudatory  lords,  he  is  at  the 
same  time  a  sharer  in  their  responsibilities  and  a  faith- 
ful retainer  in  their  service. 

IV 

It  would  be  idle  to  declare  that  all  the  tendencies 
make  toward  acquiescence.      Just  as   in   the   atmos- 

163 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

phere  a  prevailing  drift  of  the  wind  is  accompanied 
by  cross  currents,  flurries,  and  rotatory  motions,  so 
the  dominant  tendency  discoverable  in  social  indus- 
try is  qualified  by  many  complex  processes.  Of  the 
cross  currents  here  to  be  briefly  noted,  some  are  but 
trifling,  while  others  undoubtedly  reveal  a  certain 
force  and  constancy.  A  small  part  of  the  public  is 
ever  in  a  state  of  ferment  over  imputed  social  evils, 
and  at  rare  times  this  ferment  becomes  general. 
Recurring  labor  troubles  indicate  that  the  spirit  of 
resistance,  if  it  really  be  dying,  dies  hard.  Strikes 
of  the  magnitude  of  those  at  Homestead  and  in  the 
Tennessee  mines  in  1892,  at  Chicago  and  other  rail- 
road centres  in  1894,  the  several  anthracite  coal 
strikes  of  1897,  1900,  and  1902,  and  the  steel  strike 
of  1901  prove  that  organized  labor  has  not  wholly 
succumbed  to  the  encompassing  forces  about  it.  The 
remarkable  growth  in  numbers,  these  last  two  years, 
of  the  unions  composing  the  American  Federation  of 
Labor,  is  confirmatory  testimony.  Radical  political 
movements,  furthermore,  have  not  been  wanting.  The 
Socialists  have  increased  their  voting  strength  in  the 
nation  from  some  2000  ballots  in  1888  to  upward 
of  130,000  in  1900.  The  Farmers'  Alliance  made 
tremendous  headway  in  the  election  of  1890,  and  its 
political  successor,  the  People's  party,  secured  by 
fusion  more  than  1,000,000  votes  in  1892  and  nearly 
2,000,000  in  1894.  "  Labor  "  mayors  and  even  Social- 
ist mayors  have  been  elected  in  several  cities,  and 
the  polling  of  106,721  votes  for  Samuel  M.  Jones  for 
Governor  of  Ohio  in  1899  was  a  truly  remarkable 
showing  of  the  residual  independence  of  the  citizen- 

164 


GENERAL   SOCIAL  CHANGES 

ship.  There  are  also  general  social  movements  to 
chronicle.  Reform  societies  and  clubs  are  occasion- 
ally heard  of ;  arbitration  movements  have  met  with 
some  favor;  there  has  been  a  considerable  growth 
in  the  number  of  university  and  college  settlements ; 
and  anti-trust  conferences  and  things  of  that  sort  have 
frequently  met,  talked,  and  dispersed.  Indeed,  all  of 
us  at  times  grumble  and  find  fault  with  general  condi- 
tions. Even  Mr.  Russell  Sage,  in  the  face  of  his 
exultant  panegyric  on  the  beneficence  of  combination, 
has  very  recently  given  to  the  press  a  statement 
denouncing  the  further  consolidation  of  industry,  and 
predicting,  in  case  his  words  are  not  heeded,  "  wide- 
spread revolt  of  the  people  and  subsequent  financial 
ruin  unequalled  in  the  history  of  the  world."  Though 
only  a  few  of  us  are  irreconcilable  at  all  times,  all  of 
us  are  disaffected  sometimes  —  especially  when  our 
particular  interests  are  pinched.  We  talk  threaten- 
ingly of  instituting  referendums  to  curb  excessive 
power,  of  levying  income  taxes,  or  of  compelling 
the  Government  to  acquire  the  railroads  and  the 
telegraphs.  We  subscribe  to  newspapers  and  other 
publications  which  criticise  the  acts  of  the  great  cor- 
porations, and  we  hail  as  a  new  Gracchus  the  ardent 
reformer  who  occasionally  comes  forth  for  a  season 
to  do  battle  for  the  popular  cause. 


It  must  be  confessed,  however,  that  this  revolt  is, 
for  the  most  part,  sentimental ;  it  is  a  mental  attitude 
only  occasionally  transmutable  into  terms  of  action. 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

It  is,  moreover,  sporadic  and  flickering;  it  dies  out, 
after  a  time,  and  we  revert  to  our  usual  moods,  con- 
cerning ourselves  with  our  particular  interests,  and 
letting  the  rest  of  the  world  wag  as  it  will.  The 
specific  social  reaction  of  the  last  few  years  has  been 
especially  marked.  It  has  shown  itself  in  the  weak- 
ening or  disruption  of  radical  political  movements,  in 
the  more  hesitant  attitude  of  the  trade-unionists,  in 
the  decline  of  factory  legislation,  —  in  fact,  of  all 
legislation  tending  to  the  protection  of  the  weaker 
and  the  regulation  of  the  stronger,  —  and  in  a  general 
feeling  of  the  futility  of  social  effort.  The  Anti- 
imperialists  will  have  it  that  this  admitted  reaction 
is  due  to  the  South  African  and  Philippine  wars,  to 
a  lust  of  empire  and  a  contempt  for  the  rights  of 
weaker  peoples.  It  is  a  pretty  theory,  but  unfortu- 
nately it  has  small  basis  in  chronology.  For  the  re- 
action had  already  become  apparent  before  either 
war  was  waged.  The  date  of  its  beginning  may  be 
variously  guessed  at ;  but  it  is  probable  that  the  time 
assigned  to  it  in  Chapter  V  —  somewhere  within  the 
two  years  1 896-97  —  is  not  far  wrong.  Before  that 
time  a  very  large  part  of  the  public  could  occasionally 
be  interested  in  social  measures  and  movements,  and 
in  social  literature.  Thousands  of  even  the  most 
hardened  philistines  read  Mr.  George's  "  Progress 
and  Poverty,"  Mr.  Bellamy's  "  Looking  Backward," 
and  Mr.  Kidd's  "  Social  Evolution."  And  as  for 
that  minor  section  of  the  public,  the  social  reform- 
ers, there  was  then  to  be  found  among  them  a 
radicalism  of  belief,  a  definiteness  of  aim,  an  ardency 
and  determination  of  spirit  that  are  sadly  wanting 

1 66 


GENERAL   SOCIAL   CHANGES 

now.  Doubtless  to  every  one  of  these,  as  he  ruefully 
compares  the  two  periods,  there  recurs  the  sentiment 
of  the  Wordsworthian  recollection,  — 

"  Bliss  was  it  in  that  dawn  to  be  alive, 
But  to  be  young  was  very  heaven." 

While  in  the  bosom  of  every  devotee  of  Things-as- 
they-are  there  rises  the  sentiment  of  thankfulness 
that  the  mass  of  the  people  have  learned  the  wisdom 
of  letting  well  enough  alone. 

Political  radicalism  reached  its  culminating  point 
in  the  election  of  1896.  Despite  certain  foolish  and 
mischievous  notions  embodied  in  the  two  radical  plat- 
forms of  that  year,  the  combined  movement  was  yet 
a  consistent  and  unified  attack  upon  class  rule.  The 
elections  of  the  next  two  years  revealed  a  waning 
of  Populist  and  Democratic  strength,  and  in  1900 
a  fine  sense  of  caution  prompted  the  Fusionists  to 
subordinate  the  industrial  demands  of  their  platforms 
to  the  issue  of  Imperialism.  The  Socialists,  it  is  true, 
usually  increase  their  vote ;  but  the  admitted  fact  of 
a  great  growth  of  Socialist  conviction  throughout  the 
land  makes  these  slight  increases  at  the  polls  appear 
but  trivial,  and  only  further  confirms  the  view  that 
such  radicalism  is  sentimental  rather  than  potential. 
Anti-trust  conferences  are  not  without  an  element  of 
humor ;  at  least,  they  are  the  cause  of  much  humor 
in  outsiders ;  and  the  widely  heralded  arbitration 
court  of  the  National  Civic  Federation  breaks  down 
on  the  very  occasion  when  most  is  expected  of  it  — 
that  of  the  anthracite  coal  strike.  Organized  labor, 
despite  its  greater  numerical  strength,  is  far  less  ag- 

167 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

gressive  than  of  old  ;  and  except  in  isolated  instances, 
it  observes  a  caution  which  would  have  further  dis- 
tinguished Fabius.  As  for  the  growth  of  college 
settlements,  the  fact  is  only  an  added  proof  of  reac- 
tion. They  do  a  great  good,  unquestionably ;  but 
their  basis  is  philanthropy  and  not  social  adjustment. 
As  a  people,  we  have  heard  enough,  for  the  time, 
about  social  problems,  and  prefer  to  interest  ourselves 
in  other  matters.  Professor  Walter  A.  Wyckoff,  who 
has  recently  changed  the  scene  of  his  optimistic  ob- 
servances from  America  to  England,  has  an  article 
in  the  September  Scribner's  on  the  English  social  sit- 
uation. "  The  condition-of-the-people  problem,"  he 
writes,  "  lacks  vitality  for  the  moment  because,  as 
one  shrewd  observer  remarked,  '  the  public  has  grown 
tired  of  the  poor.' "  We  are  feeling  the  same  weari- 
ness here.  Our  benevolence  somewhat  increases, 
and  we  are  willing  to  give,  and  more  than  willing  that 
the  magnates  shall  give  freely;  but  we  want  to  be 
troubled  no  more  with  remedial  schemes.  Rather, 
we  are  disposed  to  trust  to  seigniorial  wisdom  and 
virtue  to  set  things  right.  Some  of  us  will  perhaps 
decline  to  go  so  far  in  our  trust  as  a  certain  prominent 
Massachusetts  lady  who  proposed  to  abolish  work- 
ing-class suffrage.  "  I  think,"  said  this  lady  in  an 
address  to  a  club  of  working  girls,  "many  of  the 
troubles  between  employer  and  men  might  be  swept 
away  if  the  men  could  not  vote.  If  he  felt  that  they 
did  not  stand  on  just  the  same  footing  as  himself, 
that  they  had  not  quite  so  many  privileges  as  he, 
the  employer  might  have  a  chivalric  feeling  toward 
them."  Some  of  us  may  hesitate  at  this  project,  but 

1 68 


GENERAL   SOCIAL   CHANGES 

withal  we  are  willing  to  trust  largely  to  seigniorial 
guidance. 

Instead  of  the  personal  fidelity  that  characterized 
the  older  Feudalism,  we  are  rapidly  developing  a 
class  fidelity.  History  may  repeat  itself,  as  the  adage 
runs;  but  not  by  identical  forms  and  events.  It  is  not 
likely  that  personal  fidelity,  as  once  known,  can  ever 
be  restored  :  the  long  period  of  dislodgment  from  the 
land,  the  diffusion  of  learning,  the  exercise  of  the 
franchise,  and  the  training  in  individual  effort  have 
left  a  seemingly  unbridgeable  chasm  between  the  past 
and  the  present  forms.  But  though  personal  fidelity, 
in  the  old  sense,  is  improbable,  group  fidelity,  founded 
upon  the  conscious  dependence  of  a  class,  is  already 
observable,  and  it  grows  apace.  Out  of  the  sense  of 
class  dependence  arises  the  extreme  deference  which 
we  yield,  the  rapt  homage  which  we  pay  —  not  as 
individuals,  but  as  units  of  a  class  —  to  the  men  of 
wealth.  We  do  not  know  them  personally,  and  we 
have  no  sense  of  personal  attachment.  But  in  most 
things  we  grant  them  priority.  We  send  them  or 
their  legates  to  the  Senate  to  make  our  laws;  we 
permit  them  to  name  our  administrators  and  our 
judiciary;  we  listen  with  eager  attention  to  their 
utterances,  and  we  abide  by  their  judgment.  When  the 
venerable  Mr.  Hewitt,  brought  forth  like  the  holy 
man  Onias,  in  the  Judean  civil  war  between  Aris- 
tobulus  and  Hyrcanus,  to  denounce  the  opposing 
faction,  utters  his  anathema  against  the  minions  of 
Mr.  Mitchell,  we  listen  in  awe  and  are  convinced. 
A  three-line  interview  with  the  chief  of  the  magnates 
is  read  with  an  eagerness  wholly  wanting  in  our  peru- 

169 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

sal  of  an  official  pronunciamento  by  the  most  strenu- 
ous of  Presidents.  Our  racial  sense  of  humor,  it 
must  be  confessed,  saves  us  from  the  more  slavish 
forms  of  deference ;  we  jest  about  solemn  themes  and 
take  in  vain  the  names  of  great  beings.  Even  the 
name  of  the  great  magnate  is  more  or  less  humorously 
played  upon;  and  our  latest  national  pastime  of  "trust- 
busting"  reveals  a  like  levity,  though  an  innocent  one. 
It  shows,  moreover,  how  far  we  have  reacted  from 
our  Puritan  forefathers.  For  it  is  pursued  not  on 
account  of  the  pain  it  gives  the  trusts,  but  for  the 
harmless  pleasure  it  gives  both  participants  and  spec- 
tators. But  our  subserviency,  though  less  formal  than 
that  of  old,  is  withal  more  real  and  fundamental. 

VI 

Current  passivity  has,  however,  a  reverse  side.  To 
many  persons  a  recognition  of  the  changing  condi- 
tions brings  demoralization  or  despair.  All  are  not 
won  by  the  lure  of  "  success."  To  an  increasing 
number  the  dangling  prize  in  the  distance  is  but  a 
mirage,  and  oppressed  by  a  sense  of  the  bankruptcy 
of  life  they  seek  an  oblivious  relief.  There  is  a  drift 
toward  the  twin  dissipations  of  drink  and  gambling, 
and  there  is  an  increase  of  suicide.  The  greater 
drink  consumption  is  a  matter  of  common  observa- 
tion, and  it  is  amply  attested  by  statistics.  Mr.  J. 
Holt  Schooling's  figures  in  a  recent  issue  of  the 
Fortnightly  Review  show  an  increased  consumption 
in  the  United  States  of  20  per  cent  for  the  years 
1896-1900,  as  against  the  years  1886-90.  The 

170 


GENERAL  SOCIAL  CHANGES 

percentage  of  increase  is  slightly  less  than  that  of 
those  industrially  exploited  nations,  Germany  and 
France,  but  considerably  more  than  that  of  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland.  The  annual  figures  published 
in  the  World  Almanac  for  1902  give  more  pertinent 
lessons.  The  unsettled  and  troublous  year,  1893, 
witnessed  an  enormous  increase  in  drink  consump- 
tion ;  but  the  succeeding  hard  times  of  1894  and  1895, 
when  drink-money  was  increasingly  hard  to  obtain, 
induced  a  greater  sobriety.  With  1896  drinking  be- 
came more  general,  or  at  least  more  energetic ;  and 
except  for  a  slight  falling  off  in  1899,  the  consump- 
tion of  liquors  and  wines  has  risen  steadily,  reaching 
the  enormous  total  of  1,349,176,033  gallons  in  1900. 
Much  of  this  gain  is  confined  to  beer,  the  cheapest 
of  alcoholic  beverages ;  but  there  has  also  been  a 
phenomenal  increase  in  the  consumption  of  spirits. 
From  71,051,877  gallons  consumed  in  1896  there  has 
been  a  steady  annual  rise  to  the  total  of  97,248,382 
gallons  in  1900,  a  gain  of  36.8  per  cent. 

The  recent  increase  of  petty  gambling  is  still  more 
noticeable.  Playing  for  high  stakes,  a  custom  com- 
mon enough  in  the  late  years  of  the  eighteenth  cen- 
tury and  the  early  years  of  the  nineteenth,  has  long 
been  given  over  or  transferred  to  the  domain  of 
"business."  But  what  is  colloquially  known  as  "tin- 
horn "  gambling  has  advanced,  these  last  five  years, 
by  leaps  and  bounds.  Doubtless  the  high  precedent 
of  our  national  Monte  Carlos,  the  stock  exchanges,  is 
ample  cause  for  much  of  it ;  but  other  causes  are  also 
in  operation.  With  those  persons  that  hearken  to, 
but  heed  not,  the  seigniorial  exhortation  to  bestir 

171 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

themselves  and  conquer  "  success,"  petty  gambling 
is  an  expression  of  unbelief.  They  know  that  the 
prizes  advertised  in  the  great  industrial  game  are  not 
to  be  won ;  they  see  nothing  ahead  but  a  dull  routine 
of  poorly  remunerated  labor,  and  they  turn  to  gam- 
bling partly  for  recreation  and  partly  for  profit.  With 
those,  on  the  other  hand,  who  not  only  hearken  but 
heed,  gambling  is  merely  the  application  of  their  ambi- 
tious plans  to  the  branch  of  industry  which  promises, 
however  vainly,  the  most  immediate  returns. 

Faro,  keno,  and  roulette  may  have  suffered  some 
decline  in  favor.  If  so,  statutes  and  the  police,  in- 
stead of  a  growing  aversion  to  gambling,  must  be 
held  responsible.  It  is  one  of  those  conventional 
puzzles  which  none  can  explain,  that  it  is  possible  in 
our  cities  to  restrict  table  and  wheel  gambling,  but 
seemingly  impossible  to  restrict  certain  other  forms. 
Poker,  for  instance,  maintains  its  hold,  unawed  by 
statute  and  unhampered  by  authority ;  while  policy 
and  race-betting,  the  special  refuges  of  the  desper- 
ately poor  and  the  desperately  fatuous,  win  new  and 
lasting  converts  day  by  day.  Indeed,  the  growth  of 
race-betting  is  one  of  the  striking  phenomena  of  our 
time.  It  has  become  a  habit,  a  disease ;  and  its  con- 
firmed victims  are  held  in  as  slavish  a  thraldom  as 
are  the  victims  of  opium  and  hasheesh.  One  need 
not  penetrate  to  a  pool-room  or  journey  to  a  race- 
track to  discover  evidences  of  its  general  diffusion. 
He  may  hear  of  it  on  every  side,  and  he  may  find  de- 
finitive proof  in  the  daily  journals.  In  nearly  all  of 
these  the  space  given  to  the  reports  of  races,  the  lists 
of  betting  odds  and  accounts  of  great  winnings,  is  gen- 

172 


GENERAL   SOCIAL   CHANGES 

erous  ;  and  in  some  three  or  four  of  the  metropoli- 
tan dailies  the  subject  rises  to  the  rank  of  a  specialty. 
The  flaunting  advertisements  of  the  "tipsters  "  in  one 
of  these  newspapers  rival  in  extent  of  space  used 
and  opulence  of  bargains  offered,  the  announcements 
of  the  dry-goods  merchants.  The  glittering  lures 
dangled  before  the  multitude  by  the  seigniors  seem 
trivial  by  comparison.  Uncertain,  and  at  best  re- 
mote, they  prove  no  match  for  the  near-at-hand 
prizes  to  be  won  in  gambling ;  and  as  a  consequence 
tens  of  thousands  pin  their  hope  of  "  success  "  in  this 
world  to  a  series  of  fortunate  winnings. 

The  meaning  of  the  increase  of  suicide  is  clouded 
by  a  number  of  factors,  and  it  is  impossible  to  ascribe 
the  tendency  to  one  cause  alone.  Were  we  to  accept 
the  explanation  of  the  pulpit,  we  should  see  in  it  the 
awful  consequences  of  the  decline  of  faith.  Patholo- 
gists,  however,  while  not  denying  this  influence, 
enumerate  many  others.  Racial  and  temperamental 
factors,  drink  and  vice,  are  all  concerned  in  the 
matter,  and  even  climates  and  seasons  are  influential. 
But  whatever  the  effect  of  these  may  be,  the  intensi- 
fying struggle  for  life  these  last  few  years,  and  what 
appears  to  many  minds  a  darkening  outlook  for  the 
future,  must  be  acknowledged  as  powerful  agents  in 
increasing  the  rate  of  self-destruction.  The  rate  is 
highest  in  the  great  industrial  centres,  where  the 
struggle  is  fiercest,  where  the  richest  stakes  are  won 
and  lost,  where  luxury  is  most  flaunting  and  poverty 
most  galling ;  and  it  is  least  where  the  struggle  is  in 
some  measure  relaxed.  The  recent  census  shows  for 
the  decade  an  increased  rate  per  100,000  of  popula- 

173 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

tion  from  8.8  to  9.9  in  the  States  where  registration 
of  deaths  is  required,  from  n  to  12.7  in  registration 
cities,  and  from  10.3  to  n.8  for  the  entire  registra- 
tion record.  There  are  a  few  anomalies  in  the  figures 
which  are  difficult  of  explanation  ;  the  workaday  cities 
of  Fall  River  and  Allegheny  have  low  rates  of  sui- 
cide, the  residence  city  of  Los  Angeles  a  high  rate, 
while  San  Francisco  reveals  the  abnormal  rate  of  49 
per  100,000.  With  all  allowances,  however,  the  rule 
holds  good :  the  more  distinctly  industrial  and  com- 
mercial cities  have  remarkably  high  rates,  the  less 
distinctly  industrial  and  commercial  cities  remarkably 
low  rates.  In  the  first  group  are  Chicago,  with  a  rate 
of  21.8;  Milwaukee,  21 ;  St.  Louis,  19.1 ;  Boston,  14.4; 
Cincinnati,  13.5;  New  York,  13.1;  Philadelphia,  12.2; 
Baltimore,  12 ;  Pittsburg,  9.3.  In  the  second  group 
may  be  instanced  Atlanta,  with  a  rate  of  6.6 ;  Denver, 
6;  Albany,  3.2  ;  Hartford,  1.3  ;  Richmond,  1.2.  These 
suicides  are  the  unfit,  say  the  complacent  philosophers 
of  the  day,  and  are  quite  as  well  off  dead  as  alive ; 
but  they  prove  at  least  that  some  slight  qualification 
is  needed  to  Professor  Sumner's  optimistic  gener- 
alization that  "  an  air  of  contentment  and  enthusiastic 
cheerfulness  .  .  .  characterizes  our  society."  The  win- 
ners in  the  race  are  doubtless  enthusiastically  cheer- 
ful, and  the  great  mass  that  keeps  steadily  on,  fed  by 
the  delusion  of  ultimate  "  success,"  are  at  least  cheer- 
ful without  enthusiasm  ;  but  back  of  these  are  the 
losers  and  the  many  who  have  seen  the  hollowness 
of  the  world's  promise,  whose  outlook  upon  life  is  one 
of  intensifying  despair. 


174 


GENERAL   SOCIAL   CHANGES 

VII 

All  of  our  general  institutions  reflect  the  changes 
in  public  thought,  taste,  and  feeling  consequent  upon 
the  changing  conditions  of  the  social  regime.  But  on 
none  of  them  are  these  changes  writ  more  clearly  or 
in  larger  characters  than  on  the  institution  of  letters. 
Along  with  the  morganization  of  industry  steadily 
proceeds  the  munseyization  of  literature.  We  are  a 
free  people,  our  politicians  tell  us,  and  are  strenu- 
ously resolved  to  remain  so.  But  if  we  are  to  be 
judged  by  our  popular  literature,  the  verdict  can 
hardly  be  other  than  that  we  have  reached  an  ad- 
vanced stage  of  subserviency,  and  that  the  normal 
mood  of  the  overwhelming  majority  is  one  of  com- 
placence with  its  lot.  Our  popular  magazines  regu- 
larly keep  before  us  a  justification,  actual  or  inferential, 
of  things  as  they  are ;  and  though  it  is  couched  in  less 
argumentative  phrasing  than  that  of  the  newspapers, 
it  is,  no  doubt,  for  that  very  reason,  a  more  plausible 
and  effective  expression  of  the  plea.  There  are 
panegyrics  on  our  captains  of  industry,  tales  of  their 
exploits  in  the  great  industrial  battle,  descriptions  of 
their  town-houses  and  country-seats,  —  all,  in  fact, 
that  makes  for  the  emulation  of  their  wisdom  and 
virtues,  and  particularly  of  their  faculty  of  acquisitive- - 
ness,  —  with  a  multitude  of  recipes  for  the  winning  of 
"success."  Along  with  this  is  provided  a  vaudeville 
of  idle  entertainment :  wonder  tales,  short  stories,  a 
gallery  of  pictures  of  stage-folk,  who,  whatever  their 
merits  may  be,  bear  but  a  problematic  relation  to 
literature ;  and  finally  an  amorphous  compound  of 

175 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

sedative  miscellany  that  not  only  charms  the  mind 
from  serious  thinking,  but  in  time  paralyzes  the  very 
power  of  thought. 

Such  of  these  publications  as  indulge  in  the  gentle 
art  of  reviewing  give  further  evidence  of  changing 
conditions.  Reviewing,  as  now  practised,  studies  the 
amenities  of  life,  with  a  particular  regard  for  the 
counting  office,  "wherein  doth  sit  the  dread  and 
fear  "  of  the  publisher  who  has  advertising  to  distrib- 
ute. With  a  few  notable  exceptions  the  reviewing 
journals  make  it  their  business  to  be  "nice."  They 
do  not  damn,  not  even  with  faint  praise ;  they  com- 
mend or  extol.  It  is  not  that  they  praise  insincerely 
a  bad  book  —  reviewing  is  too  highly  developed  a 
craft  for  such  crudity.  But  in  a  bad  book  all  that 
the  widest  exercise  of  charity  can  pronounce  even 
passably  good  comes  in  for  praise ;  and  what  is  weak 
or  poor,  or  inclusive  under  old  John  Dennis's  favorite 
term  of  "  clotted  nonsense,"  is  mercifully  omitted 
from  mention.  So  it  is  when  the  advertising  pub- 
lisher is  a  factor  in  the  game.  But  a  reviewing  jour- 
nal must  uphold  a  reputation  for  impartial  judgment, 
and  must  thus  mingle  blame  with  praise.  Its  oppor- 
tunity comes  when  some  inglorious  Milton  of  Penob- 
scot  or  Butte  prints  his  verses  at  home  at  his  own 
expense.  A  copy  drifts  into  the  reviewing  office  and 
effects  a  transformation.  The  angelic  temper  upon 
which  so  many  and  such  large  drafts  are  made 
becomes  exhausted,  and  the  humble  poet  is  treated 
to  the  sort  of  thing  which  Giff  ord  used  to  deal  out  to 
the  Delia  Cruscans  and  the  ireful  Dennis  to  the 
poetasters  of  Queen  Anne's  time.  It  was  perhaps 


GENERAL   SOCIAL   CHANGES 

the  last  regret  of  the  late  J.  Gordon  Coogler,  of 
Columbia,  S.C. ,  that  instead  of  printing  his  amiable 
verses  on  his  own  press,  he  had  not  guaranteed  the 
cost  of  their  production,  and  secured  their  publication 
by  a  metropolitan  firm. 

The  literary  distinction  of  former  days  has  taken 
wings.  Whether  or  not  Wordsworth  was  right  in  his 
lament  over  the  state  of  England  in  1803  may  be 
questioned;  but  a  like  lament  uttered  for  our  own 
land  and  time  would  be  in  large  part  justified.  We 
have  the  two  extremes  of  exceedingly  plain  living 
and  of  wildly  extravagant  living;  but  high  thinking 
seems  to  be  the  accompaniment  of  neither.  For 
several  years  the  only  really  salable  books  have  been 
novels,  and  among  these  popular  favor  has  centred 
almost  wholly  on  the  kind  called  historical  —  called  so 
not  because  the  stories  bear  any  relation  to  history, 
but  because  in  them  the  action  is  put  in  a  past  time. 
Lately,  it  is  true,  there  have  been  signs  of  a  reaction ; 
but  let  none  imagine  that  it  is  due  to  a  growing  taste 
for  stronger  meat.  Rather  it  is  an  evidence  that  in 
our  love  of  novelty  we  have  tired  of  one  trifle  and 
now  demand  another  in  its  stead. 

For  the  recent  indications  of  declining  favor  for 
the  historical  novel  are  accompanied  by  no  signs  of 
reviving  favor  for  more  serious  works.  The  Huxley 
Memoirs,  it  is  true,  unexpectedly  achieved  the  degree 
of  favor  usually  given  to  a  fifth-rate  novel ;  but  the 
work,  despite  its  science,  philosophy,  and  religious 
controversy,  was  yet  an  entertaining  story,  and  won 
its  way  for  that  reason.  No  more  in  fiction  than  in 
other  branches  of  literature  is  there  promise  of  better 

N  177 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

things.  Even  the  "  problem  "  novel,  which,  though 
often  crude  or  hysterical,  was  yet  an  attempt  to  deal 
with  some  of  the  deeper  facts  of  life,  has  been  ban- 
ished, and  is  not  to  be  permitted  to  return.  "  Our 
publishers,"  says  the  well-known  literary  supplement 
of  a  New  York  daily  newspaper,  "  are  seeking  on  all 
sides  for  wholesome  stories,  dealing  optimistically 
with  life,  and  reaching  happy  conclusions."  It  is  a 
true  judgment,  and  reveals  most  clearly  the  present 
standards  of  public  taste. 

Our  popular  magazines  most  accurately  reflect  the 
public  mind.  Pictures  and  stories  are  the  substance 
of  its  childish  delight.  Among  periodicals  we  have 
nothing  in  any  way  comparable  to  the  Edinburgh,  the 
Quarterly,  the  Nineteenth  Century,  the  Fortnightly,  the 
Contemporary,  the  Athenceum,  the  Spectator,  the  Satur- 
day Review,  or  even  the  Academy.  Whatever  tenden- 
cies of  late  have  seemed  to  indicate  the  future  planting 
of  such  reviews  on  these  shores,  have  very  recently 
been  extinguished.  Of  three  publications  in  which  ar- 
ticles of  some  thought  and  some  importance  were  occa- 
sionally printed,  two  have  recently  found  a  monthly 
issue  more  frequent  than  the  public  taste  required, 
and  have  accordingly  transformed  themselves  into 
quarterlies,  while  the  third  has  been  forced  to  make 
concessions  to  the  general  demand  for  "  lightness 
and  brightness."  For  these  are  the  qualities  which 
pay.  "  Make  it  light  and  bright,"  is  the  order  which 
the  literary  contributor  hears  in  the  editorial  offices 
when  he  submits  his  wares ;  and  though  the  terms 
may  be  variously  interpreted,  he  understands  what 
is  meant :  he  must  write  down  to  the  level  of  childish 

178 


GENERAL   SOCIAL   CHANGES 

minds  and  complacent  natures.  Accordingly,  he 
writes  so,  to  the  best  of  his  ability,  and  so,  to  that 
limit,  do  all  his  fellows.  The  collective  result  is  seen 
in  the  character  of  the  greater  number  of  our  books, 
our  magazines,  our  Saturday  and  Sunday  supple- 
ments. On  all  sides  is  poured  forth  a  flood  of  print 
which  deludes  the  hope  or  flatters  the  vanity  of  the 
mass,  and  which  insures  a  state  of  mental  subser- 
viency, —  the  necessary  requisite  of  the  economic  sub- 
serviency imposed  by  the  ruling  class. 


179 


CHAPTER   IX 
TRANSITION  AND  FULFILMENT 

UPON  all  the  heterogeneous  but  coalescing  units 
of  the  social  mass  the  group  of  magnates  imposes 
its  collective  will.  There  are  still  disputes  and  rival- 
ries among  the  rulers,  and  may  ever  be;  but  these 
are  for  the  most  part  minor  differences,  to  be  settled 
among  themselves  and  their  mutual  arbitrators,  the 
judges,  and  qualify  in  no  way  the  facts  of  a  recog- 
nized community  of  interests  and  of  collective  pur- 
poses and  plans.  Whatever  the  individual  rivalries, 
they  result  in  no  deliberate  betrayal  of  class  interest ; 
practically  every  magnate  maintains,  at  all  hazards, 
his  fidelity  to  the  group.  A  sense  of  group  honor 
may  in  most  instances  prompt  this  fidelity,  but  a 
lively  sense  of  apprehension  is  also  influential.  For 
should  any  magnate  become  possessed  of  heretical 
notions,  and  thereupon  make  common  cause  with  the 
public  against  a  particular  interest  of  his  class,  he 
would  by  that  act  banish  himself  from  communion 
with  his  fellows,  and  jeopard  his  possessions  to  the 
last  dime.  There  is,  as  every  one  knows,  a  definite 
seigniorial  resolve  that  no  strike  of  workmen  on  trans- 
portation lines  or  in  public  utilities  shall  succeed ; 
and  when  such  a  strike  occurs,  every  resource  of  the 

1 80 


TRANSITION    AND    FULFILMENT 

magnate  class  is  brought  to  bear  to  resist  and  defeat 
it.  Often  there  are  attendant  circumstances  which 
might  tempt  a  rival,  for  his  own  interests,  to  interfere 
on  behalf  of  the  workers.  But  the  thing  is  never 
done ;  and  he  who  should  do  it  would  declass  himself 
as  effectually  as  a  mediaeval  nobleman  would  have 
done  by  enlisting  in  a  peasants'  rebellion.  There  is, 
furthermore,  a  definite  seigniorial  determination  to 
withstand  to  the  utmost  the  agitation  for  public  own- 
ership ;  every  magnate,  with  his  intellectual  retainers 
behind  him,  makes  of  himself  a  modern  Stonewall 
Jackson  in  resistance  to  this  movement.  Here,  again, 
industrial  rivalry  might  at  times  prompt  a  desertion 
to  the  public  cause.  But  there  is  no  such  case; 
here,  as  elsewhere,  the  ruling  class  maintains  its 
integrity.  As  is  known,  great  strikes  are  some- 
times won ;  and  occasionally,  in  isolated  places,  an 
advance  is  made  in  the  direction  of  public  ownership. 
But  neither  is  accomplished  through  desertions  in  the 
seigniorial  group,  and  the  instances  prove  only  that 
its  rule  has  not  yet  become  supreme. 


The  new  Feudalism  will  be  but  an  orderly  outgrowth 
of  present  tendencies  and  conditions.  All  societies 
evolve  naturally  out  of  their  predecessors.  In  sociol- 
ogy, as  in  biology,  there  is  no  cell  without  a  parent 
cell.  The  society  of  each  generation  develops  a  mul- 
titude of  spontaneous  and  acquired  variations,  and 
out  of  these,  by  a  blending  process  of  natural  and 
conscious  selection,  the  succeeding  society  is  evolved. 

181 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

The  new  order  will  differ  in  no  important  respects 
from  the  present,  except  in  the  completer  develop- 
ment of  its  more  salient  features.  The  visitor  from 
another  planet  who  had  known  the  old  and  should 
.  see  the  new  would  note  but  few  changes.  Alter  et 
idem  —  another  yet  the  same  —  he  would  say.  From 
magnate  to  baron,  from  workman  to  villein,  from 
publicist  to  court  agent  and  retainer,  will  be  changes 
of  state  and  function  so  slight  as  to  elude  all  but  the 
keenest  eyes. 

An  increased  power,  a  more  concentrated  control, 
will  be  seen.  But  these  have  their  limitations,  which 
must  not  be  disregarded.  A  sense  of  the  latent 
strength  of  democracy  will  restrain  the  full  exercise 
of  baronial  powers,  and  a  growing  sense  of  ethics 
will  guide  baronial  activities  somewhat  toward  the 
channels  of  social  betterment.  For  democracy  will 
endure,  in  spite  of  the  new  order.  "  Like  death," 
said  Disraeli,  "it  gives  back  nothing."  Something 
of  its  substance  it  gives  back,  it  must  be  confessed ; 
but  of  its  outer  forms  it  yields  nothing,  and  thus  it 
retains  the  potentiality  of  exerting  its  will  in  whatever 
direction  it  may  see  fit.  And  this  fact,  though  now 
but  feebly  recognized,  will  be  better  understood  as  time 
runs  on,  and  the  barons  will  bear  in  mind  the  limit  of 
popular  patience.  It  is  an  elastic  limit,  of  a  truth ; 
for  the  mass  of  mankind  are  more  ready  to  endure 
known  ills  than  to  fly  to  others  that  they  know  not. 
It  is  a  limit  which,  to  be  heeded,  needs  only  to  be 
carefully  studied.  Macaulay's  famous  dictum,  that 
the  privileged  classes,  when  their  rule  is  threatened, 
always  bring  about  their  own  ruin  by  making  further 

182 


TRANSITION   AND    FULFILMENT 

exactions,  is  likely,  in  this  case,  to  prove  untrue.  A 
wiser  forethought  begins  to  prevail  among  the  auto- 
crats of  to-day  —  a  forethought  destined  to  grow  and 
expand  and  to  prove  of  inestimable  value  when  be- 
queathed to  their  successors.  Our  nobility  will  thus 
temper  their  exactions  to  an  endurable  limit;  and 
they  will  distribute  benefits  to  a  degree  that  makes  a 
tolerant,  if  not  a  satisfied,  people.  They  may  even 
make  a  working  principle  of  Bentham's  maxim,  and 
after,  of  course,  appropriating  the  first  and  choicest 
fruits  of  industry  to  themselves,  may  seek  to  promote 
the  "greatest  happiness  of  the  greatest  number." 
For  therein  will  lie  their  greater  security. 

The  Positivists,  in  their  prediction  of  social  changes, 
give  us  the  phrase,  "the  moralization  of  capital," 
and  some  of  the  more  hopeful  theologians,  not  to 
be  outdone,  have  prophesied  "  the  Christianization  of 
capital."  So  far  there  is  not  much  to  be  said  confirm- 
atory of  either  expectation.  Yet  it  is  not  to  be  de- 
nied that  the  faint  stirrings  of  an  ethical  sense  are 
observable  among  the  men  of  millions,  and  that  the 
principle  of  the  "  trusteeship  of  great  wealth "  has 
won  a  number  of  adherents.  The  enormous  benefac- 
tions for  social  purposes,  the  construction  of  "  model 
workshops "  and  "  model  villages,"  though  in  many 
cases  prompted  by  self-interest  and  in  others  by  a 
love  of  ostentation,  are  at  least  sometimes  due  to  a 
new  sense  of  social  responsibility.  A  duty  to  so- 
ciety has  been  apprehended,  and  these  are  its  first 
fruits.  It  is  a  duty,  true  enough,  which  is  but  dimly 
seen  and  imperfectly  fulfilled.  The  greater  part  of 
these  benefactions,  asjias  already  been  pointed  out,  is 

183 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

directed  to  purposes  which  have  but  a  slight  or  indi- 
rect bearing  upon  the  relief  of  social  distress,  the  re- 
straint of  injustice,  or  the  mitigation  of  remediable 
hardships.  The  giving  is  even  often  economically 
false,  and  if  carried  to  an  extreme  would  prove  disas- 
trous to  the  community ;  for  in  many  cases  it  is  a 
transmutation  of  wealth  from  a  status  of  active  capi- 
tal, wherein  it  makes  possible  a  greater  diffusion  of 
comfort,  to  a  status  of  comparative  sterility.  But, 
though  often  mistaken  as  is  the  conception  and  futile 
the  fulfilment  of  this  duty,  the  fact  that  it  is  appre- 
hended at  all  is  one  of  considerable  importance,  and 
one  that  carries  the  promise  of  baronial  security  in 
the  days  to  come. 

II 

Bondage  to  the  land  was  the  basis  of  villeinage  in 
the  old  regime;  bondage  to  the  job  will  be  the  basis 
of  villeinage  in  the  new.  The  new  regime,  absolving 
itself  from  all  general  responsibility  to  its  workers, 
extends  a  measure  of  protection,  solely  as  an  act  of 
grace,  only  to  those  who  are  faithful  and  obedient; 
and  it  holds  the  entire  mass  of  its  employed  under- 
lings to  the  terms  of  day-by-day  service.  The  growth 
of  industries  has  overshadowed  the  importance  of 
agriculture,  which  is  ever  being  pushed  back  into  the 
West  and  into  other  and  remote  countries ;  and  the 
new  order  finds  its  larger  interests  and  its  greater 
measure  of  control  in  the  workshops  rather  than  on 
the  farms.  The  oil  wells,  the  mines,  the  grain  fields, 
the  forests,  and  the  great  thoroughfares  of  the  land 
are  its  ultimate  sources  of  revenue ;  but  its  strong- 

184 


TRANSITION    AND    FULFILMENT 

holds  are  in  the  cities.  It  is  in  these  centres  of 
activity,  with  their  warehouses,  where  the  harvests 
are  hoarded ;  their  workshops,  where  the  metals  and 
woods  are  fashioned  into  articles  of  use;  their  great 
distributing  houses  ;  their  exchanges ;  .  their  enor- 
mously valuable  franchises  to  be  had  for  the  asking 
or  the  seizing,  and  their  pressure  of  population, 
which  forces  an  hourly  increase  in  the  exorbitant 
value  of  land,  that  the  new  Feudalism  finds  the  field 
best*  adapted  for  its  main  operations. 

Bondage  to  the  job  will  be  the  basis  of  the  new 
villeinage.  The  wage-system  will  endure,  for  it  is  a 
simpler  and  more  effective  means  of  determining  the 
baron's  volume  of  profits  than  were  the  "  boon-works," 
the  "week-works,"  and  the  corvtes  of  old.  But  with 
increasing  concentration  on  the  one  hand,  and  the 
fiercer  competition  for  employment  on  the  other,  the 
secured  job  will  become  the  laborer's  fortress,  which 
he  will  hardly  dare  to  evacuate.  The  hope  of  better- 
ing his  condition  by  surrendering  one  place  in  the 
expectation  of  getting  another  will  be  qualified  by  a 
restraining  prudence.  He  will  no  longer  trust  his 
individual  strength,  but  when  he  protests  against  ill 
conditions,  or,  in  the  last  resort,  strikes,  it  will  be 
only  in  company  with  a  formidable  host  of  his  fel- 
lows. And  even  the  collective  assertion  of  his 
demands  will  be  restrained  more  and  more  as  he 
considers  the  constantly  recurring  failures  of  his 
efforts.  Moreover,  concentration  gives  opportunity 
for  an  almost  indefinite  extension  of  the  black-list: 
a  person  of  offensive  activity  may  be  denied  work 
in  every  feudal  shop  and  on  every  feudal  farm  from 

185 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

one  end  of  the  country  to  the  other.  He  will  be  a 
hardy  and  reckless  industrial  villein  indeed  who  will 
dare  incur  the  enmity  of  the  Duke  of  the  Oil  Trust 
when  he  knows  that  his  actions  will  be  promptly 
communicated  to  the  banded  autocracy  of  dukes, 
earls,  and  marquises  of  the  steel,  coal,  iron,  window 
glass,  lumber,  and  traffic  industries. 

There  were  three  under-classes  in  the  old  Feudal- 
ism, —  free  tenants,  villeins,  and  cotters.  The  number 
of  tenants  on  the  farms  has  approximately  doubled 
in  the  last  twenty  years,  while  in  the  great  cities 
nearly  the  whole  population  are  tenants.  The  cotters, 
with  their  little  huts  and  small  holdings  in  isolated 
places  about  the  margin  of  cultivation,  are  also  in 
process  of  restoration.  The  villeins  are  an  already 
existent  class,  more  numerous  proportionately  than 
ever  before,  though  the  exact  status  of  their  villeinage 
is  yet  to  be  fixed.  But  modern  society  is  character- 
ized by  complexities  unknown  in  any  of  its  predeces- 
sors, and  the  specialization  of  functions  requires  a 
greater  number  of  subordinate  classes.  It  is  a  diffi- 
cult task  properly  to  differentiate  them.  They  shade 
off  almost  imperceptibly  into  one  another;  and  the 
dynamic  processes  of  modern  industry  often  hurl,  in 
one  mighty  convulsion,  great  bodies  of  individuals 
from  a  higher  to  a  lower  class,  blurring  or  obscuring 
the  lines  of  demarcation.  Nevertheless,  to  take  a 
figure  from  geology,  these  convulsions  become  less 
and  less  frequent  as  the  substratum  of  industrial 
processes  becomes  more  fixed  and  regular ;  the  classes 
become  more  stable  and  show  more  distinct  differ- 
ences, arid  they  will  tend,  under  the  new  regime,  to 

1 86 


TRANSITION    AND   FULFILMENT 

the  formal  institution  of  graded  caste.  At  the  bottom 
are  the  wastrels,  at  the  top  the  barons ;  and  the  gra- 
dation, when  the  new  regime  shall  have  become  fully 
developed,  whole  and  perfect  in  its  parts,  will  be 
about  as  follows  :  — 

I.  The  barons,  graded  on  the  basis  of  possessions. 

II.  The  court  agents  and  retainers. 

III.  The  workers  in   pure   and   applied    science, 
artists  and  physicians. 

IV.  The  entrepreneurs,  the  managers  of  the  great 
industries,  transformed  into  a  salaried  class. 

V.  The  foremen  and  superintendents.     This  class 
has  heretofore  been  recruited  largely  from  the  skilled 
workers,  but  with  the  growth  of  technical  education 
in  schools  and  colleges,  and  the  development  of  fixed 
caste,  it  is  likely  to  become  entirely  differentiated. 

VI.  The  villeins  of  the  cities  and  towns,  more  or 
less  regularly  employed,  who  do  skilled  work  and  are 
partially  protected  by  organization. 

VII.  The  villeins  of  the  cities  and  towns  who  do 
unskilled  work  and  are  unprotected  by  organization. 
They  will  comprise  the  laborers,  domestics,  and  clerks. 

VIII.  The  villeins  of  the  manorial  estates,  of  the 
great  farms,  the  mines,  and  the  forests. 

IX.  The   small-unit   farmers   (land    owning),    the 
petty  tradesmen,  and  manufacturers. 

X.  The   subtenants   on  the   manorial  estates  and 
great  farms   (corresponding  to   the   class   of    "  free 
tenants"  in  the  old  Feudalism). 

XL   The  cotters. 

XII.     The  tramps,  the  occasionally  employed,  the 
unemployed  —  the  wastrels  of  city  and  country. 

187 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

The  principle  of  gradation  is  the  only  one  that  can 
properly  be  applied.  It  is  the  relative  degree  of  com- 
fort —  material,  moral,  and  intellectual  —  which  each 
class  directly  contributes  to  the  nobility.  The  was- 
trels contribute  least,  and  they  are  the  lowest.  The 
under-classes  who  do  the  hard  work  lay  the  basis  of 
all  wealth,  but  their  contribution  to  the  barons  is  indi- 
rect, and  comes  to  its  final  goal  through  intermediate 
hands.  The  foremen  and  superintendents  rightly  hold 
a  more  elevated  rank,  and  the  entrepreneurs,  who  di- 
rectly contribute  most  of  the  purely  material  comfort, 
will  be  found  well  up  toward  the  top.  Farther  up  in 
the  social  scale,  partly  from  aesthetic  and  partly  from 
utilitarian  considerations,  will  be  the  scientists  and  art- 
ists. The  new  Feudalism,  like  most  autocracies,  will 
foster  not  only  the  arts,  but  also  certain  kinds  of  learn- 
ing —  particularly  the  kinds  which  are  unlikely  to  dis- 
turb the  minds  of  the  multitude.  A  future  Marsh  or 
Cope  or  Le  Conte  will  be  liberally  patronized  and  left 
free  to  discover  what  he  will ;  and  so,  too,  an  Edison  or 
a  Marconi.  Only  they  must  not  meddle  with  anything 
relating  to  social  science.  For  obvious  reasons,  also, 
physicians  will  occupy  a  position  of  honor  and  com- 
parative freedom  under  the  new  regime. 

But  higher  yet  is  the  rank  of  the  court  agents  and 
retainers.  This  class  will  include  the  editors  of  "  re- 
spectable "  and  "  safe "  newspapers,  the  pastors  of 
"  conservative  "  and  "  wealthy  "  churches,  the  pro- 
fessors and  teachers  in  endowed  colleges  and  schools, 
lawyers  generally,  and  most  judges  and  politicians. 
During  the  transition  period  there  will  be  a  gradual 
elimination  of  the  more  unserviceable  of  these  persons, 

188 


TRANSITION    AND   FULFILMENT 

with  the  result  that  in  the  end  this  class  will  be  largely 
transformed.  The  individual  security  of  place  and 
livelihood  of  its  members  will  then  depend  on  the 
harmony  of  their  utterances  and  acts  with  the  wishes 
of  the  great  nobles.  Theirs,  in  a  sense,  will  be  the 
most  important  function  in  the  State  —  "  to  justify  the 
ways  of  God  [and  the  nobility]  to  man."  They  will 
be  the  safeguards  of  the  realm,  the  assuagers  of  pop- 
ular suspicion  and  discontent.  So  long  as  they  rightly 
fulfil  their  functions,  their  recompense  will  be  gen- 
erous ;  but  such  of  them  as  have  not  the  tact  or  fidel- 
ity to  do  or  say  what  is  expected  of  them  will  be 
promptly  forced  into  class  XI  or  XII,  or,  in  extreme 
cases,  banished  from  all  classes,  to  become  the  wretched 
pariahs  of  society.  At  times  two  divisions  of  this  class 
will  find  life  rather  a  burdensome  travail.  They  are 
the  judges  and  the  politicians.  Holding  their  places 
at  once  by  popular  election  and  by  the  grace  of  the 
barons,  they  will  be  fated  to  a  constant  see-saw  of 
conflicting  obligations.  They  must,  in  some  measure, 
satisfy  the  demands  of  the  multitude,  and  yet,  on  the 
other  hand,  they  must  obey  the  commands  from  above. 

Ill 

Through  all  the  various  activities  of  these  classes 
(except  the  wastrels  and  the  cotters)  our  Benevolent 
Feudalism  will  carry  on  the  Nation's  work.  The  full 
measure  of  profit  is  its  aim  ;  and  having  the  substance 
of  its  desire,  it  shows  a  utilitarian  scorn  of  the  mum- 
meries and  ceremonials  by  which  the  overlordship  of 
other  days  was  formally  acknowledged.  The  ancient 

189 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

ceremony  of  "  homage,"  the  swearing  of  personal 
fidelity  to  the  lord,  is  relaxed  into  the  mere  beseech- 
ing of  the  foreman  for  work.  Directness  and  efficacy 
characterize  its  methods.  The  wage-system,  with  its 
mechanical  simplicity,  continuing  in  force,  there  is  an 
absence  of  the  old  exactions  of  special  work.  A  mere 
altering  of  the  wage-scale  appropriates  to  the  noble 
whatever  share  of  the  product  he  feels  he  may  safely 
demand  for  himself.  Thus  "  week-work,"  the  three 
or  four  days'  toil  in  each  week  which  the  villein  had 
to  give  unrecompensed  to  the  lord,  and  "boon-work," 
the  several  days  of  extra  toil  three  or  four  times  a 
year,  will  never  be  revived.  Even  the  company 
store,  the  modern  form  of  feudal  exaction,  will  in  time 
be  given  up,  for  at  best  it  is  but  a  clumsy  and  offen- 
sive makeshift,  and  defter  and  less  irritating  means 
are  at  han£  for  reaching  the  same  result.  There  will 
hardly  be  a  restoration  of  "  relief,"  the  payment  of  a 
year's  dues  on  inheriting  an  allotment  of  land,  or  of 
"  heriot,"  the  payment  of  a  valuable  gift  from  the 
possessions  of  a  deceased  relative.  Indeed,  these 
tithes  may  not  be  worth  the  bother  of  collecting ;  for 
the  villein's  inheritance  will  probably  be  but  moder- 
ate, as  befits  his  state  and  the  place  which  God  and 
the  nobility  have  ordained  for  him. 

Practically  all  industry  will  be  regulated  in  terms 
of  wages,  and  the  entrepreneurs,  who  will  then  have 
become  the  chief  salaried  officers  of  the  nobles,  will  cal- 
culate to  a  hair  the  needful  production  for  each  year. 
Waste  and  other  losses  will  thus  be  reduced  to  a 
minimum.  A  vast  scheme  of  exact  systematization 
will  have  taken  the  place  of  the  old  competitive 

190 


TRANSITION   AND    FULFILMENT 

chaos,  and  industry  will  be  carried  on  as  by  clock- 
work. The  workshops  will  be  conducted  practically 
as  now.  Only  they  will  be  very  much  larger,  the 
individual  and  total  output  will  be  greater,  the  unit 
cost  of  production  will  be  lessened.  Wages  and  hours 
will  for  a  time  continue  on  something  like  the  present 
level;  but,  despite  the  persistence  of  the  unions,  no 
considerable  gains  in  behalf  of  labor  are  to  be  ex- 
pected, except  such  as  are  freely  given  as  acts  of 
baronial  grace  and  benevolence.  The  owners  of  all 
industry  worth  owning,  the  barons  will  laugh  at 
threats  of  striking  and  boycotting.  No  competitor 
will  be  permitted  to  make  capital  out  of  the  labor 
disputes  of  another.  There  may  or  may  not  be  com- 
petitors. A  gigantic  merger  of  all  interests,  governed 
by  a  council  of  ten,  may  supplant  the  individual  duke- 
doms and  baronies  in  the  different  industries,  or  these 
may  continue  as  now,  the  sovereign  units  of  a  feder- 
ated whole.  But  in  neither  case  can  labor  carry  its 
point  against  them.  Nevertheless,  dissatisfaction 
must  be  guarded  against  as  a  possible  menace  to  the 
regime.  Wages  and  dividends  will  be  nicely  balanced 
with  a  watchful  regard  for  the  fostering  of  content ; 
workshops  and  villages  of  yet  more  approved  models 
than  any  of  the  present  will  be  built,  and  a  thousand 
Pelzers  and  Pullmans  will  arise.  Old-age  pensions, 
or  at  least  the  promise  of  them,  will  be  extended  to 
new  groups,  and  by  all  possible  means  the  lesson  that 
protection  and  security  are  due  only  to  faithfulness  and 
obedience  will  be  made  plain  to  the  entire  villein  class. 
Gradually  a  change  will  take  place  in  the  aspira- 
tions and  conduct  of  the  younger  generations.  Here- 

191 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

tof ore  there  has  been  at  least  some  degree  of  freedom 
of  choice  in  determining  one's  occupation,  however 
much  that  freedom  has  been  curtailed  by  actual 
economic  conditions.  But  with  the  settling  of  indus- 
trial processes  comes  more  and  more  constraint.  The 
dream  of  the  children  of  the  farms  to  escape  from 
their  drudgery  by  migrating  to  the  city,  and  from 
the  stepping-stone  of  a  clerkly  place  at  three  dollars 
a  week  to  rise  to  affluence,  will  be  given  over,  and 
they  will  follow  the  footsteps  of  their  fathers.  A  like 
fixity  of  condition  will  be  observed  in  the  cities,  and 
the  sons  of  clerks  and  of  mechanics  and  of  day 
laborers  will  tend  to  accept  their  environment  of  birth 
and  training  and  abide  by  it.  It  is  a  phenomenon 
observable  in  all  countries  where  the  economic  pres- 
sure is  severe,  and  it  is  yet  more  certain  to  obtain  in 
feudal  America. 

IV 

The  outlines  of  the  present  State  loom  but  feebly 
through  the  intricate  network  of  the  new  system. 
The  nobles  will  have  attained  to  complete  power,  and 
the  motive  and  operation  of  government  will  have 
become  simply  the  registering  and  administering  of 
their  collective  will.  And  yet  the  State  will  continue 
very  much  as  now,  just  as  the  form  and  name  of  the 
Roman  Republic  continued  under  Augustus.  The 
present  State  machinery  is  admirably  adapted  for 
the  subtle  and  extra-legal  exertion  of  power  by  an 
autocracy ;  and  while  improvements  to  that  end  might 
unquestionably  be  made,  the  barons  will  hesitate  to  take 
action  which  will  needlessly  arouse  popular  suspicions. 

192 


TRANSITION   AND    FULFILMENT 

From  petty  constable  to  Supreme  Court  Justice  the 
officials  will  understand,  or  be  made  to  understand,  the 
golden  mean  of  their  duties ;  and  except  for  an 
occasional  rascally  Jacobin,  whom  it  may  for  a  time 
be  difficult  to  suppress,  they  will  be  faithful  and  obey. 

The  manorial  courts,  with  powers  exercised  by  the 
local  lords,  will  not,  as  a  rule,  be  restored.  Probably 
the  "court  baron,"  for  determining  tenantry  and 
wage-questions,  will  be  revived.  It  may  even  come 
as  a  natural  outgrowth  of  the  present  conciliation 
boards,  with  a  successor  of  the  Committee  of  Thirty- 
six  of  the  National  Civic  Federation  as  a  sort  of  gen- 
eral court  baron  for  the  nation.  But  the  "  court  leet," 
the  manorial  institution  for  punishing  misdemeanors, 
wherein  the  baron  holds  his  powers  by  special  grant 
from  the  central  authority  of  the  State,  we  shall  never 
know  again.  It  is  far  simpler  and  will  be  less  dis- 
turbing to  the  popular  mind  to  leave  in  existence  the 
present  courts  so  long  as  the  baron  can  dictate  the 
general  policy  of  justice. 

Armed  force  will,  of  course,  be  employed  to  over- 
awe the  discontented  and  to  quiet  unnecessary  turbu- 
lence. Unlike  the  armed  forces  of  the  old  Feudalism, 
the  nominal  control  will  be  that  of  the  State ;  the 
soldiery  will  be  regular,  and  not  irregular.  Not  again 
will  the  barons  risk  the  general  indignation  arising 
from  the  employment  of  Pinkertons  and  other  private 
armies.  The  worker  has  unmistakably  shown  his 
preference,  when  he  is  to  be  subdued,  for  the  militia 
and  the  Federal  army.  It  is  not  an  unreasonable  at- 
titude, and  it  is  hardly  to  be  doubted  that  it  will  be 
respected.  The  militia  of  our  Benevolent  Feudalism 
o  193 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

will  be  recruited,  as  now,  mostly  from  the  clerkly 
class  ;  and  it  will  be  officered  largely  by  the  sons  and 
nephews  of  the  barons.  But  its  actions  will  be  tem- 
pered by  a  saner  policy.  Governed  by  those  who 
have  most  to  fear  from  popular  exasperation,  it  will 
show  a  finer  restraint. 


V 

Peace  will  be  the  main  desideratum,  and  its  culti- 
vation will  be  the  most  honored  science  of  the  age. 
A  happy  blending  of  generosity  and  firmness  will 
characterize  all  dealings  with  open  discontent ; 
but  the  prevention  of  discontent  will  be  the  prior 
study,  to  which  the  intellect  and  the  energies  of 
the  nobles  and  their  legates  will  be  ever  bent.  To 
that  end  the  teachings  of  the  schools  and  colleges, 
the  sermons,  the  editorials,  the  stump  orations, 
and  even  the  plays  at  the  theatres  will  be  skilfully 
moulded ;  and  the  questioning  heart  of  the  poor, 
which  perpetually  seeks  some  answer  to  the  painful 
riddle  of  the  earth,  will  meet  with  a  multitude  of 
mollifying  responses.  These  will  be :  from  the 
churches,  that  discontent  is  the  fruit  of  atheism,  and 
that  religion  alone  is  a  solace  for  earthly  woe ;  from 
the  colleges,  that  discontent  is  ignorant  and  irra- 
tional, since  conditions  have  certainly  bettered  in 
the  last  one  hundred  years;  from  the  newspapers, 
that  discontent  is  anarchy ;  and  from  the  stump 
orators  that  it  is  unpatriotic,  since  this  nation  is  the 
greatest  and  most  glorious  that  ever  the  sun  shone 
upon.  As  of  old,  these  reasons  will  for  the  time 

194 


TRANSITION   AND   FULFILMENT 

suffice;  and  against  the  possibility  of  recurrent 
questionings  new  apologetics  will  be  skilfully  formu- 
lated, to  be  put  forth  as  occasion  requires. 

Crises  will  come,  as  in  the  life  of  all  nations  and 
societies ;  but  these  will  be  happily  surmounted,  and 
the  regime  will  continue,  the  stronger  for  its  trial. 
A  crisis  of  some  moment  will  follow  upon  the  large 
displacements  of  labor  soon  to  result  from  the 
shutting  up  of  needless  factories  and  the  concen- 
tration of  production  in  the  larger  workshops.  Dis- 
content will  spread,  and  it  will  be  fomented,  to  some 
extent,  by  agitation.  But  the  agitation  will  be 
guarded  in  expression  and  action,  and  it  will  be 
relatively  barren  of  result.  For  most  ills  there  is 
somewhere  a  remedy,  if  only  it  can  be  discovered  and 
made  known.  The  disease  of  sedition  is  one  whose 
every  symptom  and  indication  will  be  known  by 
rote  to  our  social  pathologists  of  to-morrow,  and  the 
possible  dangers  of  an  epidemic  will,  in  all  cases,  be 
provided  against.  In  such  a  crisis  as  that  following 
upon  the  displacement  of  labor  a  host  of  economists, 
preachers,  and  editors  will  be  ready  to  show  indis- 
putably that  the  evolution  taking  place  is  for  the 
best  interests  of  all ;  that  it  follows  a  "  natural  and 
inevitable  law "  ;  that  those  who  have  been  thrown 
out  of  work  have  only  their  own  incompetency  to 
blame;  that  all  who  really  want  work  can  get  it, 
and  that  any  interference  with  the  prevailing  regime 
will  be  sure  to  bring  on  a  panic,  which  will  only 
make  matters  worse.  Hearing  this,  the  multitude 
will  hesitatingly  acquiesce  and  thereupon  subside  ; 
and  though  occasionally  a  radical  journal  or  a  radical 

195 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

agitator  will  counsel  revolt,  the  mass  will  remain 
quiescent.  Gradually,  too,  by  one  method  or  another, 
sometimes  by  the  direct  action  of  the  nobility,  the 
greater  part  of  the  displaced  workers  will  find  some 
means  of  getting  bread,  while  those  who  cannot 
will  be  eliminated  from  the  struggle  and  cease  to  be 
a  potential  factor  for  trouble.  Crises  of  other  kinds 
and  from  other  causes  will  arise,  only  to  be  check- 
mated and  overcome.  What  the  barons  will  most 
dread  will  be  the  collective  assertion  of  the  villeins 
at  the  polls ;  but  this,  too,  from  experience,  they  will 
know  to  be  something  which,  while  dangerous,  may 
yet  be  thwarted.  By  the  putting  forward  of  a  hun- 
dred irrelevant  issues  they  can  hopelessly  divide  the 
voters  at  each  election ;  or,  that  failing,  there  is 
always  to  be  trusted  as  a  last  resort  the  cry  of  im- 
pending panic. 

VI 

Gradually  the  various  processes  in  the  social  life 
merge,  like  the  confluents  of  some  mighty  Amazon, 
into  a  definite  and  confined  stream  of  tendency.  A 
more  perfect,  a  better  coordinated  unity  develops 
in  the  baronial  class,  and  the  measure  of  its  control 
is  heightened  and  extended  to  a  golden  mean  which 
insures  supremacy  with  peace.  The  under-classes 
settle  in  their  appointed  grooves,  and  the  professional 
intermediaries  definitely  and  openly  assume  their 
dual  function  of  advisers  to  the  barons  and  of  inter- 
preters to  the  people  of  the  baronial  will  and  ways. 
Laws,  customs,  the  arts,  —  all  the  institutions  and 
social  forces,  —  change  with  the  industrial  transfor- 

196 


TRANSITION   AND   FULFILMENT 

mation,  and  attain  a  finer  harmony  with  the  actual 
facts  of  life.  All  except  literature,  be  it  said,  for 
this  has  outdistanced  its  fellows  in  the  great  current 
and  already  reflects  the  conditions,  the  moods,  and 
ideals  of  the  society  of  to-morrow.  Here,  at  least, 
the  force  of  nature  can  no  farther  go,  and  no  change 
is  to  be  anticipated  for  the  present.  But  the  other 
institutions  and  social  forces  are  gradually  trans- 
formed, and  when  the  full  coalescence  of  all  the 
factors  is  attained,  our  Benevolent  Feudalism, 
without  a  shock,  without  so  much  variance  as  will 
enable  any  man  to  say,  "  It  is  here,"  passes  to  its 
ascendency,  and  the  millennium  of  peace  and  order 
begins. 

Peace  and  stability  it  will  maintain  at  all  hazards ; 
and  the  mass,  remembering  the  chaos,  the  turmoil, 
the  insecurity  of  the  past,  will  bless  its  reign.  Peace 
and  stability  will  be  its  arguments  of  defence  against 
all  criticism,  domestic  or  foreign.  An  observant 
visitor  from  some  foreign  State  may  pick  a  defect 
here  and  there;  but  the  eloquent  defender  of  the 
regime  will  answer :  Look  upon  the  tranquillity  that 
everywhere  prevails,  and  reflect  upon  the  inquietude 
and  anarchy  of  the  past.  The  disturbances  of  labor 
have  ceased,  and  sedition,  though  occasionally  en- 
countered, is  easily  thwarted  and  put  down.  The 
crudities  and  barbarities  of  other  days  have  given 
way  to  ordered  regularities.  Efficiency  —  the  faculty 
of  getting  things  —  is  at  last  rewarded  as  it  should 
be,  for  the  efficient  have  inherited  the  earth  and  its 
fulness.  The  lowly,  "whose  happiness  is  greater 
and  whose  welfare  is  more  thoroughly  conserved 

197 


OUR  BENEVOLENT  FEUDALISM 

when  governed  than  when  governing,"  as  a  twentieth- 
century  philosopher  said  of  them,  are  settled  and 
happy  in  the  state  which  reason  and  experience  teach 
is  their  God-appointed  lot.  They  are  comfortable, 
too ;  and  if  the  patriarchal  ideal  of  a  vine  and  fig  tree 
for  each  is  not  yet  attained,  at  least  each  has  his 
rented  patch  in  the  country  or  his  rented  cell  in  a 
city  building.  Bread  and  the  circus  are  freely  given 
to  the  deserving,  and  as  for  the  undeserving,  they 
are  merely  reaping  the  rightful  rewards  of  their  con- 
tumacy and  pride.  Order  reigns,  each  has  his  justly 
appointed  share,  and  the  State  rests  in  security,  "  lapt 
in  universal  law." 


INDEX 


Abbott,  Rev.  Dr.  Lyman,  quoted, 

ISO- 
Absolutism,  of  heads  of  combina- 
tions, 24;  "  enlightened,"  60. 
Abstinence,  seigniorial,  44. 
Accidents,  to  railroad  workers,  65, 
loo-ioi ;  to  workmen  generally, 
94;   laws  regarding,  93-96. 
Adams,  Professor   Henry  C,  49; 

quoted,  50. 
Addams,  Jane,  79. 
Agriculture,  9,  19,  21,  47~57>  l84- 
Alger,  George  W.,  quoted,  89,  1 10. 
Anacharsis  the  Scythian,  quoted, 

38. 

Anarchist -Communism,  4. 
"Anticipations,"  I,  3. 
Arbitration,  legislation   in   behalf 

of,  97-98,  151. 
Aristotle,  quoted,  136. 
Arnold,  Matthew,  quoted,  152. 
Ashby-Macfadyen,      Irene,      79 ; 

quoted,  81. 
Automobiles,  37,  38,  39. 

B 

Bacon,  Francis,  quoted,  117. 
Baer,  George  F.,  quoted,  27,  81. 
Baldwin,  Judge  Simeon  A.,  127; 

quoted,  128. 
Barons,  see  Magnates. 
Benefactions,  of  the  magnates,  9- 

10,  39,  45-46,  59-66,  80,  149, 


Benevolence,  of  the  magnates,  9, 
39,  40,  45,  46,  60,  64,  160-161, 
183,  191,  196. 

Blacklisting,  89,  185-186. 

Blue,  Leonard  A.,  quoted,  84-85. 

Brewer,  Justice  David  J.,  quoted, 
120,  131-132. 

Bryan,  Hon.  W.  J.,  5. 

"  Business,"  main  cult  of  magnates, 
28;  cultural  effect  of,  28;  hon- 
esty of,  30;  sacred  privileges  of, 
92,  98. 


Capital,  independent,   persistence 

of,  19,  20;   transformation  of,  20. 

Carnegie,  Andrew,  quoted,  28,  29, 

32. 

Census,  bulletin  on  industrial  com- 
binations, n;  on  agriculture, 
51;  on  wages,  68-79;  on  print- 
ing and  publishing,  141-143. 

Chapman,  John  Jay,  84. 

Child  labor,  76-82;  abuses  of,  79- 
81. 

Clark,  Professor  John  B.,  3,  6; 
quoted,  136. 

Coke,  Sir  Edward,  quoted,  112. 

Colorado  Fuel  and  Iron  Co.,  60-6 1. 

Combinations,  industrial,  n,  12; 
recent  growth  of,  13,  14;  com- 
mercial, mining,  and  transporta- 
tion, 14  ;  unification  of,  15  ; 
absolutism  of  heads  of,  24. 

Commissions,  state,  84-85. 


199 


INDEX 


Competition,  decline  of,  5. 
Conspicuous  consumption,  40—41. 
Contract-labor   law,  violations  of, 

35- 

Court  agents,  186,  187-188. 
Courts,  86,  93,  96,  97,  99, 102-121. 
"Courts  baron,"  98,  193. 

D 

Davies,  Professor  Henry,  quoted, 

7- 
Democracy,   persistence   of,    182- 

183. 

Discontent,  66,  125-129,  191,  194. 
Disraeli,  Benjamin,  quoted,  182. 
Dodd,  S.  C.  T.,  quoted,  29,  34. 
Draper,  William  R.,  49,  55. 
Drink  consumption,  170-171. 


Edwards,  Professor  George  Clinton, 

quoted,  79. 
Emery,  Judge  Lucilius  A.,  quoted, 

108. 
Employers'  duties   (legal),  90-91, 

104. 
Employers'  liability,  26,  83,  87,  99- 

100,  103-112. 

Endowments,  see  Benefactions. 
Engels,  Friedrich,  2. 
Entrepreneurs,  187,  190. 


Farmers,  see  Agriculture. 
Fellow- servants,  108-109. 
Fessenden,  Stephen  D.,  quoted,  90, 

91,  96,  108-109. 
Feudalism,  9,  10,  26,  66,  74,  88,  98, 

181-199. 

Fisher,  Brooke,  141. 
Flint,  Charles  R.,  29;   quoted,  30. 
Fowler,  Thomas  P.,  31. 
Frick,  H.  C,  33. 


Gambling,  increase  of,   170,  171- 

172. 

George,  Henry,  5. 
Godkin,  E.  L.,  quoted,  126-127, 

130. 
Gould,  George,  33. 

H 

Hadley,     Dr.     Arthur     Twining, 

quoted,  129,  131. 
Hall,  Dr.  Stanley,  7. 
Hanna,  Hon.  Marcus  A.,  29. 
Harriman,  E.  H.,  quoted,  35. 
Hewitt,  Hon.  Abram  S.,  quoted, 

32,  169. 

Hill,  James  J.,  28. 
Hillis,    Rev.  Dr.  Newell  Dwight, 

151- 

Honesty,  in  "business,"  30,  158. 
Huntington,  Rev.  Dr.  W.  R.,  151. 


Immigration,  of  farmers  into  Can- 
ada, 49-50. 

Income  Tax,  162. 

Industrial  Commission,  95. 

Industries,  petty,  numerical  growth 
of,  18;  limitation  of,  22;  sub- 
ordination of,  23. 

Injunctions,  against  automobilists, 
38;  against  workmen,  103,  1 1 8- 

121. 

Interstate  Commerce  Commission, 

quoted,  34,  87,  101. 
Ireland,  Archbishop  John,  quoted, 

139. 


Jackson,  Judge  John  J.,  31;  quoted, 

118,  120. 

Jones,  Hon.  Samuel  M.,  164. 
Judiciary,  25,  83,  92,  99,  102-121. 


200 


INDEX 


K 

Keller,  Judge  B.  F.,  quoted,  118. 
Kelly,  Edmond,  2. 
Kershaw,  John  B.  C.,  quoted,  161. 
Kidd,  Benjamin,  2,  3. 
Kropotkin,  Peter,  2,  4,  5. 


Labor,  seigniorial  praise  of,  30;  in 
factories,  66-82 ;  of  children, 
76-82;  attitude  of  lawmakers 
toward,  85-89 ;  attitude  of  judges 
toward,  103  et  seq.;  under  new 
feudalism,  184-186, 190, 191-192. 

Lacey,  B.  R.,  80. 

Lawmakers,  25,  83-101. 

Legislation,   "  labor "   and   social, 

85-89,  112,  130-133. 

Literature,  present  state  of,  175- 

179. 

Lloyd,  Henry  D.,  2,  3;   quoted,  28. 
Low,  Seth,  36;  quoted,  37. 

M 

MacArthur,  Rev.  Dr.  R.  S.,  quoted, 
152. 

McLennan,  Judge  Peter  B.,  105. 

Magnates,  8, 9, 16,  23,  24,  26;  self- 
consciousness  of  the,  27;  cult 
of  "business"  of  the,  28;  inva- 
sion of  literature  by  the,  28-29; 
praise  of  labor  by  the,  30;  atti- 
tude toward  trade-unions  of,  30; 
attitude  toward  government  of 
the,  32-39;  benefactions  of  the, 
9-10,  39,  45-46,  59-66,  80,  149, 
151;  ostentation  of  the,  39-44, 
183;  "liberality"  to  employees 
of  the,  59-66;  control  of  legisla- 
tion by  the,  83-89,  99-101;  in- 
fluence upon  judiciary  of  the, 
121,  133,  135;  praise  of  the, 
137;  influence  upon  the  press 


of  the,  143-148;  influence  upon 
the  pulpit  of  the,  148-153;  gen- 
eral influence  upon  society  of  the, 
154-170;  influence  upon  litera- 
ture of  the,  175-179 ;  class 
consciousness  of  the,  180-181 ; 
increased  power  of  the,  182-183, 
185,  187,  191,  192-193,  196-198. 

Magruder,  Justice  B.  D.,  quoted, 
114-115. 

Mallock,  W.  H.,  quoted,  134. 

Manufactures,  census  of,  68-79. 

Marx,  Karl,  2;  quoted,  102. 

Matson,  Clarence  H.,  49. 

Militia,  under  new  feudalism,  193. 

Mitchell,  John,  31. 

Model  workshops  and  villages,  60- 
61. 

Morganization  of  industry,  25,  175. 

Mosso,  Professor  Angelo,  quoted, 
123. 

Munseyization  of  literature,  175. 

N 

Neo-JefTersonians,  5,  6. 
Newspapers,  25,  139-148,  188. 

O 

O'Brien,  Judge  Denis,  116. 
Old-age  pensions,  61-66,  191. 
Ostentation,  of  the  magnates,  39- 
44,  183. 


Pastors,  of  churches,  148-153, 188. 
Patton,     Professor     Francis     L., 

quoted,  15. 
Peck,  Professor   Harry  Thurston, 

quoted,  128-129,  I34~I35»  J37' 
Pensions,  old-age,  6 1-66,  191. 
Potter,  Bishop  Henry  C,  quoted, 

16,  151. 
Production,  small-shop,  17. 


201 


INDEX 


Railroads,    combinations    of,    14; 

resistance  to  law  and  justice  by, 

34,   111-112;    commissions   for 

control  of,  35;  accidents  upon, 

65,  loo-ioi. 

Relief  organizations,  61,  62,  93. 
Retailers,  small,  decline  of,  22-23. 
Richmond,  Benjamin  A., "  The  New 

Feudalism,"  58. 
Rockefeller,  John  D.,  Jr.,  quoted, 

29. 

Roosevelt,  Theodore,  quoted,  127. 
Ross,   Edward   A.,   154;    quoted, 

156, 159. 

Russell,  George  W.  E.,  quoted,  41. 
Russell,  Hon.  W.  E.,  quoted,  85. 


Sage,  Russell,  quoted,  29, 163,  165. 
Sanborn,  Judge  Walter  H.,  104. 
Savage,  Rev.  Dr.  Minot  J.,  151. 
Schooling,  J.  Holt,  170. 
Seigniorial  mind,   renascence    of, 

27;  instances  of,  28,  29,  30,  32, 

37,  39,  45,  180-181. 
Shareholders,  increase  of,  17,  18, 

160-163  ;   subordination  of,  23, 

24,  163. 

Shearman  (Thomas  G.)  and  Red- 
field  (Amasa  A.),  quoted,  in. 
Single-Taxers,  5,  6,  7. 
Socialism,  5,  6,  7. 
Socialists,  2,  164,  167. 
Social  Reform  Club,  pamphlet  of, 

quoted,  118-120. 
Spencer,  Herbert,  88. 
Steel  combination,  magnitude  of, 

13,  16,  31,  66. 

Stimson,  F.  J.,  86, 1 12;  quoted,  132. 
"Success,"  156-160. 
Suicide,  increase  of,  173-174. 


Sullivan,  J.  W.,  79. 

Sumner,    Professor     William    G., 

quoted,  122-123,  *33»  135-136, 

174. 
Swayne,  Judge  Charles,  117. 

T 

Talbot,  Bishop  Ethelbert,  quoted, 

151. 
Tenantry,  9,  19;    increase  of,  21, 

50-55,  1 86. 

Thayer,  Judge  Amos  M.,  104. 
Tolstoi,  Lyof  N.,  2,  3. 
Trusts,  see  Combinations. 


Value  of  dollar,  comparative,  73- 

74- 

Vandervelde,  Emile,  quoted,  22. 
Veblen,  Thorstein,  quoted,  40,  43. 
Villeinage,  the  new,  59,  184-185, 

187. 

W 

Wadlin,  Horace  G.,  quoted,  87-88. 
Wage-earners,  58,  66-82;  number 

in  manufactures,  71;    child,  76- 

82;  women,  74-76. 
Wage-scale,    adjustment    of,    66; 

comparisons  of,  66-79. 
Wage-system,  continuance  of,  185, 

190. 
Wallace,  Judge  William  J.,  quoted, 

106. 

Warman,  Cy,  49. 
Webb,  Sidney,  3. 
Wells,  H.  G.,  I,  3. 
Whittelsey,  Dr.  Sarah  S.,  95. 
Willoughby,  William  F.,  94. 
Wright,  Colonel  Carroll  D.,  66-67. 
Wyckoff,  Professor  Walter  A.,  133; 

quoted,  1 68. 


2O2 


THE   PRINCIPLES   OF   SOCIOLOGY 

An  Analysis  of  the  Phenomena  of  Association  and  of 
Social  Organization 

By  FRANKLIN  HENRY  GIDDINGS,  Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

Professor  of  Sociology  in  Columbia  University  ; 

Author  of  "  Inductive  Sociology"  "  Elements  of  Sociology" 

"  Democracy  and  Empire"  etc. 

Cloth.     8vo.     $3.00,  net 

"The  book  is  especially  valuable  because  of  the  clearness  and  fulness 
with  which  it  discusses  the  psychical  elements  in  social  evolution.  .  .  . 
Professor  Giddings  has  done  good  service  by  his  clear  exposition  of  the 
present  stage  of  sociology,  and  he  has  made  a  distinct  and  valuable  con- 
tribution to  the  subject.  The  book  is  also  timely,  and  will  doubtless  have 
wide  reading  and  command  the  attention  of  all  students  of  the  subject,  not 
only  because  of  Professor  Giddings's  acknowledged  standing  as  a  sociolo- 
gist, but  because  of  its  intrinsic  value.  The  style  is  particularly  lucid,  and 
the  tone  of  the  book  is  judicial  throughout."  —  The  Bookman. 

"  Professor  Giddings's  book  is  highly  stimulating.  He  a  vigorous  thinker 
and  a  strong  writer,  and  he  has  a  broad  knowledge  of  his  subject  and  its 
various  affiliations,  which  is  as  refreshing  as  it  is  unusual  in  this  day  of 
scientific  specialists  and  non-scientific  sociologists."  —  The  New  Unity. 


INDUCTIVE   SOCIOLOGY 

A  Syllabus  of  Methods,  Analyses,  and  Classifications,  and 
Provisionally  Formulated  Laws 

By  FRANKLIN   HENRY  GIDDINGS,  Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

Professor  of  Sociology  in  Columbia  University 

Cloth.    8vo.    $2.00,  net 

"Suggestive  and  stimulating  as  Professor  Giddings's  other  works  have 
been,  for  the  scientific  student  of  society  this  book  has  a  much  higher  value. 
Indeed,  it  may  be  doubted  whether  as  an  illustration  of  the  application  of 
scientific  method  to  the  study  of  social  phenomena  it  has  a  superior.  It  is 
a  most  successful  attempt  to  show  how  that  method  can  be  applied  to  the 
study  of  the  problems  of  social  life.  It  is  perhaps  not  too  much  to  say  that 
this  book  represents  the  high-water  mark  of  scientific  sociology  in  America." 

—  Annals  of  the  American  Academy. 


THE   MACMILLAN    COMPANY 

66  FIFTH  AVENUE,  NEW  YORK 


THE  PLAIN  FACTS  AS  TO  THE  TRUSTS 
AND  THE  TARIFF 

With  Chapters  on  the  Railroad  Problem  and  Muni- 
cipal Monopolies 

By  GEORGE   L.   BOLEN 

Cloth  i2mo  $1.50  net 


"The  work  undertaken  has  been  thoroughly  and  conscien- 
tiously done."  —  N.  Y.  Journal  of  Commerce. 

"  The  book  is  really  a  valuable  one." 

—  Evening  Press,  Grand  Rapids. 

"  There  is  a  vast  fund  of  useful  information  in  this." 

—  Nebraska  State  Journal,  Lincoln. 

"  The  author  has  his  own  views,  but  he  gives  his  reasons  for 
them."  —  Cleveland  Plain  Dealer. 

"A  feature  of  the  book  is  its  up-to-date  view." 

—  The  Shareholder,  New  York. 

"  Probably  contains  more  information  as  to  trusts  than  does 
any  other  yet  published."  —  Financial  Review. 

"  A  notable  book  —  an  exhaustive  re'sume'  of  the  clearest 
thought  on  the  subjects  now  most  prominent  in  politics." 

Jacksonville  (Fla.)  Times-Union. 

"The  treatment  is  so  direct  that  there  can  be  no  misunder- 
standing it.  The  book  deserves  careful  campaign  study  by  those 
who  need  enlightenment  regarding  the  issue  which  is  being  dis- 
cussed upon  every  political  stump."  —  Public  Ledger,  Phila. 


THE   MACMILLAN   COMPANY 

66  FIFTH  AVENUE,  NEW  YORK 


THE  ANTHRACITE  COAL  INDUSTRY 

A  study  of  the  economic  conditions  and  relations  of  the  co- 
operative forces  in  the  development  of  the  anthracite  coal 
industry  of  Pennsylvania. 

By  PETER  ROBERTS,  Ph.D. 

With  an  Introduction  by  W.  G.  SUMNER,  LL.D.,  Professor  of 
Political  and  Social  Science  in  Yale  University.  With 
Maps,  Charts,  and  Diagrams. 

Cloth  8vo  $3.50  net 


This  important  book  is,  it  is  believed,  the  first  attempt  to 
cover  the  great  subject  of  the  anthracite  coal  industry  in  all 
of  its  phases.  The  author  has  had  quite  exceptional  advan- 
tages for  a  thorough  study  of  his  subject,  and  his  book  is 
both  scholarly  and  practical.  Professor  Sumner  has  pointed 
out  in  his  Introduction  that  there  is  no  other  industry  which 
seems  to  affect  the  interests  of  so  many  classes  of  people  as 
the  mining  of  anthracite  coal — the  staple  fuel  for  household 
use.  The  amount  of  supply,  the  length  of  time  before  it 
will  be  exhausted,  the  methods  of  working  and  shipping,  are 
all  matters  of  vital  interest,  not  only  to  the  mine-owner  and 
capitalist,  but  to  the  general  public.  Perhaps  no  industry 
has  brought  out  so  many  and  so  various  experiments  in  the 
organization  of  labor,  improvement  of  methods,  both  of 
mining  and  transportation,  care  of  the  destitute,  etc. 

The  Table  of  Contents  shows  quite  plainly  the  scope  of 
the  work  and  the  thorough  manner  in  which  each  topic  has 
been  handled.  For  the  mine-owner,  railroad  official,  coal- 
dealer,  or  financier  this  volume  will  have  a  special  and 
timely  interest. 

THE   MACMILLAN   COMPANY 

66  FIFTH  AVENUE,   NEW  YORK 


OJHOHOLJOUISmiNfl